Sacramento City Council
July 1, 2025

City of Sacramento
City Council - 2PM Report
915 I Street Sacramento, CA 95814
www.cityofsacramento.org
File ID: 2025-01110 7/1/2025
Contract: Sump 89 Outfall Replacement [Published for 10-Day Review 06/19/2025] File ID: 2025-01110
Location: District 2
Recommendation: Adopt a Resolution: 1) approving the contract plans and specifications for the Sump 89 Outfall Replacement Project (W14130600); 2) awarding the construction contract to and executing the contract with Shimmick Construction, Inc. for an amount not-to-exceed $2,750,000; 3) authorizing the Interim City Manager or designee to execute Supplemental Agreement No. 12 to City Agreement 2020-1399 with Peterson Brustad, Inc. (PBI) for an amount not to exceed $246,895, bringing the agreement’s total not-to-exceed amount to $1,864,571 for engineering, construction support and environmental monitoring for the Sump 89 Outfall Replacement Project; 4) resetting the Interim City Manager’s authority to issue supplemental agreements for City Agreement 2020-1399; and 5) authorizing a budget transfer in the amount of $3,055,000; $805,000 from the Drainage Base CIP Contingency Program (W14000200, Fund 6021), and $2,250,000 from Storm Drainage Planning and Management (I14100000, Fund 6021) to the Drainage Sump Replacement/Rehabilitation Program (W14130600, Fund 6021).

Contact: Peter Wright, Project Manager, (916) 808-1433, [email protected]; Brett Grant, Supervising Engineer, (916) 808-1413, [email protected]; Sherill Huun, Interim Director, (916) 808-1455, [email protected]; Department of Utilities Presenter: None
Attachments:
1-Description/Analysis
2-Sump 89 Outfall Replacement Contract
3-Sump 89 Outfall Replacement Contract Signed Plan Set
4-Pump Outfalls Replacement Project Supplemental Contract 5-Resolution
Description/Analysis
Issue Detail: Staff recommends Council award a construction contract to Shimmick Construction, Inc., to replace existing outfall pipes at Sump 89, raise the flood wall and install new vaults and positive closure devices. This construction contract requires additional construction engineering for

File ID: 2025-01110 7/1/2025
the Sump 89 Outfall Replacement project; therefore, staff recommends the approval of Supplemental Agreement No. 12 with Peterson Brustad, Inc.

In addition, staff recommends a budget transfer of $3,055,000 from Base CIP Contingency- Drainage Program (W14000200, Fund 6021) and Storm Drainage Planning and Management (I14100000, Fund 6021) to Drainage Sump Replacement/Rehabilitation Program (W14130600, Fund 6021) to provide sufficient funding to construct the Sump 89 Outfall Replacement project.

Policy Considerations: City Council approval is required to award construction contracts of $250,000 or more. The action requested conforms with City Code Chapter 3.56, which provides for award of competitively bid contacts to the lowest responsible bidder. The proposed supplemental agreement and budget transfer exceed the City Manager’s approval authority, requiring Council to approve per City Code 3.04.020.

The Sacramento City Code Section 4.04.020 and the City Council Rules of Procedure (Chapter 7, Section E.2.d) mandate that unless waived by a 2/3 vote of the City Council, all labor agreements, and all agreements greater than $1,000,000 shall be made available to the public at least ten (10) days prior to City Council action. This item was published for 10-day review on June 19, 2025, in compliance with the City Code.

Economic Impacts: The construction portion of this project is expected to create 11 total jobs (6.33 direct jobs and 4.68 jobs through indirect and induced activities) and create $1,697,946.25 in total economic output ($1,070,228.50 of direct output and another $627,717.75 of output through indirect and induced activities).

The indicated economic impacts are estimates calculated using a calculation tool developed by the Center for Strategic Economic Research (CSER). CSER utilized the IMPLAN input-output model (2009 coefficients) to quantify the economic impacts of a hypothetical $1 million of spending in various construction categories within the City of Sacramento in an average one-year period. Actual impacts could differ significantly from the estimates and neither the City of Sacramento nor CSER shall be held responsible for consequences resulting from such differences.

Environmental Considerations: The subject project was reviewed and determined to be subject to provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). An initial study was conducted for the Sump Stations Improvements Project that evaluated the subject project’s physical effects on the environment. In compliance with CEQA all potential significant effects of the project could be mitigated to a less-than-significant level and a mitigated negative declaration (MND) was prepared and circulated for public comment. On August 10, 2021, the City Council adopted the MND and mitigation monitoring plan (MMP) (Resolution No. 2021-0245) that covers the subject project. None of the circumstances set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15162 are present and the MND and MMP are adequate for the project. No further environmental review is necessary. The project applied

File ID: 2025-01110 7/1/2025
for and received a Streambed Alteration Agreement from the California Department of Fish and Wildlife for work in and around the water side of the levee.

The adopted initial study/mitigated negative declaration for the Sump Station Improvements Project is available at the Community Development Department’s webpage located at the following link:
https://www.cityofsacramento.gov/community-development/planning/environmental/impact-reports Sustainability: The proposed project is consistent with the 2040 General Plan Policy PFS-2.2 as it protects and maintains critical infrastructure by replacing damaged, substandard and impaired drainage outfall pipes with those that meet current standards and will efficiently convey stormwater, and upgrade the levee to current standards.

Commission/Committee Action: Not applicable.

Rationale for Recommendation: The project was advertised, and five bids were received and opened on May 7, 2025. Shimmick Construction Inc. was the lowest responsible bidder.

The bid results are as follows:

Contractor Amount
Shimmick Construction Inc. $2,750,000
Mountain Cascade, Inc. $3,755,400
T&S Construction, Inc. $3,797,400
Steve P. Rados, Inc. $3,847,000
McGuire & Hester $4,226,425
The Engineer’s construction cost estimate was $2,387,523. The higher bids are a result of recent inflation and materials cost uncertainty. The supplemental agreement will provide additional engineering design and construction support services and environmental monitoring for the Sump 89 Outfall Replacement project.

Financial Considerations: The total estimated cost for the project is $3,589,000, based on the low bid of $2,750,000 and also includes construction contingency, pre-bid material procurements, inspection, construction management, design consultant construction support, materials testing, environmental compliance, and staff time costs.

The Peterson Brustad, Inc. City Agreement 2020-1399 is for the Pump Outfalls Replacement Project with an original not-to-exceed amount of $710,829. The proposed Supplemental Agreement No. 12, for an amount not to exceed $246,895, will increase the agreement’s total not-to-exceed amount to $1,864,571.

File ID: 2025-01110 7/1/2025
A budget transfer of $3,055,000 is required to provide sufficient funding for the completion of the Sump 89 Outfall Replacement Project. Transfer $805,000 from the Base CIP Contingency-Drainage Program (W14000200, Fund 6021) and $2,250,000 from Storm Drainage Planning and Management (I14100000, Fund 6021) to the Drainage Sump Replacement/Rehabilitation Program (W14130600, Fund 6021).

There are no General Funds planned or allocated for this project.

Local Business Enterprise (LBE): Shimmick Corporation is not an LBE, but meets the LBE requirement through use of its subcontractors.

Background: Sump 89 was built in the 1960s and is located on the south end of the Delta Shores development. The pump station has three pump outfall pipes that pass through the levee and discharge stormwater to Morrison Creek. The discharge structure needs to be raised up so the outfall pipes are above the ordinary high water mark for the creek, and the floodwall must be raised to provide flood protection for the City during a 200-year rainfall event. This requirement is specified by the State in its Urban Level of Flood Protection Criteria (ULOP). This project must be completed by the end of 2025 to meet the State’s levee certification deadline.

Inspection of the outfall pipes have shown that they are failed or near failure. This project replaces the existing pump outfalls with new pipes and discharge structure and raises the flood wall and provides positive closure valves in the outfall pipes in accordance with Army Corp and State standards. This project was originally included as part of the Pump Outfalls Replacement Project (W14130615), but because of delays in approval of the permit from the Corps of Engineers, and environmental clearance this project was not ready for construction at the time of the other outfall replacements included in that original project.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   1

AGREEMENT
(Construction Contract Over $25,000)
THIS AGREEMENT, dated for identification                       , 20    ,  is made and entered into between the CITY OF SACRAMENTO, a municipal corporation (“City”), and _Shimmick  Construction  Company,  Inc.  1  Harbor  Center,  Suite  200  Suisun  City,  CA 94585_(“Contractor”)  in  the  amount  of  Two  Million  Seven  Hundred  and  Fifty  Thousand Dollars ($2,750,000)
The City and Contractor hereby mutually agree as follows:

1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The  Contract  Documents,  sometimes  also  referred  to  as  the  “Contract,”  consist  of  the following  items,  which  are  hereby  incorporated  by  reference  as  if  set  forth  in  full  in  this Agreement:

Notice to Contractors
Proposal Form submitted by the Contractor
Instructions to Bidders
Subcontractor and Local Business Enterprise Participation Form Drug
‐Free Workplace Policy and Affidavit
Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris Recycling Requirements Workers’ Compensation Insurance Certification
Federal or State funding requirements (if applicable)
Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Requirements
Requirements of the Non‐Discrimination in Employee Benefits Code Ban‐The‐Box Requirements
Addenda, if any
This Agreement
Standard Specifications
Special Provisions
Plans and
Technical Specifications
The drawings and other data and all developments thereof prepared by City pursuant to the Contract
Any modifications of any of the foregoing made or approved by City, including but not limited to duly authorized change orders
Unless specifically noted otherwise, references to the “Standard Specifications” shall mean
and refer to the Standard Specifications for Public Construction of the City of Sacramento approved by the Sacramento City Council on November 10, 2020 (Resolution No. 2020‐0354), and any subsequent amendments thereto approved by the Sacramento City Co uncil or the Sacramento City Manager. Work called for in any one Contract Document and not mentioned in another is to be performed and executed as if mentioned in all Contract Documents.  The table  of  contents,  titles  and  headings  contained  in  the  Contract  Documents  are  provided solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and  in no way affect or limit the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   2

2.  DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all words and phrases defined in the Standard Specifications shall have the same meaning and intent in this Agreement.

3.  AGREEMENT CONTROLS

In the event of a conflict between any of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  other  Contrac t  Documents,  the  terms  and conditions set forth in this Agreement shall prevail, except that the provisions of any duly authorized change order shall prevail over any conflicting provisions of this Agreement.

4.  SCOPE OF CONTRACT

Contractor agrees to furnish all tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor, mate rial  and transportation necessary to perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of City, all the Work called for in the Contract Documents entitled:

____Sump 89 Outfall Replacement___ (PN:W14130622)

Including the Work called for in the following alternative bid items described in the Proposal Form:
________________________N/A_____________________________________________

Contractor agrees to perform such Work in the manner designated in and in strict conformity with the Contract Documents.

5.  CONTRACT AMOUNT AND PAYMENTS

City agrees to pay and Contractor agrees to accept, as complete payment for the above Work, in accordance with the schedule and procedures set forth in the Contract Documents and
subject to deductions, withholdings and additions as specified in the Contract Documents, a total sum that shall not exceed the total bid amount set forth in Contractor’s Proposal Form.

In addition, subject  to deductions, withholdings and additions as specified  in the Contract Documents, payment for individual items of the Work shall be computed as follows:

A.  For items of the Work for which a lump sum price is specified in Contractor’s Proposal Form,  Co
ntractor  shall  be  paid  the  lump  sum  price(s)  specified  in  Contractor’s Proposal Form; and

B.  For items of the Work for which a unit price is specified in Cont ractor’s Proposal Form,
Contractor  shall  be  paid  the  sum  computed  at  such  unit  price,  or  computed  at  a different  price  if  such  different  price  is  determined  by  City  in  accordance  with  the Standard  Specifications,  based  on  the  actual  amount  of  each  such  item  performed and/or furnished and incorporat ed in the Work; provided that in no event shall the total sum for a unit price item exceed the total bid amount set forth for such item in the Contractor’s Proposal Form, unless authorized by Change Order.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   3

6.  PROGRESS PAYMENTS

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract, City shall cause payments to be made upon demand of Contractor as follows:

A.  On or about  the first of  the month, the Engineer shall present to the Contractor a statement  showing  the  amount  of  labor  and  materials  incorporat ed  in  the  Work through  the  twentieth  (20)  calendar  day  of  the  preceding  month.  After  both Contractor  and  Engineer  approve  the  statement  in  writing,  and  the  City’s  labor compliance  officer  provides  written  approval,  the  City  shall  issue  a  certificate  for ninety‐five  (95)  percent  of  the  amount  it  shall  find  to  be  due,  subject  to  any deductions  or  withholdings  authorized  or  re
quired  under  the  Contract  or  any
applicable Laws or Regulations.

B.  No inaccuracy or error in said monthly estimates shall operate to release Contractor from  damages  arising  from  such  Work  or  from  enforcement  of  each  and  every provision of the Contract Docu
ments, and City shall have the right subsequently to
correct any error made in any estimate for payment.

C.  Contractor shall not be paid for any defective or improper Work.

D.  The  remaining  five  (5)  percent  of  the  value  of  the  Work  performed  under  the Contract,  if  unencumbered  and  subject  to  any  deductions  or  withholdings authorized or requi
red under the Contract or any applicable Laws or Regulations, shall  be  released  not  later  than  sixty  (60)  days  after  completion  and  final acceptance of the Work by City. Acceptance by Contractor of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims against  the City arising under the Contract Documents,  except  for  disputed  claims  in  stated  amounts  that  the  Contractor specifically  reserves  in  writing,  but  only  to  the  extent  that  the  Contractor  has complied with all procedures and requirements applicable to the presentation and processing of such claim(s) under the Contract Documents.  Contractor  shall be entitled  to  substitute  securities  for  retention  or  to  direct  that  payments  of retention  be  made  int
o  escrow,  as  provided  in  Public  Contract  Code  Section 22300, upon execution of the City’s Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention.

E.  The  parties  agree  that,  for  purposes  of  the  timely  progress  payment  requirements specified in Public Contract Co
de Section 20104.50, the date that the City receives a
statement  jointly  approved  by  the  Contractor  and  the  Engineer  as  provided  above shall be deemed to constitute the date that City receives an undisputed and properly submitted payment request from the Contractor.  Progress payments not made within 30 days after this date may be subject to payment of interest as provided in Public Contract Code Section 20104.50.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   4
F.  This Contract is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the California Department  of  Industrial  Relations,  as  specified  in  California  Labor  Code  section 1771.4.

7.  RETENTION OF SUMS CHARGED AGAINST CONTRACTOR

When, under the provisions of this Contract or any applicable Laws or Regulations, City is authorized or required to withhold, deduct or charge any sum of money against Contractor, City  may  deduct  and  retain  the  amount  of  such  charge  from  the  amount  of  the  next succeeding  progress  esti
mate(s),  or  from  any  other  moneys  due  or  that  may  become  due Contractor from City.  If, on completion or termination of the Contract, sums due Cont ractor are insufficient to pay City's charges, City shall have the right to recover the balance from Contractor or its Sureties.

8.  COMMENCEMENT AND PROSECUTION OF WORK

Contractor shall commence the Work not later than fifteen (15) working days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed from City to Contra
ctor and shall diligently prosecute the
Work to final completion.  The phase “commence the Work” means to engage in a continuous program on‐site including, but not limited to, site clearance, grading, dredging, land filling and the fabrications, erection, or installation of the Work.   The Notice to Proceed shall be issued within fifteen (15) calendar da
ys following execution of the Agreement by the City and the  filing  by  Contractor  of  the  required  Bonds  and  proof  of  insurance,  provided  that  the Engineer  may  delay  issuance  of  the  Notice  to  Proceed  if  the  Engineer  determines  in  the Engineer’s  sole  discretion  that  conditions  on  the  site  of  the  Work  are  unsuitable  for commencement  of  the  Work.  After  the  Notice  to  Proceed  is  issued,  the  continuous prosecution of Work by Contractor shall be subject
only to Excusable Delays as defined in this
Agreement.

9.  TIME OF COMPLETION

The entire Work shall be brought to comple
tion in the manner provided for in the Contract
Documents  on  or  before  150  working  days  from  the  date  of  the  Notice  to  Proceed (hereinafter  called  the  “Completion  Date”)  unless  extensions  of  time  are  granted  in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Failure to complete the entire Work by the Completion Date and in the manner provided for in the Contract Documents shall subject Contractor to liquidated damages as provided in this Agreement.  Time is and shall be of the essence in the performance of the Contract and the Work.

10.  PAYMENTS DO NOT IM
PLY ACCEPTANCE OF WORK

The payment of any progress payment, or the acceptance thereof by Contractor, shall not constitute  acceptance  of  the  Work or  any  portion  thereof and  shall  in  no  way  reduce  the liability  of  Contra
ctor  to  replace  unsatisfactory  work  or  material,  whether  or  not  the Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   5
unsatisfactory character of such work or material was apparent or detected at the time such payment was made.

11.  ACCEPTANCE NOT RELEASE

Contractor shall correct immediately any defective or imperfect work or materials that may be  discovered  before  final  acceptance  of  the  entire  Work,  whether  or  not  such  defect  or imperfection was previo
usly noticed or identified by the City.  The inspection of the Work, or any part thereof, shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations to perform satisfactory work as herein specified.

Failure or neglect on the part of City or any of its officers, employees or authorized agents to discover,
identify, condemn or reject defective or imperfect work or materials shall not be construed to imply an acceptance of such work or materials, if such defect or imperfection becomes  evident  at  any  time  prior  to  final  acceptance  of  the  entire  Work,  nor  shall  such failure or neglect be construed as barring  City from enforcing Contractor’s warranty(ies) or otherwise recovering damages or such a sum of money as may be required to repair or rebuild the defective or imperfect work or materials whenever City may discover the same, subject only to any statutes of limitation that may apply to any such claim.

12.  CITY'S RIGHT TO TAK
E POSSESSION OF THE WORK IN WHOLE OR IN PART

The  City  shall  have  the  right  at  any  time  to  enter  upon  the  Work  and  perform  work  not covered by this Contract, or to occupy and use a portion of the Work, prior to the date of the final  accept
ance  of  the  Work  as  a  whole,  without  in  any  way  relieving  Contractor  of  any obligations under this Contract.

13.  NO WAIVER OF REMEDIES

Neither the inspection by City, its officers, employees or agents, nor any certificate  or other approval for the payment of money, nor
any payment for, nor acceptance of the whole or
any part of the Work by City, nor any extensions of time, nor any position taken by City, its officers, employees or its agents shall operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents  nor  of  any  power  herein  res erved  to  City  or  any  right  to  damages  herein provided, nor shall any waiver of any breach of this Agreement be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.  All remedies provided in the Contract Documents shall be taken and construed as cumulative; in addition to each and  every other remedy herein provided, the City shall have any and all equitable and legal remedies that it would in any case have.

14. WARRANTY

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, and excepting only items of  routine  maintenance,  ordinary  wear  and  tear  and  unusual  abuse  or  neglect  by  City, Contractor warrants an
d guarantees all Work executed and all supplies, materials and devices of whatsoever nature incorporated in or attached to the Work, or otherwise provided as a part of the Work pursuant to the Contract, to be absolutely free of all defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one year after fina l acceptance of the entire Work by the City.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   6
Contractor  shall  repair  or  replace  all  work  or  material,  together  with  any  other  work  or material  that  may  be  displaced  or  damaged  in  so  doing,  that  may  prove  defective  in workmanship or material within this one year warranty period without expense or charge of any nature whatsoever to City.

In the event that Contractor  shall fail to comply with the conditions of the foregoing warranty within ten (10) days after being notified of the defect in writing, City shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to repair, or obtain the repair of, the defect and Contractor shall pay to City on dem and all costs and expense of such repair.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the  contrary,  in  the  event  that  any  defect  in  workmanship  or  material  covered  by  the foregoing  warranty  results  in  a  condition  that  constitutes  an  immediate  hazard  to  public health  or  safety,  or  any  property  interest,  or  any  person,  City  shall  have  the  right   to immediately repair, or cause to be repaired, such defect, and Contractor shall pay to City on demand all costs and expense of such repair.  The foregoing statement relating to hazards to health, safety or property shall be deemed to include both temporary and permanent repairs that may be required as determined in the sole disc
retion and judgment of City.

In addition to the above, the Contractor shall make a written assignment of all manufacturer’s and  other  product  warranties  to  the  City,  prior  to completion  and  final  acceptance  of  the Work by City.

The  Contractor’s  Performance  Bond  shall  secure
the  performance  of  the  Contractor’s
obligations  under  this  Section  14,  and  the  Contractor  and  its  Surety  shall  be  jointly  and severally liable for these obligations.

15.  LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IF WORK NOT COMPLETED ON TIME

A.  The actual fact of the occurrence of damages and the actual amount of the damages that City would suffer if the entire Work, and/or any specified portion thereof, were not  completed  within  the  time(s)  specified  herein  are  dependent  upon  many circumstances and
conditions that could prevail in various combinations, and for this reason, it is impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damage s.  Damages that City would suffer in the event of such delay include: loss of the use of the project; expenses  of  prolonged  assignment  to  the  project  of  an  architectural  and/or engineering  staff;  prolonged  costs  of  administration,  inspection,  and  supervision; increased  operational  expenses  and/or  impaired  operation  of  other  facilities dependent upon comple
tion of the project; and the loss and inconvenience suffered by the public within the City of Sacramento by reason of the delay in the completion of the project or portion thereof. Accordingly, the parties agree, and by execution of this  Agreement,  Contractor  acknowledges  that  it  understands  and  agrees,  that  the amount(s) set forth herein as liquidated damag
es reflect the parties’ best efforts at
the time of entering into the Contract to estimate the damages that may be incurred by City and the public due to the Contractor’s delay in completion of the Work and/or any specified portion thereof, and  shall be presumed to be the amount of damages sustained  by  the  failure  of  Contra
ctor  to  complete  the  entire  Work  and/or  any
specified portion thereof within the time(s) specified herein.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   7

B.  Contractor  shall  pay  liquidated  damages  to  City  for  failure  to  complete  the  entire Work  by  the  Completion  Date  (as  extended  in  accordance  with  the  Contract Documents,  if  applicable)  in  the  amount  of  $5,000  for  each  calendar  day  after  the Completion  Date  (as  extended  in  accordance  with  the  Contract  Documents,  if applicable),  continuing  to  the  time  at  which  the  entir e  Work  is  completed.  Such
amount is the actual cash value agreed upon by the City and Contractor as the loss to City and the public resulting from Contractor's default.

The parties agree, and by execution of this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that it understands and agrees, that the for
egoing provisions provide for the imposition of
liquidated damages from the Completion Date (as extended in accordance with the Contract Documents, if applicable) until the date of completion of the entire Work as determined  by  the  Engineer  in  accordance  with  Section  8‐4  of  the  Standard Specifications,  whether
or  not  the  Work  or  any  portion  thereof  is  claimed  or determined to be substantially complete prior to such date of completion.

C.  In the event Contractor shall become liable for liquidated damages, City, in addition to all other  remedies provided by law,  shall have the right to withhold any and  all payments  that  otherwi
se  would  be  or  become  due  Contractor  until  the  liability  of Contractor under this section is finally determined.  City  shall have the right to use and  apply  such  payments,  in  whole  or  in  part,  to  reimburse  City  for  all  liquidated damages due or to become due to City.  Any remaining balance of such payments shall be paid
to Contractor only after discharge in full of all liability incurred by Contractor under this section or otherwise under any provision of the Contract Documents or any applicable  Law  or  Regulation.  If   the  sum  so  retained  by  City  is  not  sufficient  to discharge all such liabilities of Contr
actor, Contractor shall continue to remain liable
to City until all such liabilities are satisfied in full.  No failure by City to withhold any payment as specified above shall in any manner be construed to constitute a release of any such liabilities nor a waiver of the City ’s right to withhold payment for such liabilities.

16.  INDEMNITY AND HOLD HARMLESS

A.  Contractor  shall  defend,  hold  harmless  and  indemnify  the  City,  its  officers, employees, and agents, and each and every one of them, from and against any and  all  actions,  damage s,  costs,  liabilities,  claims,  demands,  losses,  judgments, penalties, costs and expenses of every type and description, whether arising on or off  the  site  of  the  Work,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  any  fees  and/or  costs reasonably incurred by City’s staff attorneys or outside attorneys and any fees and expenses incurred in enforcing this provision (h ereafter collectively referred to as “Liabilities”), including but not limited to Liabilities arising from personal injury or death,  damage  to  personal,  real  or  intellectual  property  or  the  environment, contractual or other economic damages, or regulatory penalties, arising out of or in any way connected with performance of or failure to perform the Work by the Contractor, any subcontractor or ag
ent, anyone directly or indirectly employed by
Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   8
any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or not (i) such Liabilities are caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder, or (ii) such Liabilities  are  litigated,  settled  or  reduced  to  judgment;  provided  that  the foregoing indemnity does not apply to liability for  damages for  death or bodily injury  to  persons,  injury  to  property,  or  other  loss,  damage  or  expense  to  the extent arising from (i) the sole negligence or willful misconduct of, or defects in design furnished by, City, its agents, servants, or independent contractors who are directly responsible to City, or (ii) the active negligence  of City.

B.    The existence or acceptance by City of any of the insurance policies or coverages described in this Agreement shall not affect or limit any of City’s rights under this Section 16, nor shall the limits of such insurance limit the liability of Contractor hereunder.   The  provisions  of  this  Section  16  shall  survive  any  expiration  or termination of the Cont
ract.

17.  CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME RISKS

Until the completion and final acceptance by City of all Work under this Contract, the Work shall be under Contractor's responsible care and charge, and Contractor, at no cost to City, shall rebuild, repair, re
store and make good all injuries, damages, re‐erections, and repairs occasioned or rendered necessary by accidental causes of any nature, to all or any portions of the Work.

18.  GENERAL LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR

Except as otherwise herein expressly stipulated, Contractor shall perform all the Work and furnish all the
labor, materials, tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, transportation, power and  light,  and  appliances,  necessary  or  proper  for  performing  and  completing  the  Work herein  required  in  the  manner  and  within  the  time  herein  specified.   The  mention  of  any specific duty or liability of Contractor shall not be construed as a limitation or restriction of any general liability or duty of Contr
actor, and any reference to any specific duty or liability shall be construed to be solely for the purpose of explanation.

19.  INSURANCE

During  the  entire  term  of  the  Contract,  Contractor  shall  maintain  the  insurance  coverage described in this Section 19.

Full compensation for al
l premiums that Contractor is required to pay for the insurance coverage described herein shall be included in the compensation specified for the Work performed  by  Contractor  under  this  Contract.  No   additional  compensation  will  be provided  for  Contractor’s  insurance  premiums.  Any   available  insurance  proceeds  in exce
ss of the specified minimum limits and coverages shall be available to the City.

It is understood and agreed by the Contractor that its liability to the City shall not in any way be limited to or affected by the amount of insurance coverage required or carried by Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   9
the Contractor in connection with this Contract.

A.  Minimum Scope & Limits of Insurance Coverage

(1)  Commercial  General  Liability  Insurance  providing  coverage  at  least  as broad  as  ISO  CGL  Form  00  01  on  an  occurrence  basis  for  bodily  injury, including death, of one or more persons, property damage, and personal injury, arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor and its subcontractors, products and completed operations of Contractor and its subcontractors, and premises owned, leased, or used by Contrac tor and its  subcontractors,  with  limits  of  not  less  than  one  million  dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence.  The policy shall provide contractual liability and  products  and  completed  operations  coverage  for  the  term  of  the policy.
(2)  Automobile Liability Insurance providing coverage at least as broad as ISO Form CA 00 01 for bodily injury, including death, of one or more persons, property  damage,  and  personal  injury,  with  limits  of  not  less  than  one million dollars ($1,000,000) per accident.  The policy shall provide coverage for  owned,  non‐owned,  and/or  hired  autos  as  appropriate  to  the operations of the Contractor.

No automobile liabilit
y insurance shall be required if Contractor completes
the following certification:

“I certify that a motor vehicle will not be used in the performance of  any  work  or  services  under  this  agreement.”  ________ (Contractor initials)

(3)  Excess Insurance: The minimum limits of insurance required above may be satisfied  by  a  combination  of  primary  and  umbrella  or  excess  insurance coverage; provided that any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, a provision that it shall apply on a primary basis for the benefit of the CITY, and any insurance or self‐insurance maintained by CITY, its officials, employees, or volunteers sh all be in excess of such umbrella or excess coverage and shall not contribute with it.

(4)  Workers’  Compensation  Insurance  with  statutory  limits,  and  Employers’ Liability  Insurance  with  limits  of  not  less  than  one  million  dollars ($1,000,000).   The Workers’ Compensation policy shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the City.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   10
No  Workers’  Compensation  insurance  shall  be  required  if  Contractor completes the following certification:

“I  certify  that  my  business  has  no  employees,  and  that  I  do  not employ  anyone.  I  am  exempt  from  the  legal  requirements  to provide  Workers'  Compensation  insurance.”  _________ (Contractor initials)

B.  Additional Insured Coverage

(1)  Commercial General Liability Insurance: The City, its officials, employees, and  volunteers  shall  be  covered  by  policy  terms  or  endorsement  as additional  insureds  as  respects  general  liability  arising  out  of:  activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor and its subcontractors; products and  completed  operations  of  Contractor  and  its  subcontractors;  and premises owned, leased, or used by Contractor and its subcontractors.

(2)  Automobile  Liability  Insurance:

The  City,  its  officials,  employees,  and
volunteers shall be covered by policy terms or endorsement as additional insureds as respects auto liability.

C.  Other Insurance Provisions

The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

(1)  Contractor’s  insurance  coverage,  including  excess  insurance,  shall  be primary insurance as respects City, its officials, employees, and volunteers.

Any insurance or self‐insurance maintained by City, its officials, employees, or  volunteers  shall  be  in  excess  of  Contractor’s  insurance  and   shall  not contribute with it.

(2)  Any  failure  to  comply  with  reporting  provisions  of  the  policies  shall  not affect coverage provided to City, its officials, employees, or volunteers.

(3)  Coverage shall state that Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is broug ht, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.

(4)  City will be provided with thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation or material change in the policy language or terms.

D.  Acceptability of Insurance

Insurance shall be placed with insurers with a Bests’ rating of not less than A:VI.

Self‐insured retentions, policy terms or other variations that do not comply with Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   11
the requirements of this Section 3 must be declared to and approved by the City in writing prior to execution of this Contract.

E.  Verification of Coverage

(1)  Contractor shall furnish City with certificates and required endorsements evidencing the insurance required.  Copies of policies shall be delivered to the  City  on  demand.  Certificates   of  insurance  shall  be  signed  by  an authorized representative of the insurance carrier.

(2)  For  all  insurance  policy  renewals  during  the  term  of  this  Contract, Contractor shall send insurance ce
rtificates reflecting the policy renewals
directly to:

City of Sacramento
c/o EXIGIS LLC
P.O. Box 947
Murrieta, CA 92564

Insurance certificates also may be faxed to (888) 355‐3599, or e‐mailed to:
certificates‐[email protected]

(3)  The City may withdraw its offer of contract or cancel this Contract if the certificates  of  insurance  and  endorsements  required  have  not  been provided  prior  to  execution  of  this  Contract.   The  City  may  withhold payments to Contractor or cancel the Contract if the insurance is canceled or Contractor otherwise ceases to be insured as required her ein.

F.  Subcontractors

Contractor  shall  require  and  verify  that  all  subcontractors  maintain  insurance coverage  that  meets  the  minimum  scope  and  limits  of  insurance  coverage specified in subsection A, above.

20.  FAILURE TO MAINTAIN BONDS OR INSURANCE

If, at any time during the performance of this Contract, Contractor fails to maintain any item of the bonds and/or insurance require
d under the Contract in full force and effect, Contractor shall  immediately  suspend  all  work  under  the  Contract  and  notify  City  in  writing  of  such failure.  After such notice is provided, or if City discovers such failure and notifies Contractor, the City thereafter may withhold all Contract payments due or that become due until notice is  received  by  City  that  such  bonds  and/or
insurance  have  been  restored  in  full  force  and
effect and that the premiums therefor have been paid for a period satisfactory to the Division of Risk Management.  Contractor  shall not resume work until notified by City to do so, and the City shall have no responsibility or liability for any costs incurred by Contractor as a result of such suspension of Wor
k.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   12

In addition to the foregoing, any failure to maintain any item of the required bonds and/or insurance  at  any  time  during  the  performance  of  this  Contract  will  be  sufficient  cause  for termination of the Contract by City.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers,
employees and agents against and from, any and all damages, claims, losses, actions, costs or other expenses of any kind incurred by any party as a direct or indirect result of any suspension of Work or termination of the Contract under the provisions of this Section.

21.  EXCUSABLE DELAYS

For the purpose of these Contract Docu
ments, the term "Excusable Delay" shall mean, and is
limited  to,  delay  caused  directly  by:  acts  of  God;  acts  of  a  public  enemy;  fires;  inclement weather  as  determined  by  the  Engineer;  riots;  insurrections;  epidemics;  quarantine restrictions; strikes; lockouts; sitdowns; acts of a governmental agency; priorities or privileges established for the manu
facture, assemble, or allotment of materials necessary in the Work by  order,  decree  or  otherwise  of  the  United  States  or  by  any  department,  bureau, commission, committee, agent, or administrator of any legally constituted public authority; changes in the Work ordered by City insofar as they  necessarily require additional time in which to complete the Work; the prevention of Contractor from commencing or prosecuting the Work because of the acts of others, excepting Contractor's subcontractors or suppliers; or  the  prevention  of  Contractor  from  commencing  or  prosecuting  the  Work  because  of  a Citywide failure of public utility service.

The term "Excusable Dela
y" shall specifically not include:  (i) any delay that could have been avoided by the exercise of care, prudence, foresight and diligence on the part of Contractor; (ii) any delay in the prosecution of any part of the Work that does not constitute a Controlling Operation, whether or not such delay is unavoidable;  (iii) any reasonable delay resulting from time required by City for review of any Contra ctor submittals and for the making of surveys, measurements  and  inspection;  and,   (iv)  any  delay  arising  from  an  interruption  in  the prosecution  of  the  Work  on  account  of  reasonable  interference  by  other  Contractors employed by City that does not necessarily prevent the completion of the entire Work within the time specified
.  Excusable Delays, if any, shall operate only to extend the Completion Date (not in  excess of the period of such delay as determined by City) and shall not under any circumstances increase the amount City is required to pay Contractor except as otherwise provided in these Contract Docu ments.

22.  CONTRACTOR TO SERVE NOTICE OF DELAYS

Whenever Contractor foresees any delay in the prosecution of the Work, and in any event as soon as possible (not to exceed a period of ten (10) calendar days) after the initial occurrence of  any  delay  that  Contractor  regards  as  or  may  later  claim  to  be  an  Excusabl e  Delay,  the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of such delay and its cause, in order that the Engineer: (i) may take immediate steps to prevent if possible the occurrence or continuance of  the  delay;  or  (ii)  if  this  cannot  be  done,  may  determine  whethe r  the  delay  is  to  be Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   13
considered  excusable,  how  long  it  continues,  and  to  what  extent  the  prosecution  and completion  of  the  Work  are  delayed  thereby.  Said   written  notice  shall  constitute  an application for an extension of time only if the notice requests such an extension and sets forth the Contractor's estimate of the additional time required together with a full description of the cause of the delay relied upon.

After  the  co
mpletion  of  any  part  or  whole  of  the  Work,  the  Engineer,  in  estimating  the amount due Contractor, will assume that any and all delays that may have occurred in its prosecution and completion were not Excusable Delays, ex cept for such delays for which the Contractor has provided timely written notice as required herein, and that the Engineer has found to be excusable.  Contractor shall not be entitled to claim Excusable Delay for any delay for which the Contractor failed to provide such timely written notice.

23.  EXTENSION OF TIME

If the Contra
ctor complies with Section 22, above, and the Engineer finds a delay claimed by the Contractor to be an Excusable Delay, the Contractor shall be allowed an extension of time to complete the Work that is proportional to the period of Excusable Delay determined by the Engineer, subject to the approval by City of a change order granting such time extension.

During a duly authorized extension for an Excusable Delay, City shall not charge liquidated damages against the Contractor for such delay.

If the City extends the time to complete the Work as provided herein, such exte nsion shall in no way release any warranty or guarantee given by Contractor pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents, nor shall such extension of time relieve or release the sureties of the  Bonds  provided  pursuant  to  the  Contract  Documents.  By   executing  such  Bonds,  the Sureties  shall  be  deemed  to  have  expressly  agreed  to  any  such  ext ension  of  time.  The granting of any extension of time as provided herein shall in no way operate as a waiver on the part of City of its rights under this Contract, excepting only extension of the Completion Date for such period of Excusable Delay as may be determined by the Engineer and approved by a duly authorized ch
ange order.

24.  NO PAYMENT FOR DELAYS

No damages or compensation of any kind shall be paid to Contractor or any subcontractor because  of  delays  in  the  progress  of  the  Work  whether  or  not  such  delays  qualify  for extension  of  time  under  this  Agreement;  except  that  this  provision  shall  not  preclude  the recovery  of  damages  fo
r  a  delay  caused  by  the  City  that  is  unreasonable  under  the circumstances  and  that  is  not  within  the  contemplation  of  the  parties,  provided  that  the Contractor  timely  submits  all  such  written  notice(s)  and  fully  complies  with  such   other procedures as may be specified in the Contract Documents or any Laws or Regulations for Contractor to claim damages for such delay.

25.  CHANGES IN THE WORK

Changes in the Work authorized or directed in accordance with the Contract Documents and extensions  of  time  of  comple
tion  made  necessary  by  reason  thereof  shall  not  in  any  way Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   14
release  any  warranty  or  guarantee  given  by  Contractor  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the Contract Documents, nor shall such changes in the Work relieve or release the Sureties on Bonds provided pursuant to the Contract Documents.  By executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any such chan ge in Work and to any extension of time made by reason thereof.

26.  TERMINATION AFTER COMPLETION DATE

In  addition  to  any  other  rights  City  may  have,  if  any  services  or  work  required  under  the Contract  (including  but  not  limited  to  punch  list  items)  are  not  completed  as  of  the Compl
etion  Date  (as  adjusted  by  any  extensions  of  time  for  Excusable  Delays  granted pursuant to the Contract Documents), City may terminate the Contract at any time after the Completion  Date  (  as  adjusted  by  any  extensions  of  time  for  Excusable  Delays  granted pursuant to the Contract Documents), by providing a written notice to Contrac tor specifying the  date  of  termination.  Such  notice  also  may  specify  conditions  or  requirements  that Contractor must meet to avoid termination of the Contract on such date. If Contractor fails to  fulfill  all  such  conditions  and  requirements  by  such  termination  date,  or,  if  no  such conditions  or  requirements  are  specified,  Cont ractor  shall  cease  rendering  services  and performing  work  on  such  termination  date,  and  shall  not  be  entitled  to  receive  any compensation for services rendered or work performed after such termination date.  In the event  of  such  termination,  Contractor  shall  remain  liable  to  City  for  liquidated  damages incurred for any period of time prior to the termination date.

In addition
to any other charges, withholdings or deductions authorized under the Contract or any Laws or Regulations, if City terminates the Contract pursuant to this section, City may withhold and deduct from any payment and/or retention funds otherwise due Contractor any sum  necessary
to  pay  the  City's  cost  of  completing  or  correcting,  or  contracting  for  the completion or correction of, any services or work under the Contract that are not completed to the satisfaction of the City or that otherwise are deficient or require correction as of such termination date, including but not limited to incomplete punch list items.  Such co sts shall include all of the City’s direct and indirect costs incurred to complete or correct such services or work, including the City’s administrative and overhead costs.  If the amount of payment(s) and/or retention funds otherwise due the Contractor are insufficient to pay such costs, City shall  have  the  right  to  recover  the  balance  of  such  costs  from  the  Contrac tor  and/or  its
Surety(ies).

27.  TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE

Upon written notice to the Contractor, the City may at any time, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the City, elect to terminate the Contrac t for the convenience of City.  In  such case, the Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items, and after deduction and/or withholding of any amounts authorized to be deducted or withheld by the Contract Documents or any Laws or Regulations):

A.  For Wor
k executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination and determined to be acceptable by the Engineer, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   15

B.  For  reasonable  claims,  costs,  losses,  and  damages  incurred  in  settlement  of terminated contracts with subcontractors, suppliers, and others; and

C.  For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.

Contractor shall not be paid for any loss of anticipated profits or revenue for any Work not performed prior to termination, nor for  any economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination, except for the payments listed in this section.  Contractor’s warranty under Section  14  of  this  Agreement  shall  apply,  and  Contractor  shall  remain  responsible  for  all obligations related to such warranty, with respect to all portions of the Work performed prior to the effective date of the termination for conve
nience pursuant to this section.   The City
shall be entitled to have any or all remaining Work performed by other contractors or by any other means at any time after the effective date of a termination for convenience pursuant to this section.

28.  TERMINATION FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT

If Contract
or abandons the Work under this Contract, or if the Contract or any portion of the Contract is sublet or assigned without the consent of the City, or if the Engineer determines in the Engineer’s sole discretion that the conditions of the Contract in respect to the rate of progress of the Work are not being fulfilled or any part thereof is unnecessarily delayed, or if Contractor  violates  or  breach
es,  or  fails  to  execute  in  good  faith,  any  of  the  terms  or conditions of the Contract, or if Contractor refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled labor or mater
ials or refuses or fails to make prompt payment to subcontractors for material or labor, or if Contractor disregards any Laws or Regulations or proper instruction or orders of the Engineer, then, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, the City may give Contractor and
its   Sureties written notification to immediately correct the situation or the Contract shall be terminated.

In the event that such notice is given, and, in the event such situation is not corrected, or arrangements for correction satisfactory to the City are not made, within ten (10) calendar days from the date of such notice or within such other per iod of time as may be specified by
the  City  in  the  notice,  the  Contract  shall  upon  the  expiration  of  said  period  cease  and terminate.  In the event of any such termination, City may take over the Work and prosecute the Work to completion , or otherwise, and the Contractor and its Sureties shall be liable to City for any cost occasioned City thereby, as hereinafter set forth.

In the event City completes the Work, or causes the Work to be completed, no payment of any kind shall be made to Contractor until the Wor
k is complete.  The cost of completing the
Work, including but not limited to, extra costs of project administration and management incurred by City, both direct or indirect, shall be deducted from any sum then due, or that becomes due, to Contractor from City.  If sums due to Contractor from City are less than the cost of comp
leting the Work, Contractor and its Sureties shall pay City a sum equal to this difference on demand.  In the event City completes the Work, and there is a sum remaining due to Contractor after City deducts the costs of completing the Work, then City sha ll pay Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   16
such  sum  to  Contractor.  The   Contractor  and  Contractor’s  Sureties  shall  be  jointly  and severally liable for all obligations imposed on Contractor hereunder.

No act by City before the Work is finally accepted, including, but not limited to, exercise of other rights under the Contract, actions at law or in equity, extensions of time, payments , assessments of liquidated damages, occupation or acceptance of any part of the Work, waiver of any prior breach of the Contract or failure to take action pursuant to this section upon the happening of any prior default or breach of Contractor, shall be construed to be a waiver or estoppel  of  the  City
’s  right  to  act  pursuant  to  this  Section  upon  any  subsequent  event, occurrence or failure by Contractor to fulfill the terms and conditions of the Contract.  The rights of City to terminate the Contract pursuant to this Section and pursuant to Sections 26 and 27 are cumulative and are in addition to all other rights of City pursuant to the Contract and
at law or in equity.

29.  CONTRACTOR BANKRUPT

If Contractor should commence any bankruptcy proceeding, or if Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if Contractor makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of Cont
ractor's insolvency, then the City may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, terminate the Contract and complete the work by giving notice as provided in Section 28 above.

30. SURETIES’ OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION

If the City terminates the Contract pursuant to Section 28 or Section 29 above:

A.    The Surety under Co
ntractor’s performance bond shall be fully responsible for all of the Contractor’s remaining obligations of performance under the Contract as if the Surety  were  a  party  to  the  Contract,  including  without  limitation  Contractor’s obligations, as provided in the Contract Documents, to comple te and provide a one‐ year warranty of the entire Work, pay liquidated damages and indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, up to the full amount of the performance bond.

B.  The  Surety  under  Contractor’s  payment  bond  shall  be  fully  responsible  for  the performance  of  all  of  the  Contractor’s  rema
ining  payment  obligations  for  work,
services, equipment or materials performed or provided in connection with the Work or any portion thereof, up to the full amount of the payment bond.

31.  ACCOUNTING RECORDS OF CONTRACTOR

During performance of the Contract and for a period of three (3) years after completing the entir
e Work, Contractor shall maintain all accounting and financial records related to the  Contract  and  performance  of  the  Work  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted accounting practices, and shall keep and make such records available for inspection and audit by representatives of the City upon reasonable written notice.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   17

32.  USE TAX REQUIREMENTS

During  the  performance  of  this  Agreement,  CONTRACTOR,  for  itself,  its  assignees  and successors in interest, agrees as follows:

A.  Use  Tax  Direct  Payment  Permit:  For  all  leases  and  purchases  of  materials, equipment,  supplies,  or  other  tangible  personal  property  used  to  perform  the Agreement  and  shipped  from  outside  California,  the  Contractor  and  any subcontractors leasing or purchasing such materials, equipment, supplies or other tangible personal property shall obtain a Use Tax Direct Payment Permit from the California State Board of Equalization (“SBE”) in accordance with  the applicable SBE criteria and requirements.

B.  Sellers Permit:  For any construction contract and any construction subcontract in the  amount  of  $5,000,000  or  more,  Contractor  and  the  subcontractor(s)  shall obtain sellers permits from the SBE and shall register the jobsite as the place of business  for  the  purpose  of  allocating  local  sales  and  use  tax  to  the  City.

Contractor and its subcontractors shall remit the self‐accrued use tax to the SBE, and shall provide a copy of each remittance to the City.

C.  The above p
rovisions shall apply in all instances unless prohibited by the funding source for the Agreement.

33.  NON‐DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

This Agreement may be subject to the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter

3.54,  Non‐Discrimination  in
Employee  Benefits  by  City  Contractors.  The   Contract Documents  include  a  summary  of  the  requirements  of  Sacramento  City  Code  Chapter

3.54, entitled “Requirements of the Non‐Discrimination in Employee Benefits Code.” By signing  this  Agreement,  Contractor  acknowledges  and  represents  that  Contractor  has read and understands these requirements and agrees to fully comply wi th all applicable requirements  of  Sacramento  City  Code  Chapter  3.54.  If   requested  by  City,  Contractor agrees to promptly provide such documents and information as may be required by City to verify Contractor’s compliance.  Any violation by Contractor of Sacramento City Code Chapter  3.54  constitutes  a  material  breach  of  this  Agreem ent,  for  which  the  City  may terminate the Agreement and pursue all available legal and equitable remedies.

34.  CONSIDERING  CRIMINAL  CONVICTION  INFORMATION  IN  THE  EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION PROCESS

This Agreement may be subject to the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter

3.62,  Procedures  for  Considering  Criminal  Convictio n  Information  in  the  Employment Application Process.  The Contract Documents include a summary of the requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62, entitled “Ban‐The‐Box Requirements.” By signing this Agreement,  Contractor  acknowledges  and  represents  that  Contractor  has  read  and Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   18
understands  these  requirements  and  agrees  to  fully  comply  with  all  applicable requirements  of  Sacramento  City  Code  Chapter  3.62.  If   requested  by  City,  Contractor agrees to promptly provide such documents and information as may be required by City to verify Contractor’s compliance.  Any violation by Contractor of Sacramento City Code Chapter  3.62  constitutes  a  material  breach  of  this  Agreem ent,  for  which  the  City  may terminate  the  Agreement  and  pursue  all  available  legal  and  equitable  remedies.

Contractor  agrees  to  require  its  subcontractors  to  fully  comply  with  all  applicable requirements of Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62, and include these requirements in all subcontracts covered by Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.62.

Form approved by City Attorney 1‐11‐17   19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their names.

Shimmick Construction Company, Inc.

Under  penalty  of  perjury,  I  certify  that  the
taxpayer  identification  number  and  all  other
information provided here are correct.

DATE BY_________________________________
____________________________________
Print Name
____________________________________
Title
BY_________________________________
___________________________________
Print Name
____________________________________
Title
1000002063
DIR Registration #
__________________________
Federal ID#
____________________________________
State ID#
__594575____________________________
City  of  Sacramento  Business  Operation  Tax
Certificate No. (City will not award contract until
Certificate Number is obtained)
Type of Business Entity (check one):
_____ Individual/Sole Proprietor
_____ Partnership
__X__ Corporation
_____ Limited  Liability Company
_____Other (please specify:________________)
CITY OF SACRAMENTO
a municipal corporation
DATE BY _______________________
__________
For:   Leyne Milstein, Interim City Manager
Original Approved As To Form: Attest:

City Attorney  City Clerk
Trace Porter
Vice President
94-3107390

Addendu
m A

COMMUNITY WORKFORCE AND TRAINING AGREEMENT CITY

OF SACRAMENTO
AGREE

MENT TO BE BOUND
The undersigned, as a Contractor or Subcontractor, including construction material trucking company/entity, (CONTRACTOR) on the City of Sacramento Project, (hereinafter PROJECT), for and in consideration of the award to it of a contract to perform work on said PROJECT, and in further consideration of the mutual promises made in this Community Workforce and Training Agreement (hereinafter AGREEMENT), a copy of which was received and is acknowledged, hereby:
(1) Accep
ts and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the AGREEMENT for this Project, together with any and all amendments and supplements now existing or which are later made thereto.
(2) The
CONTRACTOR agrees to be bound by the legally established local trust agreements designated in the applicable Master Agreement as described in Article XI of this AGREEMENT.
(3) Th
e CONTRACTOR authorizes the parties to such local trust agreements to appoint trustees and successor trustees to administer the trust funds and hereby ratifies and accepts the trustees so appointed as if made by the CONTRACTOR.
(4) Ce
rtifies that it has no commitments or agreements which would preclude its full and complete compliance with the terms and conditions of said AGREEMENT. (5) Ag
rees to secure from any CONTRACTOR(S) (as defined in said AGREEMENT) which is or becomes a subcontractor (of any tier) to it, a duly executed Agreement to be Bound in form identical to this document.
(6) Thi
s Agreement to be Bound constitutes a subscription agreement to the extent of its terms. However, the undersigned agrees to execute a separate Subscription Agreement(s) or contributing employer agreement for Trust Funds when such Trust Fund(s) requires such document(s).

Date:

Name of Contractor
(Name of Contractor Representative)
(Authorized Officer & Title)
CSLB # or Motor Carrier Permit
3753-026j

Form 590 2024
Payee’s signature ▶
7061253

TAXABLE YEAR
2025 Withholding Exemption Certificate

CALIFORNIA FORM
590
The payee completes this form and submits it to the withholding agent. The withholding agent keeps this form with their records.

Withholding Agent Information
Name
Name □ SSN or ITIN □ FEIN □ CA Corp no. □ CA SOS file no.

Address (apt./ste., room)
City (If you have a foreign address, see instructions.) State ZIP code Exemption Reason
Check only one box.

By checking the appropriate box below, the payee certifies the reason for the exemption from the California income tax withholding requirements on payment(s) made to the entity or individual.

CERTIFICATE OF PAYEE: Payee must complete and sign below.

Our privacy notice can be found in annual tax booklets or online. Go to ftb.ca.gov/privacy to learn about our privacy policy statement, or go to ftb.ca.gov/forms and search for 1131 to locate FTB 1131 EN-SP , Franchise Tax Board Privacy Notice on Collection. To request this notice by mail, call 800.338.0505 and enter form code 948 when instructed.

Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined the information on this form, including accompanying schedules and statements, and to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete. I further declare under penalties of perjury that if the facts upon which this form are based change, I will promptly notify the withholding agent.

Type or print payee’s name and title _____________________________________________________ Telephone __________________ Payee Information
□ Individuals — Certification of Residency:

Date ______________________
□ Corporations:
□ Partnerships or Limited Liability Companies (LLCs):
□ Insurance Companies, Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs), or Qualified Pension/Profit-Sharing Plans:
□ California Trusts:
□ Estates — Certification of Residency of Deceased Person:
□ Nonmilitary Spouse of a Military Servicemember:
□ Tax-Exempt Entities:

Internal Revenue Code Section 501(c) _____
the withholding agent. Individuals cannot be tax-exempt entities. (insert letter) or
(insert number). If this entity ceases to be exempt from tax, I will promptly notify I am a resident of California and I reside at the address shown above. If I become a nonresident at any time, I will promptly notify the withholding agent. See instructions for General Information D, Definitions.

The corporation has a permanent place of business in California at the address shown above or is qualified through the California Secretary of State (SOS) to do business in California. The corporation will file a California tax return. If this corporation ceases to have a permanent place of business in California or ceases to do any of the above, I will promptly notify the withholding agent. See instructions for General Information D, Definitions.

The partnership or LLC has a permanent place of business in California at the address shown above or is registered with the California SOS, and is subject to the laws of California. The partnership or LLC will file a California tax return. If the partnership or LLC ceases to do any of the above, I will promptly inform the withholding agent. For withholding purposes, a limited liability partnership (LLP) is treated like any other partnership.

The entity is exempt from tax under California Revenue and Taxation Code (R&TC) Section 23701_____ The entity is an insurance company, IRA, or a federally qualified pension or profit-sharing plan.

At least one trustee and one noncontingent beneficiary of the above-named trust is a California resident. The trust will file a California fiduciary tax return. If the trustee or noncontingent beneficiary becomes a nonresident at any time, I will promptly notify the withholding agent.

I am the executor of the above-named person’s estate or trust. The decedent was a California resident at the time of death.

The estate will file a California fiduciary tax return.

I am a nonmilitary spouse of a military servicemember and I meet the Military Spouse Residency Relief Act (MSRRA) requirements. See instructions for General Information E, MSRRA.

ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?

INSR ADDL SUBR

LTR INSD WVD

DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)

PRODUCER CONTACT
NAME:

FAXPHONE
(A/C, No):(A/C, No):(A/C, No, Ext):(A/C, No, Ext):(A/C, No, Ext):

E-MAIL
ADDRESS:

INSURER A :

INSURED INSURER B :

INSURER C :

INSURER D :

INSURER E :

INSURER F :

POLICY NUMBER

POLICY EFF POLICY EXPTYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)(MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY)(MM/DD/YYYY)

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

UMBRELLA LIAB

EXCESS LIAB

WORKERS COMPENSATION

AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
EACH OCCURRENCE $

DAMAGE TO RENTED
CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR $PREMISES (Ea occurrence)PREMISES (Ea occurrence) MED EXP (Any one person) $
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $
PRO-POLICY LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $JECT
OTHER: $
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $(Ea accident)(Ea accident)
ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $
OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident)(Per accident) $
OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $
CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $
DED RETENTION $ $

PER OTH-

STATUTE ERER
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $
If yes, describe under
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
Y / N
N / A
(Mandatory in NH)

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE

THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS

CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.

IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.

If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER:

CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
© 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORDACORD 25 (2016/03)

CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
Lockton Companies, LLC
DBA Lockton Insurance Brokers, LLC in CA
CA license #0F15767
1185 Avenue of the Americas, Ste. 2010
New York NY 10036
(646) 572-7300(646) 572-7300
Shimmick Corporation
Shimmick Construction Company, Inc.
530 Technology Drive, Suite 300
Irvine CA 92618
American Casualty Company of Reading, PAAmerican Casualty Company of Reading, PA 20427
Continental Casualty CompanyContinental Casualty Company 20443
X
X
2,000,0002,000,000
100,000100,000
100,000100,000
2,000,0002,000,000
4,000,0004,000,000
4,000,0004,000,000
X
3,000,0003,000,000

XXXXXXX

XXXXXXX

XXXXXXX

XXXXXXX

XXXXXXX

XXXXXXX

XXXXXXX
N
X
1,000,0001,000,000
1,000,0001,000,000
1,000,0001,000,000
A 7018289022 4/1/2025 4/1/2026
A 7018289036 4/1/2025 4/1/2026
B 7018288985 AOS 4/1/2025 4/1/2026
B 7018288999 CA 4/1/2025 4/1/2026

NOT APPLICABLE
4/1/2026
1508224
Y N
Y N
N
5/19/2025
21833314
21833314 XXXXXXX
Department of Utilities
Engineering & Water Resources Division
ATTN: DOU Contracts
1395 35th Avenue
Sacramento CA 95822-2911Sacramento CA 95822-2911
The CITY , its officials, employees, and volunteers are included as Additional Insured on the General Liability, Automobile Liability as required by written contract. Waiver of Subrogation applies in favor of the Additional Insured under the Worker's Compensation as required by written contract. 30 days' notice of cancellation applies except for 10 days nonpayment of premium.

X
See Attachments
Business Auto Policy
Policy Endorsement

CONTRACTORS EXTENDED COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT - BUSINESS AUTO PLUS I.

A.

1. 2.
a.
b.
(1)
(2)

3. 4.

1. 2.

B.

1. 2.

THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM

LIABILITY COVERAGE
Who Is An Insured
The following is added to Section II, Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured:
a. Any incorporated entity of which the Named Insured owns a majority of the voting stock on the date of inception of this Coverage Form; provided that, b. The insurance afforded by this provision A.1. does not apply to any such entity that is an insured under any other liability "policy" providing auto coverage.

Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, and over which you maintain majority ownership interest.

The insurance afforded by this provision A.2.:

Is effective on the acquisition or formation date, and is afforded only until the end of the policy period of this Coverage Form, or the next anniversary of its inception date, whichever is earlier.

Does not apply to:

Bodily injury or property damage caused by an accident that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; or
Any such organization that is an insured under any other liability "policy" providing auto coverage.

Any person or organization that you are required by a written contract to name as an additional insured is an insured but only with respect to their legal liability for acts or omissions of a person, who qualifies as an insured under SECTION II – WHO IS AN INSURED and for whom Liability Coverage is afforded under this policy. If required by written contract, this insurance will be primary and non-contributory to insurance on which the additional insured is a Named Insured.

An employee of yours is an insured while operating an auto hired or rented under a contract or agreement in that employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business.
"Policy", as used in this provision A. Who Is An Insured, includes those policies that were in force on the inception date of this Coverage Form but:

Which are no longer in force; or
Whose limits have been exhausted.

Bail Bonds and Loss of Earnings
Section II, Paragraphs A.2. (2) and A.2. (4) are revised as follows:

In a.(2), the limit for the cost of bail bonds is changed from $2,000 to $5,000; and In a.(4), the limit for the loss of earnings is changed from $250 to $500 a day.

BUA 7018289022
Endorsement No: 32; Page: 1 of 4 Policy Page: 131 of 157 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Form No: CNA63359XX (04-2012)
Endorsement Effective Date:

Policy No:

Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025Endorsement Expiration Date:
© Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., used with its permission.

Business Auto Policy
Policy Endorsement
C.

II.

A.

B.
a.
b.

C.
a.

D.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
(1)
(2)
E.

Fellow Employee
Section II, Paragraph B.5 does not apply.

Such coverage as is afforded by this provision C. is excess over any other collectible insurance.

PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE
Glass Breakage – Hitting A Bird Or Animal – Falling Objects Or Missiles The following is added to Section III, Paragraph A.3.:

With respect to any covered auto, any deductible shown in the Declarations will not apply to glass breakage if such glass is repaired, in a manner acceptable to us, rather than replaced.

Transportation Expenses
Section III, Paragraph A.4.a. is revised, with respect to transportation expense incurred by you, to provide:
$60 per day, in lieu of $20; subject to
$1,800 maximum, in lieu of $600.

Loss of Use Expenses
Section III, Paragraph A.4.b. is revised, with respect to loss of use expenses incurred by you, to provide:
$1,000 maximum, in lieu of $600.

Hired "Autos"
The following is added to Section III. Paragraph A.:

5. Hired "Autos"
If Physical Damage coverage is provided under this policy, and such coverage does not extend to Hired Autos, then Physical Damage coverage is extended to:

Any covered auto you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver; and Any covered auto hired or rented by your employee without a driver, under a contract in that individual employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business.

The most we will pay for any one accident or loss is the actual cash value, cost of repair, cost of replacement or $75,000, whichever is less, minus a $500 deductible for each covered auto.

No deductible applies to loss caused by fire or lightning.

The physical damage coverage as is provided by this provision is equal to the physical damage coverage(s) provided on your owned autos.

Such physical damage coverage for hired autos will:

Include loss of use, provided it is the consequence of an accident for which the Named Insured is legally liable, and as a result of which a monetary loss is sustained by the leasing or rental concern.

Such coverage as is provided by this provision will be subject to a limit of $750 per accident.

Airbag Coverage
The following is added to Section III, Paragraph B.3.:

The accidental discharge of an airbag shall not be considered mechanical breakdown.

BUA 7018289022
Endorsement No: 32; Page: 2 of 4 Policy Page: 132 of 157 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Form No: CNA63359XX (04-2012)
Endorsement Effective Date:

Policy No:

Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025Endorsement Expiration Date:
© Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., used with its permission.

Business Auto Policy
Policy Endorsement
F.
c.
d.

G.
a.
b.
c.
d.
(1)
(2)
III.

1. a.
b.
(1)
(2)

2. IV.

A.

Electronic Equipment
Section III, Paragraphs B.4.c and B.4.d. are deleted and replaced by the following:

Physical Damage Coverage on a covered auto also applies to loss to any permanently installed electronic equipment including its antennas and other accessories A $100 per occurrence deductible applies to the coverage provided by this provision.

Diminution In Value
The following is added to Section III, Paragraph B.6.:

Subject to the following, the diminution in value exclusion does not apply to:

Any covered auto of the private passenger type you lease, hire, rent or borrow, without a driver for a period of 30 days or less, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; and
Any covered auto of the private passenger type hired or rented by your employee without a driver for a period of 30 days or less, under a contract in that individual employee's name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business.

Such coverage as is provided by this provision is limited to a diminution in value loss arising directly out of accidental damage and not as a result of the failure to make repairs; faulty or incomplete maintenance or repairs; or the installation of substandard parts.

The most we will pay for loss to a covered auto in any one accident is the lesser of:
$5,000; or
20% of the auto's actual cash value (ACV).

Drive Other Car Coverage – Executive Officers
The following is added to Sections II and III:

Any auto you don't own, hire or borrow is a covered auto for Liability Coverage while being used by, and for Physical Damage Coverage while in the care, custody or control of, any of your "executive officers", except:

An auto owned by that "executive officer" or a member of that person's household; or An auto used by that "executive officer" while working in a business of selling, servicing, repairing or parking autos.

Such Liability and/or Physical Damage Coverage as is afforded by this provision.

Equal to the greatest of those coverages afforded any covered auto; and Excess over any other collectible insurance.

For purposes of this provision, "executive officer" means a person holding any of the officer positions created by your charter, constitution, by-laws or any other similar governing document, and, while a resident of the same household, includes that person's spouse.

Such "executive officers" are insureds while using a covered auto described in this provision.

BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS
Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit Or Loss
The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph A.2.a.:

BUA 7018289022
Endorsement No: 32; Page: 3 of 4 Policy Page: 133 of 157 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Form No: CNA63359XX (04-2012)
Endorsement Effective Date:

Policy No:

Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025Endorsement Expiration Date:
© Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., used with its permission.

Business Auto Policy
Policy Endorsement
(4)
(6)
B.

C.

D.

E.
a.

V.

Your employees may know of an accident or loss. This will not mean that you have such knowledge, unless such accident or loss is known to you or if you are not an individual, to any of your executive officers or partners or your insurance manager.

The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph A.2.b.:

Your employees may know of documents received concerning a claim or suit. This will not mean that you have such knowledge, unless receipt of such documents is known to you or if you are not an individual, to any of your executive officers or partners or your insurance manager.

Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us
The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph A.5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us:

We waive any right of recovery we may have, because of payments we make for injury or damage, against any person or organization for whom or which you are required by written contract or agreement to obtain this waiver from us.

This injury or damage must arise out of your activities under a contract with that person or organization.

You must agree to that requirement prior to an accident or loss.

Concealment, Misrepresentation or Fraud
The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph B.2.:

Your failure to disclose all hazards existing on the date of inception of this Coverage Form shall not prejudice you with respect to the coverage afforded provided such failure or omission is not intentional.

Other Insurance
The following is added to Section IV, Paragraph B.5.:

Regardless of the provisions of Paragraphs 5.a. and 5.d. above, the coverage provided by this policy shall be on a primary non-contributory basis. This provision is applicable only when required by a written contract.

That written contract must have been entered into prior to Accident or Loss.

Policy Period, Coverage Territory
Section IV, Paragraph B. 7.(5).(a). is revised to provide:
45 days of coverage in lieu of 30 days.

DEFINITIONS
Section V. paragraph C. is deleted and replaced by the following:

Bodily injury means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish, mental injury or death resulting from any of these.

BUA 7018289022
Endorsement No: 32; Page: 4 of 4 Policy Page: 134 of 157 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Form No: CNA63359XX (04-2012)
Endorsement Effective Date:

Policy No:

Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025Endorsement Expiration Date:
© Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., used with its permission.

CNA PARAMOUNT
Earlier Notice of Cancellation
Provided by the Insurer
Endorsement
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

STOP GAP LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

TECHNOLOGY ERRORS AND OMISSIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SPECIAL PROTECTIVE AND HIGHWAY LIABILITY POLICY – NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF

TRANSPORTATION

SCHEDULE
Number of Days’ Notice:3030
Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.

For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment ofof premium, the number ofof days required for notice ofof cancellation, asas provided inin paragraph A.A. ofof either the CANCELLATION/NONRENEWAL section ofof the COMMMON TERMS AND CONDITIONS oror asas amended byby anan applicable state cancellation endorsement, isis increased to the number of days shown in the Schedule above.

All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged.

This endorsement, which forms a part ofof and isis for attachment toto the Policy issued byby the designated Insurers, takes effect onon the eff
ective date ofof said Policy atat the hour stated inin said Policy, unless another eff ective date isis shown
below, and expires concurrently with said Policy.

CNA74658XX (1-15) Policy No: 7018289036

CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY Eff
ective Date:04/01/2025
Insured Name: Shimmick Corporation
Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission.

Attachment Code: D661547 Certificate ID: 21833314
Attachment Code: D661547 Certificate ID: 21833314Attachment Code: D661547 Certificate ID: 21833314Attachment Code: D661547 Certificate ID: 21833314Attachment Code: D661547 Certificate ID: 21833314

Business Auto
Policy Policy
Endorsement
CALIFORNIA CHANGES – CANCELLATION AND NONRENEWAL
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

CAPITAL ASSETS PROGRAM (OUTPUT POLICY) COVERAGE PART

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE COVERAGE PART

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

COMMERCIAL INLAND MARINE COVERAGE PART

COMMERCIAL PROPERTY COVERAGE PART

CRIME AND FIDELITY COVERAGE PART

EMPLOYMENT-RELATED PRACTICES LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN COVERAGE PART

FARM COVERAGE PART

LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

MEDICAL PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
A. Paragraphs 2. and 3. of the Cancellation Common Policy Condition are replaced by the follow ing:

2. All Policies In Eff
ect For 60 Days Or Less
If this policy has been inin effect for 6060 days oror less, and isis not a renew alal ofof a policy w e have previously issued, w e may cancel this policy byby mailing oror delivering toto the first Named Insured, atat the mailing address show n inin the policy, and toto the producer ofof record, advance written notice ofof cancellation, stating the reason for cancellation, at least:
a. 10 days before the eff
ective date of cancellation if we cancel for:
(1) Nonpayment of premium; or
(2) Discovery of fraud by:
(a) Any insured or his or her representative in obtaining this insurance; or (b) You or your representative in pursuing a claim under this policy. b. 30 days before the eff
ective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other reason.

3. All Policies In Eff
ect For More Than 60 Days
a.a. If this policy has been in eff
ect for more than 60 days, or is a renew al of a policy w e issued, w e may cancel this policy only upon the occurrence, aft
er the eff
ective date of the policy, of one or more of
the follow ing:
(1) Nonpayment of premium, including payment due on a prior policy w e issued and due during the current policy term covering the same risks.
(2) Discovery of fraud or material misrepresentation by:
(a) Any insured or his or her representative in obtaining this insurance; or (b) You or your representative in pursuing a claim under this policy. (3) A judgment byby a court oror anan administrative tribunal that you have violated a California oror Federal law, having asas one ofof its necessary elements anan act which materially increases any ofof the risks insured against.

Form No: IL 02 70 07 20 Policy No: BUA 7018289022
Endorsement Effective Date: Endorsement Expiration Date: Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025 Endorsement No: 37; Page: 1 of 5 Policy Page: 134 of 138 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 © Copyright Insurance Services Off
ice, Inc., 2020
Attachment Code: D656633 Certificate ID: 21833314
Business Auto
Policy Policy
Endorsement
(4) Discovery ofof w illful oror grossly negligent acts oror omissions, oror ofof any violations ofof state law s oror regulations establishing safety standards, byby you oror your representative, which materially increase any of the risks insured against.
(5) Failure byby you oror your representative toto implement reasonable loss control requirements, agreed toto byby you asas a condition ofof policy issuance, oror which were conditions precedent toto our use ofof a particular rate or rating plan, if that failure materially increases any of the risks insured against. (6) A determination by the Commissioner of Insurance that the:
(a) Loss of, oror changes in, our reinsurance covering all oror part ofof the risk would threaten our financial integrity or solvency; or
(b) Continuation of the policy coverage w ould:
(i) Place us in violation of California law or the laws of the state where we are domiciled; or (ii) Threaten our solvency.
(7) A change byby you oror your representative inin the activities oror property ofof the commercial oror industrial enterprise, which results inin a materially added, increased oror changed risk, unless the added, increased or changed risk is included in the policy.
b.b. WeWe will mail oror deliver advance written notice ofof cancellation, stating the reason for cancellation, toto the first
Named Insured, at the mailing address show n in the policy, and to the producer of record, at least:
(1) 1010 days before the eff
ective date ofof cancellation if w e cancel for nonpayment ofof premium oror discovery of fraud; or
(2) 3030 days before the eff
ective date ofof cancellation if w e cancel for any
other
reason listed inin Paragraph

3.a.

B.B. The follow ing provision is added to the Cancellation Common Policy Condition:

7. Residential Property
This provision applies to
to coverage onon real property which isis used predominantly for residential purposes and
consisting ofof not more than four dwdw elling units, and toto coverage onon tenants' household personal property inin a residential unit, if such coverage is w ritten under one of the follow ing:

Commercial Property Coverage Part
Farm Coverage Part – Farm Property – Farm Dwellings, Appurtenant Structures And Household Personal Property Coverage Form
a.a. If such coverage has been in eff
ect for 60 days or less, and is not a renew al of coverage w e previously issued, w e may cancel this coverage for any reason, except as provided in b. and c. below . b.b. We may not cancel this policy solely because the first Named Insured has:
(1) Accepted an off
er of earthquake coverage; or
Form No: IL 02 70 07 20 Policy No: BUA 7018289022
Endorsement Effective Date: Endorsement Expiration Date: Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025 Endorsement No: 37; Page: 2 of 5 Policy Page: 135 of 138 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 © Copyright Insurance Services Off
ice, Inc., 2020
Attachment Code: D656633 Certificate ID: 21833314
Business Auto
Policy Policy
Endorsement
(2) Cancelled oror did not renew a policy issued byby the California Earthquake Authority (CEA) that included an earthquake policy premium surcharge.

However, w e shall cancel this policy if the first Named Insured has accepted a new oror renew alal policy issued byby the CEA that includes anan earthquake policy premium surcharge but fails toto pay the earthquake
policy premium surcharge authorized by the CEA.
c.c. WeWe may not cancel such coverage solely because corrosive soil conditions exist onon the premises. This restriction (c.) applies only if coverage isis subject toto one ofof the following, which exclude loss oror damage caused by or resulting from corrosive soil conditions:
(1) Commercial Property Coverage Part – Causes Of Loss – Special Form; or (2) Farm Coverage Part – Causes Of Loss Form – Farm Property, Paragraph D. Covered Causes Of Loss – Special.
d.d. If a state ofof emergency under California Law isis declared and the residential property isis located inin any ZIP Code w ithin oror adjacent toto the fire perimeter, asas determined byby California Law , w e may not cancel this policy for one year, beginning from the date the state ofof emergency isis declared, solely because the dwdw elling or other structure is located in an area in which a wildfire has occurred. However, we may cancel:
(1) When you have not paid the premium, at any time by letting you know at least 10 days before the date cancellation takes eff
ect;
(2) If w illful oror grossly negligent acts oror omissions byby the Named Insured, oror his oror her representatives, are discovered that materially increase any of the risks insured against; or (3) If there are physical changes inin the property insured against, beyond the catastrophe-damaged condition of the structures and surf
ace landscape, which result in the property becoming uninsurable.

C. The follow ing is added and supersedes any provisions to the contrary:

Nonrenewal

1.1. Subj
ect to the provisions of Paragraphs C.2. and C.3. below , if w e elect not to renew this policy, w e will mail oror deliver written notice, stating the reason for nonrenewal, toto the first Named Insured show n inin the
Declarations, and toto the producer ofof record, atat least 6060 days, but not more than 120 days, before the expiration or anniversary date.

We will mail or deliver our notice to the first Named Insured, and to the producer of record, at the mailing address show n in the policy.

2.2. Residential Property
This provision applies to coverage on real property used predominantly for residential purposes and consisting of not more than four dw elling units, and to coverage on tenants' household property contained in a residential unit, if such coverage is w ritten under one of the follow ing:

Commercial Property Coverage Part
Farm Coverage Part – Farm Property – Farm Dwellings, Appurtenant Structures And Household Personal Property Coverage Form
Form No: IL 02 70 07 20 Policy No: BUA 7018289022
Endorsement Effective Date: Endorsement Expiration Date: Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025 Endorsement No: 37; Page: 3 of 5 Policy Page: 136 of 138 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 © Copyright Insurance Services Off
ice, Inc., 2020
Attachment Code: D656633 Certificate ID: 21833314
Business Auto
Policy Policy
Endorsement
a.a. If this policy provides coverage as described in the preceding paragraph, and w e elect not to renew this policy, w e will mail oror deliver written notice, stating the reason for nonrenewal, toto the first Named Insured show n inin the Declarations, and toto the producer ofof record, atat the mailing address show n inin the policy, at least 75 days, but not more than 120 days, before the expiration or anniversary date.

If w e fail toto give the first Named Insured show n inin the Declarations notice ofof nonrenewal atat least 7575 days prior to
to the policy expiration, asas required inin the paragraph above, this policy, w ith nono change inin its terms and conditions, shall remain inin effect for 7575 days from the date that the notice ofof nonrenewal isis delivered oror mailed toto the Named Insured. A notice toto this effect shall bebe provided byby usus toto the first Named Insured with the notice of nonrenewal.
b.b. WeWe may elect not toto renew such coverage for any reason, except asas provided inin Paragraphs c., d.d. and e.e. below .
c.c. WeWe will not refuse toto renew such coverage solely because the first Named Insured has accepted anan offer of earthquake coverage.

However, the following applies only to insurers who are associate participating insurers as established by Cal. Ins. Code Section 10089.16. We may elect not to renew such coverage aft er the first Named Insured
has accepted an off
er of earthquake coverage, if one or more of the following reasons applies:
(1) The nonrenewal isis based onon sound underw riting principles that relate toto the coverages provided byby this policy and that are consistent w ith the approved rating plan and related documents filed with the Department of Insurance as required by existing law;
(2) The Commissioner ofof Insurance finds that the exposure toto potential losses will threaten our solvency oror place usus inin a hazardous condition. A hazardous condition includes, but isis not limited to, a condition inin which w e make claims payments for
losses
resulting from anan earthquake that occurred w ithin the preceding twtw o years and that required a reduction inin policyholder surplus ofof atat least 25% for payment of those claims; or
(3) We have:
(a) Lost oror experienced a substantial reduction inin the availability oror scope ofof reinsurance coverage; oror
(b) Experienced a substantial increase inin the premium charged for reinsurance coverage ofof our residential property insurance policies; and
the Commissioner has approved a plan for the nonrenewals that isis fair and equitable, and that isis responsive to the changes in our reinsurance position.
d.d. WeWe will not refuse toto renew such coverage solely because the first Named Insured has cancelled oror did not renew a policy, issued byby the California Earthquake Authority, that included anan earthquake policy premium surcharge.
e.e. WeWe will not refuse toto renew such coverage solely because corrosive soil conditions exist onon the premises.

This restriction (e.) applies only if coverage isis subject toto one ofof the following, which exclude loss oror damage caused by or resulting from corrosive soil conditions:

Form No: IL 02 70 07 20 Policy No: BUA 7018289022
Endorsement Effective Date: Endorsement Expiration Date: Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025 Endorsement No: 37; Page: 4 of 5 Policy Page: 137 of 138 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 © Copyright Insurance Services Off
ice, Inc., 2020
Attachment Code: D656633 Certificate ID: 21833314
Business Auto
Policy Policy
Endorsement
(1) Commercial Property Coverage Part – Causes Of Loss – Special Form; or (2) Farm Coverage Part – Causes Of Loss Form – Farm Property, Paragraph D. Covered Causes Of Loss – Special.
f.f. If a state ofof emergency under California Law isis declared and the residential property isis located inin any ZIP Code w ithin oror adjacent toto the fire perimeter, asas determined byby California Law , w e may not nonrenew this policy for one year, beginning from the date the state ofof emergency isis declared, solely because the dwelling or other structure is located in an area in which a wildfire has occurred.

However, we may nonrenew:
(1) If w illful oror grossly negligent acts oror omissions byby the Named Insured, oror his oror her representatives, are discovered that materially increase any of the risks insured against; (2) If losses unrelated to the postdisaster loss condition of the property have occurred that would collectively render the risk ineligible for renewal; or (3) If there are physical changes inin the property insured against, beyond the catastrophe-damaged condition of the structures and surf
ace landscape, which result in the property becoming uninsurable.

3.3. We are not required to send notice of nonrenew al in the follow ing situations:
a.a. If the transfer or renew al of a policy, w ithout any changes in terms, conditions or rates, is betw een us and a member of our insurance group.
b.b. If the policy has been extended for 90 days or less, provided that notice has been given in accordance with Paragraph C.1.
c.c. If you have obtained replacement coverage, or if the first Named Insured has agreed, in w riting, w ithin 60 days of the termination of the policy, to obtain that coverage. d.d. If the policy is for a period of no more than 60 days and you are notified at the time of issuance that it will not be renewed.
e.e. If the first Named Insured requests a change in the terms or conditions or risks covered by the policy w ithin 60 days of the end of the policy period.
f.f. If w e have made a written off
er to the first Named Insured, in accordance w ith the timeframes show n in Paragraph C.1., to renew the policy under changed terms or conditions or at an increased premium rate, when the increase exceeds 25%.

Form No: IL 02 70 07 20 Policy No: BUA 7018289022
Endorsement Effective Date: Endorsement Expiration Date: Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025 Endorsement No: 37; Page: 5 of 5 Policy Page: 138 of 138 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 © Copyright Insurance Services Off
ice, Inc., 2020
Attachment Code: D656633 Certificate ID: 21833314
Workers Compensation And Employers Liability Insurance
Policyholder Notice

NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO CERTIFICATE HOLDERS
It is understood and agreed that:

If you have agreed under written contract to provide notice of cancellation to a party to whom the Agent of Record has issued a Certificate of Insurance, and if we cancel a policy term described on that Certificate of Insurance for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, then notice of cancellation will be provided to such Certificate Holders at least 30 days in advance of the date cancellation is effective.

If notice is mailed, then proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the Certificate Holder on file with the Agent of Record will be sufficient to prove notice.

Any failure by us to notify such persons or organizations will not extend or invalidate such cancellation, or impose any liability or obligation upon us or the Agent of Record.

All other terms and conditions of the policy remain unchanged.

This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the policy issued by the designated Insurers, takes effect on the Policy Effective Date of said policy at the hour stated in said policy, unless another effective date (the Endorsement Effective Date) is shown below, and expires concurrently with said policy unless another expiration date is shown below.

Form No: Policy No:

Policy Effective Date:

Underwriting Company:

WC 7 18288999
Policyholder Notice; Page: 1 of 1
American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606
CC68021A (02-2013)
04/01/2025
Policy Page: 3 of 69
© Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved.

Workers Compensation And Employers Liability Insurance
Policy Endorsement

BLANKET WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS
This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached.

It is agreed that Part One - Workers’ Compensation Insurance G. Recovery From Others and Part Two - Employers’ Liability Insurance H. Recovery From Others are amended by adding the following:

We will not enforce our right to recover against persons or organizations. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) PREMIUM CHARGE - Refer to the Schedule of Operations
The charge will be an amount to which you and we agree that is a percentage of the total standard premium for California exposure. The amount is 2%.

All other terms and conditions of the policy remain unchanged.

This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the policy issued by the designated Insurers, takes effect on the Policy Effective Date of said policy at the hour stated in said policy, unless another effective date (the Endorsement Effective Date) is shown below, and expires concurrently with said policy unless another expiration date is shown below.

WC 7 18288999
Endorsement No: 4; Page: 1 of 1 Policy Page: 41 of 69
Underwriting Company: American Casualty Company of Reading, Pennsylvania, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606
Form No: G-19160-B (11-1997)
Endorsement Effective Date:

Policy No:

Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025Endorsement Expiration Date:
© Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved.

Business Auto Policy
Policy Endorsement

NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
It is understood and agreed that:

If you have agreed under written contract to provide notice of cancellation to a party to whom the Agent of Record has issued a Certificate of Insurance, and if we cancel a policy term described on that Certificate of Insurance for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, then notice of cancellation will be provided to such Certificateholders at least 30 days in advance of the date cancellation is effective.

If notice is mailed, then proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the Certificateholder on file with the Agent of Record will be sufficient to prove notice.

Any failure by us to notify such persons or organizations will not extend or invalidate such cancellation, or impose any liability or obligation upon us or the Agent of Record.

All other terms and conditions of the policy remain unchanged This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the policy issued by the designated Insurers, takes effect on the Policy Effective date of said policy at the hour stated in said policy, unless another effective date (the Endorsement Effective Date) is shown below, and expires concurrently with said policy.

BUA 7018289022
Endorsement No: 33; Page: 1 of 1 Policy Page: 135 of 157 Underwriting Company: Continental Casualty Company, 151 N Franklin St, Chicago, IL 60606 Form No: CNA68021XX (02-2013)
Endorsement Effective Date:

Policy No:

Policy Effective Date: 04/01/2025Endorsement Expiration Date:
© Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved.

REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL
Contractor's Name: Shimmick Construction Company, Inc. (Please print)

CITY OF SACRAMENTO

SEALED PROPOSAL
(MUST BE SIGNED BY BIDDER)
The Sealed Proposal will be received not later than May 7, 2025, at the Office of the City Clerk, New City Hall, at 915 I Street, 5th Floor, Mayor's Reception Desk. Sacramento, California and opened at 2:00 PM, or as soon thereafter as business allows, on May 7, 2025, by the Office of the City Clerk, 915 I Street, Historic City Hall, 2nd Floor, Hearing Room, Sacramento, California.

TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL:

The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish any and all required labor, material, transportation, and services for
SUMP 89 OUTFALL PROJECT
PN: W14130622 B25141324008
in the City and County of Sacramento, California.

TOTAL BID: TwO tvlilliOn Se\len OUndrect ($ 2.1750, 000 ThouSand Dollar5
The work herein described is to be performed in strict conformity with the Plans, City of Sacramento Standard Specifications (Resolution No. 89-216) and these Special Provisions, all as on file in the Office of the City Clerk, at the following unit prices.

Item
No.

Description Estimated
Quantity
Unit Unit Price Total
1 Mobilization/ Demobilization 1 LS $ 2-1O,2-5O $ 2..1O, 2 SO

2 Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing 1 LS $ i OOO $ 1.000
3 WPCP 1 LS $ 15,000 $ 15,OOO
4 Cofferdam 1 LS $ 355,OOO $ 355,000

5 Removal of Asbestos Wrapped WSP 1 LS $ 180,000 $ ISO,OOO

6 installation of WSP 1 LS $ (OOO,OOO $ 600,000
7 Earthwork 2,100 CY $ 50 $ 105 , 000

8 Inspection Port Vaults 1 LS $ cio,000 $ cl0000 ,

9 Knife Gate Vault and Floodwall Replacement 1 LS $ 395,OOO $ 395,000

10 Outfall Replacement 1 LS $ 2.00,000 $ 2OO,OOO
11 Level Sensor, Electrical Conduit, 2-in Waterline From Sump 88 1 LS
$ 2.OO,OOO $ 100,000

12 Concrete Apron Replacement and Resurfacing of Levee
Crown 1 LS
$ Li 5,000 $ 45,OOO

13 Fence and Gates 1 LS $ ?yotOOO $ SO,OOO

14 RSP 53 CY $ 6OO $ 2-co, 500
15 Temporary Bypass Pumping 1 LS $ 80,00O $ SC% ()CO

REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL
Item
No.

Description Estimated
Quantity
Unit Unit Price Total
16 Bypass Pumping Daily Operation 5 DAY $ 3 OSO , $ IS 2.50

17 Welded Steel Pipe Spool 1 LS $ 32, o00 $ 32, 000

18 Furnish Welded Steel Pipe 1 LS City Provided City Provided 19 Furnish Knife Gate Valves 4 LS City Provided City Provided TOTAL BID: $ 2-11 0,000

REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL
The undersigned agrees to execute the Agreement and provide City the executed Agreement, the required insurance certificates, endorsements, and waivers of subrogation, and the required surety bonds within ten (10) calendar days after the undersigned's receipt of the City's notice that the undersigned will be recommended for Contract award and prior to award of the Contract by the City Council.

In determining the amount bid by each bidder, City shall disregard mathematical errors in addition, subtraction, multiplication and division that appear obvious on the face of the Proposal. When such a mathematical error appears on the Proposal, the City shall have the right to correct such error and to compute the total amount bid by said bidder on the basis of the corrected figure or figures.

When the unit price of an item is required to be set forth in the Proposal, and the total for the item set forth separately does not agree with a figure derived by multiplying the item unit price times the Engineer's estimate of the quantity of work to be performed for said item, the item unit price shall prevail over the sum set forth as the total for the item unless, in the sole discretion of the City, such a procedure would be inconsistent with the policy of the City's bidding procedures.

The total paid for each such item of work shall be based upon the item unit price and not the total price.

Should the Proposal contain only a total price for an item and the item unit price is omitted, the City shall determine the item unit price by dividing the total price of the item by the Engineer's estimate of the quantity of work to be performed for the item of work.

If the Proposal contains neither the item price nor the total price for the item, then it shall be deemed incomplete and the Proposal shall be disregarded.

It is understood that this bid is based upon completion of the work within a period of 150 working days commencing on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed.

The amount of liquidated damages to be paid by the Contractor for failure to complete the work by the completion date (as extended, if applicable) shall be $5,000 for each calendar day, continuing to the time at which the work is completed.

Such amount is the actual cash value agreed upon as the loss to the City resulting from the default of the Contractor.

The undersigned represents and warrants that he/she has examined the location of the proposed work and is familiar with the conditions at the place where the work is to be done. The undersigned further represents that he/she has reviewed and understands the Plans, Special Provisions, and other contract documents, and the undersigned is satisfied with all conditions for the performance of the work The undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City of Sacramento will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this bid.

The undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City of Sacramento will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this bid.

This proposal shall not be withdrawn for the time periods specified in Section 3-2 of the City of Sacramento Standard Specifications for award of contract to respective low bidders. This proposal is submitted in accordance with Chapter

3.60 of the Sacramento City Code and Sections 1, 2, and 3 of the City of Sacramento Standard Specifications.

In accordance with Standard Specification Section 3-2, the City shall award this contract to the lowest responsible bidder, if such award is made, within sixty (60) working days after opening of the Proposals. The City reserves the right to reject any and all bids.

REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL
BID DEPOSIT ENCLOSED IN THE FOLLOWING FORM:
not less than ten (10) percent of amount bid.

CERTIFIED CHECK

MONEY ORDER

CASHIERS' CHECK

X BID BOND

FOR CITY USE ONLY

TYPE OF DEPOSIT
R. Bid Bond
r Cashier/Certified Check
r Other
Reviewer's Initials:

CONTRACTOR
Addendum No. 1 X Shimmick Construction Company, Inc.

Addendum No. 2 By:
(Signature)
Addendum No. 3 Title Trace Porter, Vice President NW
Addendum No. 4 Address 1 Harbor Center, Suite 200
No PO Box - Physical Address ONLY
Suisun City CA 94585
City STATE Zip Code
Telephone No. (707) 410-5070
Fax No.

Email [email protected]
(Federal Tax ID # or Social Security #)
Under penalty of perjury, l certify that the Taxpayer ldentification Number and all other information provided here are correct.
94-3107390
DIR Registration Number: 1000001063
Valid Contractor's License No. 594575
A, B, C10,
Classification C33, C36, HAZ is held by the bidder.

Expiration date May 31, 2026 Representation made herein are true and correct under penalty of perjury PN: W14130622 B25141324008

411§. Home L
ir

CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD
()Contractor's License Detail for License # 594575
DISCLAIMER: A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license database. Before relying on this information, you should be aware of the following limitations. • CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B&P 7124.6) If this entity is subject to public complaint disclosure click on link that will appear below for more information. Click here for a definition of disclosable actions. • Only construction related civil judgments reported to CSLB are disclosed (B&P 7071.17). • Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms. • Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered into the board's license database.

Data current as of 5/5/2025 11:09:34 AM
Business Information

SHIMMICK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY INC
530 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE STE 300
IRVINE, CA 92618
Business Phone Number:(949) 333-1500
Entity Corporation
Issue Date 05/23/1990
Expire Date 05/31/2026
License Status
This license is current and active.

All information below should be reviewed.

Classifications
0 A - GENERAL ENGINEERING
► B - GENERAL BUILDING
0 CI0 - ELECTRICAL
0 C33 - PAINTING AND DECORATING
0 C36 - PLUMBING
Certifications
► HAZ - FIAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES REMOVAL

Bonding Information
Contractor's Bond
This license filed a Contractor's Bond with ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY.

Bond Number: SU71005980000
Bond Amount: $25,000
Effective Date: 01/01/2023
Contractor's Bond History
Bond of Qualifying Individual
► This license filed Bond of Qualifying Individual number SU 7104918-0000 for DAVID ROBERT LEONARD in the amount of $25,000 with ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY.

Effective Date: 03/29/2023
► This license filed Bond of Qualifying Individual number SU71015280000 for GEORGE WILLIAM SCOTT in the amount of $25,000 with ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY.

Effective Date: 01/01/2023
BQI's Bond History
► This license filed Bond of Qualifying Individual number SU71004140000 for WILLIAM ANDREW SLOANE III in the amount of $25,000 with ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY.

Effective Date: 01/01/2023
BQI's Bond History
Workers' Compensation
This license has workers compensation insurance with the AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING PA Policy Number:7018288999
Effective Date: 04/01/2023
Expire Date: 04/01/2026
Workers' Compensation History
Other
► Personnel listed on this license (current or disassociated) are listed on other licenses. 3ack to Top Conditions of Use Privacy Policy Accessibility Accessibility Certification 2opyright © 2025 State of California

DIR ialwagig` imponer
rammaireni Public Works Support eCPR Search Log
in
Contractor Registration Search Project Registration Search Register
Home > CustomerAccount Lookup > 1000001063 - SHIMMICK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY INC. 1000001063 - SHIMMICK CONSTRUCTION COMPANY INC.

CustomerAccount Lookup
PWCR

1000001063
Contractor Status
DIR Approved
CSLB
594575
Business Phone
949-333-1500
Ext

Registration Start Date
L2022-07-01
Legal Entity Name .

W. Andrew Sloane III
CA
SHIMMILICLUNS I KUL. I IUN LUMFANY INL. j
Doing Business As (DBA)
Shimmick Construction Company Inc
Business Structure
Corporation
President
Email
[email protected]
Registration End Date
2025-06-30
Crafts
Carpenter Carpenter and Related Trades Cement Mason
Cranes, Pile Driver and Hoisting Equipment (Operating Engineer) Cranes, Pile Driving and Hoisting Equipment (Operating Engineer) Electrician Iron Worker Laborer and Related Classifications Operating Engineer
Operating Engineer (Heavy and Highway Work) Painter Pile Driver (Carpenter) Pile Driver (Operating Engineer — Heavy and Highway Work) Plumber Steel Erector and Fabricator (Operating Engineer — Heavy and Highway Work) Address
Mailing Address
530 Technology Drive, Suite 300
Mailing Address - City
Irvine
Mailing Address - State
Mailing Address - Zip

7 LU 10
Mailing Address - Country
United States of America
Physical Address
530 Technology Drive, Suite 300
Physical Address - City
Irvine
Physical Address - State
CA
Physical Address - Zip
92618
Physical Address - Country
Related Lists
RegiatratiarlaatQa.®
Copyright
Terms & Privacy Disclaimer Nondiscrimination Accessibility, dirca gpv 2024 Conditions Policy Notice State of
California

PRINCIPAL (Contractor legal name and business address)
Shimmick Construction Company, Inc.
1 Harbor Center, Suite 200, Suisun City, CA 94585
Type of Organization ("X" one)
El Individual 11 Partnership
Pi Corporation El Limited Liability Co.
❑0ther:

State of Organization formation:

Califomia
SURETY (Name and business address,) (agent name and phone number) Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company Lockton Insurance Brokers, LLC 1314 Douglas Street, Suite 1400, Omaha, NE 68102 - 1944 213-689-0065 a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Nebraska and duly licensed to issue this bond as authorized by the State of California. California License No. 0K09397 Shimmick Construction Company, Inc. Surety: Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company Principal/Con By:

By:

REQUIRED DOCUMENT IN SEALED BID PROPOSAL
OBLIGATION: We, the Principal and the Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, to the City of Sacramento ("City") as Obligee for the penal sum of ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the Principal's bid proposal submitted to the City for the project described below, to guarantee that Principal will accept the City's award of the project contract.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS -
That if the Principal has submitted a bid proposal to the City by the bid proposal due date as set forth in the invitation to bid, which date may be extended by City, for the project described as follows:

Project Name: SUMP 89 OUTFALL PROJECT
Project Number: W14130622
Bid Transaction Number: B25141324008
AND if the City awards the contract for the project to the Principal within the time and manner required under the invitation to bid, and the Principal (i) enters into a written contract, in the prescribed form, in accordance with the bid proposal, (ii) files two bonds with the City to guarantee faithful performance and payment for labor and materials, and (iii) files the required insurance policies with the City, all as required by the invitation to bid or by law, then the obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. The Surety agrees that this obligation is not impaired by any extensions of the time for the award of the contract Principal may grant to City, and any notice to Surety of such time extension is waived. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the Obligee and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Obligee in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court, which sums shall be additional to the principal amount of this bond.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Surety has executed this Bid Proposal Guarantee on the day set forth in the attached notary acknowledgment. Attach Surety power of attorney form to verify signator's authority.

Name:Trace porter
Title:Nbce Presicleni -

Name: Ethan Spector
Title: Attomev-in-Fact
(Seal) Revised: 2020

JAMIE MIRANDA
Notary Public • California
Solano County
Commission # 2358863 -
My Comm. Expires May 25, 2025
CALIFORNIA ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

State of California
County of 5olano
On lAct 5ba2t 02-9 before me, Jamie Miranda, Noi-arH Public , Here lnsert Name and Title of thelOfficer
personally appeared Trace Po r 1-er
Nam$F, of Signerpa)
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose namefs) is/ate subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that hefshe/th4ay executed the same in hislhei/thek authorized capacity(tes), and that by his/hcr/thcir signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person-(4 acted, executed the instrument. }
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the
laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature
Signature Notary Public Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above

OPTIONAL
Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document.

Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:

Document Date: Number of Pages:

Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:

Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer's Name:

O Corporate Officer — Title(s):

O Partner — O Limited O General
O Individual O Attorney in Fact
O Trustee O Guardian or Conservator
O Other:

Signer is Representing:

Signer's Name:

O Corporate Officer — Title(s):

O Partner — O Limited O General
O Individual O Attorney in Fact
O Trustee O Guardian or Conservator
O Other:

Signer is Representing:
©2019 National Notary Association

SARAH E. CAMPBELL
Notary Public - California
Los Angeles County
Commission # 2491647
My Comm. Expires Jun 27. 2028
Place Notary Seal Above
WITNESS my seal.

Signature
ry Public

OPTIONAL
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE §1189
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

State of California
Los Angeles
On
County gm _
before me,
0 1 2025 Sarah E. Campbell, Notary Public
Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer
Personally appeared Ethan Spector
Name(s) of Signer(s)
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personN whose namek) is/Ax subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/kiyAtxex executed the same in hisnliNkkqtr authorized capacitykeA), and that by his/kei / signaturek) on the instrumentthe personk), or the entity upon behalf of which the personk) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document.

Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document Document Date
Number of Pages Signer(s) OtherThan Named Above
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer's Name Signer's Name
Corporate Officer—Title(s) Ei Corporate Officer—Title(s) p Partner p Limited D General
Individual Attorney in Fact
1:1 Trustee O Guardian or Conservator
El Other El Other
Signer Is Representing Signer Is Representing
Partner Limited ['General
EI Individual i°21 Attorney in Fact
Trustee O Guardian orConservator

via fan to (617) 507-8259, or via mail, r at (855)453-9675, via e @E
Berkshire Hathaway
Specialty Insurance
Power Of Attorney

BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY

NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY / NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY Know all men by these presents, that BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska and having an office at One Lincoln Street, 23rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY a corporahon existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Nebraska and having an office at 3024 Harney Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68131 and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Connecticut and having an office at 100 First Stamford Place, Stamford, Connecticut 06902 (hereinafter collectively the "Companies"), pursuant to and by the authority granted as set forth herein, do hereby name, constitute and appoint: Ethan Spector, Michelle Haase, Janina Beaudry, KD Wapato, Marina Tapia, B. Aleman, Erin Brown, Simone Gerhard, Janina Monroe, D. Garcia, Edward C. Spector, Sarah Campbell, 777 S Figueroa St, #5200 of the city of Los Angeles, State of California, their true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge, and deliver, for and on their behalf as surety and as their act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof, in pursuance of these presents, the execution of which shall be as binding upon the Companies as if it has been duly signed and executed by their regularly elected officers in their own proper persons. This authority for the Attorney-in-Fact shall be limited to the execution of the attached bond(s) or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof.

In witness whereof, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer of the Companies, and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed hereto this date of August 24, 2023. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the Bylaws, Resolutions of the Board of Directors, and other Authorizations of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANV and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, which are in full force and effect, each reading as appears on the back page of this Power of Attorney, respectively. The following seals of the Companies and signatures by an authorixed officer of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or digital format, which shall be deemed the equivalent of and constitute the written signature of such officer of the Companies and original seals of the Companies for all purposes regarding this Power of Attorney, including satisfaction of any signature and seal requirements on any and all undertakings, bonds, or other such writings obligatory in the nature thereof, to which this Power of Attorney applies.

BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY

INSURANCE COMPANY,

NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY,

NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY,
By: By:
50114
David Fields, Executive Vice President David Fields, Vice President NOTARY
State of Massachusetts, County of Suffolk, ss:

On this 24th day of August, 2023, before me appeared David Fields, Executive Vice President of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY and Vice President of NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, who being duly sworn, says that his capacity is as designated above for such Companies; that he knows the corporate seals of the Companies; that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are such corporate seals; that they were affixed by order of the board of directors or other governing body of said Companies pursuant to its Bylaws, Resolutions and other Authorizations, and that he signed said instrument in that capacity of said Companies.
[Notary Seal)
JOHN C. SKINNER
kVM NYollifYPui" C44ft Erxrnp:Swea:„ NuaMa"athry22, 7027

Notary Public
l, Ralph Tortorella, the undersigned, Officer of BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY and NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and cor rect copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN 1 ESTIMONY WHEREOF, see hereunto affixed the seals of said Companies this May 1, 2025.

Ralph Tortorella, Officer

BHSIC, NICO & NLF POA (2023)

BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (BYLAWS) ARTICLE V.

CORPORATE ACTIONS
EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS:

Section 6.(b) The President, any Vice President or the Secretary, shall have the power and authority:
(1) To appoint Attorneys-in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company bonds and other undertakings, and (2) To remove at any time any such Attorney-in-fact and revoke the authority given him.

NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY (BY-LAWS)
Section 4. Officers, Agents, and Employees:

A. The officers shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer, and one or more Assistant Treasurers none of whom shall be required to be shareholders or Directors and each of whom shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at each annual meeting to serve a term of office of one year or until a successor has been elected and qualified, may serve successive terms of office, may be removed from office at any time for or without cause by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, and shall have such powers and rights and be charged with such duties and obligations as usually are vested in and pertain to such office or as may be directed from time to time by the Board of Directors; and the Board of Directors or the officers may from time to time appoint, discharge, engage, or remove such agents and employees as may be appropriate, convenient, or necessary to the affairs and business of the corporation.

NATIONAL INDEMNITY COMPANY (BOARD RESOLUTION ADOPTED AUGUST 6, 2014) RESOLVED, That the President, any Vice President or the Secretary, shall have the power and authority to (1) appoint Attorneys- in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of this Company bonds and other undertakings and (2) remove at any time any such Attorney-in-fact and revoke the authority given.

NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY (BY-LAWS)

ARTICLE IV
Officers
Section 1. Officers. Agents and Employees:

A. The officers shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, a secretary, one or more assistant secretaries, a treasurer, and one or more assistant treasurers, none of whom shall be required to be shareholders or directors, and each of whom shall be elected annually by the board of directors at each annual meeting to serve a term of office of one year or until a successor has been elected and qualified, may serve successive terms of office, may be removed from office at any time for or without cause by a vote of a majority of the board of directors. The president and secretary shall be different individuals. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not create contract rights. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and rights and be charged with such duties and obligations as usually are vested in and pertain to such office or as may be directed from time to time by the board of directors; and the board of directors or the officers may from time to time appoint, discharge, engage, or remove such agents and employees as may be appropriate, convenient, or necessary to the affairs and business of the Corporation.

NATIONAL LIABILITY & FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY (BOARD RESOLUTION ADOPTED AUGUST 6, 2014) RESOLVED, That the President, any Vice President or the Secretary, shall have the power and authority to (1) appoint Attorneys- in-fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of this Company bonds and other undertakings and (2) remove at any time any such Attorney-in-fact and revoke the authority given.

BHSIC, NICO & NLF POA (2023)

City of

SACRAMENTO

SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER $250,000

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one-half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for all work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non-responsive.

COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name Shimmick Construction Company, I nc. (REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration # 1000001063 Business Name E like Read9 MII•
Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require D1R Registration) 0 Subcontractor
NI Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # tIR DIR Registration # (10 digits) KB Address <o190 Bradsha i..O Rcl. Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? les City, State, Zip Sacramen+o, cfi 95 1629 Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ 8S, OOO Contact Person Mitce, cos,nek\o Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

EmailAddress mcameno@ Qlitereadsmir, (Net Furnks‘n Reack mix Coocxeie Phone ci2g - 200- 3 a s 4
Business Name PeNna ll Co t`cl?cl_n

Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require DIR Registration) X Subcontractor
E Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # 5 coe (.0"/ 3 DIR Registration # (10 digits) l 0000008( 0 0 Address ei-itc, cpe ci a \-1-9 c.Ar. Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? 1 e S City, State, Zip SO cramen+o , CR 95828 Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ 53, O OO Contact Person Spencer N.lo-n Tasse I Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

EmailAddress
"Ck.nIa-S3e t @ Per*Nal I . "' NI CoOcxeie. Sa WGut-}tn9 an di Demo I i+i on Phone
• . cll(o -884 - ll 2.148.
y ce a eac su cnnt actor listed on this articipation Form has heen notihed that it has been listed and ha. consented in writing to its name being submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LEIF participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding the contract. --) Trace Porter, Vice President NW May 7, 2025 $ 2, -750,000

Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including additive alternates if applicable)

cio
SACM fIIENTO

SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER $250,000

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one-half of 1 perccnt of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be Iisted. Estimated dollar values shall he provided for work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non-responsive.

COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name Shimmick Construction Company, Inc. (REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration # 1000001063 Business Name Pace SuPP1y
Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing f encing and surveyors require D1R Registration) 'E Subcontractor
tic Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # IN) Pi DIR Registration # (10 digits) NA Address SHOO 294'^ aNe, Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? Yes City, State, Zip Sactarnento,cR c1582C0 Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ S S , O 00 Contact Person Joe \I ox)ic.,n Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provlded to complete contract.

EmailAddress
'1 \i"icPace"PPI.`°r° FurniOn P'13e 0-\-18 Pipe Accessories Phone
,_,
— Oa , — 3 - 1 Ci - 5 \ 3k
Business Name Mari -in-e-z- Steck
Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of instal(ing or removing fencing and surveyors require D1R Registration) 2;1 Subcontractor
Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # I 050(.09-3 DIR Registration # (10 digits) locx)36:0-13t43 Address i 500 5. i-koNen ps.,,ie. *(co Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? NO City, State, Zip 0 ni -ar'‘o, clz% civicD1 Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ 57, o 00 Contact Person ck-NriS Gar a,3 a k Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

Email Address C.CarN0,30,1@ InariiIVZSieel .c,orn eurniS1-\ and Insia‘l Rebox Phone clog- B13- 51t 2-

l hereby certify that each subcontractor listed on this LBE Participation Form has been notified that it has been listed and has consented in writing to it s name being submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is true and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding the contract.

Trace Porter, Vice President NW May 7, 2025 See cW .Si- paSe,

Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bid Amount (including additive alternates if applicable)

SACRAMENTO

SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER $250,000

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE requirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one-half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for all work, services or materials listed. No contractor or suhcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information, will render the bid non-responsive.

COPY AND ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name Shimmick Construction Company, Inc. (REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration # 1000001063 Business Name CCA - \nc .

Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require D1R Registration) IN Subcontractor
o Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # 6 51154 DIR Registration # (10 digits) l0000O3209 Address 20 HO Peabody Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? No City, State, Zip \I ctcavitle, CR c156,8-7 Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ ( 0 14,0 0 0 Contact Person [David E,spo.rz.o. Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

EmailAddress &Avid@ cak - inc .corn Rsbestos Rba.1 - ement and 1- 1 / 40,7-mckt D sposal Phone /0 -7 -1-- 1C0 - 1q9CD

Business Name NatiorNal coattn 3 + Li fl ify3 Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require D1R Registration) xi Subcontractor
0 Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # 538(0430 DIR Registration # (10 digits) i OOO 0137ci.5 Address 2.67113 Madison PNe. Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? No City, State, Zip mk ,trriervo, , cR q 25(p2.. Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided S Ile, 0 OD Contact Person Day\ Mark well Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

Email Address [email protected] F1/4:36( -y'hc3 a r)cA Coa-t,f-9 Phone 95 — 2 q o -54t2
ere y certify that each subcontractor listed on this LBE Participation Form has been notified that it has been listed and has consented in writing to its name heing submitted forthis contract. The Prime Cnntractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Primc Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is I rue and correct and acknowledges that i he City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding e contract
----- ..„,72.— -----> Trace Porter, Vice President NW May 7, 2025 $ see .c\c-s4 pokge

Signature (Principal of Firm) Title @ate 'Tqtal aid Amount (Including additive alternates if applicable)

Oty of

SACRAMENTO

SUBCONTRACTOR AND LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION FORM FOR PUBLIC PROJECTS OVER $250,000

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE SEALED BID PROPOSAL To be eligible for award of this contract, the bidder shall list the business entities used to attain the 5% LBE rcquirement. Additionally, the bidder shall list all other subcontractors who perform work, render service, or provide materials in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the total bid amount. In the case of bids for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, subcontractors whose subcontract value exceeds one-half of 1 percent of the total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, shall be listed. Estimated dollar values shall be provided for all work, services or materials listed. No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions from this requirement for bid purposes only under Labor Code section 1771.1(a)]. The failure to attain the 5% LBE participation or the inclusion of false information or the omission of required information will render the bid non-responsive.

COPY AND ATfACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY
Prime Contractor Name Shimmick Construction Company, Inc. (REQUIRED) Prime Contractor DIR Registration # 1000001063 Business Name C r USa der FeA-1ce co. Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companie.,, temp fence companies that perforrn labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require D1R Registration) E Subcontractor
E Supplier
CSLB/Professional License # i 0 s64 0 5 2.. DIR Registration # (10 digits) 1000 4 Li clCi *2-9 Address 31%5 Gold \I a l l eU Or. Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE? No City, State, Zip Rat,c‘no Cordova , c R 95742 Estimated dollarvalue of work, services or materials to be performed of provided ......
$ i-to,coc)
Contact Person I sc, a c Ander -tor Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

Email Address $0,0 4C0 Ct- it SaderienCe. coin c v enc kr-).3 Phone cile.- LI13-9524

Business Name

Subcontractor or Supplier? (Concrete delivery companies, temp fence companies that perform labor of installing or removing fencing and surveyors require D1R Registration) O Subcontractor
p Supplier
CSLB/Professional License #

DIR Registration # (10 digits)

Address

Does this subcontractor or supplier qualify as an LBE?

City, State, Zip

Estimated dollar value of work, services or materials to be performed of provided $ Contact Person .

Type of Work, Services, or Materials to be provided to complete contract.

Email Address

Phone

ere y certity that each suhcontractor hsted on this LBE Participation Form has been notified that it has been listed and has consented in writing to its name being submitted for this contract. The Prime Contractor also certifies that it will notify each subcontractor listed on this Form in writing if the contract award is made to the Prime Contractor, and will make all documentation relevant to the subcontractor and LBE participation available to City of Sacramento upon request. The Prime Contractor further certifies that all of the information contained in this Form is l rue and correct and acknowledges that the City will rely on the accuracy of this information in awarding the contract
-----, Trace Porter, Vice President NW May 7, 2025 $ 5ee -c,r-st pa9e ,

Signature (Principal of Firm) Title Date Total Bld Amount (including additive alternates if applicable)

LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (LBE) PARTICPATION PROGRAM
NOTE: Proposers must provide responses to the following items. Failure to provide a response to each of the items in this section may be grounds for rejection of the proposal.

1. LBE FIVE PERCENT (5%) PARTICIPATION
On April 3, 2012, the Sacramento City Council adopted a Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Preference Program to provide enhanced opportunities for the participation of local business enterprises (LBEs) in the City's contracting and procurement activities. On November 19, 2013, City Council increased the LBE preference and authorized City departments to require minimum LBE participation levels in individual contracts. Under City Code section 3.60.270 , when the bid specifications for a City contract establish a minimum participation level for LBEs, no bidder on the contract shall be considered responsive unless its bid meets the minimum LBE participation level required by the bid specifications.

The City has established a minimum 5% participation level for LBEs on this contract. Pursuant to City Code Section

3.60.270, no bidder on this contract shall be considered responsive unless its bid meets or exceeds this minimum participation level.

Local Business Enterprise means a business enterprise, including but not limited to, a sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other business entity that has a legitimate business presence in the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento. Evidence of legitimate business presence in the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento shall include:

1. Having a current City of Sacramento Business Operation Tax or County of Sacramento Business License; and

2. Having either of the following types of offices or workspace operating legally within the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento:
a. The LBE's principle business office or workspace; or b. The LBE's regional, branch or satellite office with at least one full time employee located in the city or unincorporated county of Sacramento.

A. LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (LBE)
Is the firm submitting the bid qualified as a local business enterprise? Check the appropriate box below:

YES - the firm submitting the bid is qualified as a local business enterprise.

X NO - the firm submitting the bid is not qualified as a local business enterprise.

If the response to the above is YES, provide the City of Sacramento Business Operations Tax Certificate Number and/or County of Sacramento Business License Number:

If the response to the above is YES, provide a current copy of the City of Sacramento Business Operations Tax Certificate and/or County of Sacramento Business License.

If the response to the above is YES, provide business office or workspace address*:
* Address must be a physical address for the basis of location, this excludes P.O. Box addresses.

DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE POLICY AND AFFIDAVIT
BID MAY BE DECLARED NONRESPONSIVE IF THIS FORM (COMPLETED) IS NOT ATTACHED.

Pursuant to City Council Resolution CC90-498 dated 6/26/90 the following is required.

The undersigned contractor certifies that it and all subcontractors performing under this contract will provide a drug-free workplace by:

1. Publishing a "Drug-Free Workplace" statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition.

2. Establishing a Drug-Free Awareness Program to inform employees about:
a. The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace.
b. The contractor's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace. c. Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program. d. The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace.

3. Notify employees that as a condition of employment under this contract, employees will be expected to:
a. Abide by the terms of the statement.
b. Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace.

4. Making it a requirement that each employee to be engaged in the performance of the contract be given a copy on the "Drug-Free Workplace" statement.

5. Taking one of the following appropriate actions, within thirty (30) days of receiving notice from an employee or otherwise receiving such notice, that said employee has received a drug conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace:
a. Taking appropriate disciplinary action against such an employee, up to and including termination; or b. Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a federal, state, or local health, law enforcement or other appropriate agency.
* l certify that no person employed by this company, corporation, or business has been convicted of any criminal drug statute violation on any job site or project where this company, corporation, or business was performing work within three (3) years of the date of my signature below.

EXCEPTION:

Date Violation Type Place of Occurrence
If additional space is required use back of this form.
*The above statement will also be incorporated as a part of each subcontract aqreement for any and all subcontractors selected for performance on this proiect.

IN THE EVENT THIS COMPANY, CORPORATION, OR BUSINESS IS AWARDED THIS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, AS A RESULT OF THIS BID; THE CONTRACTOR WITH HIS/HER SIGNATURE REPRESENTS TO THE CITY THAT THE INFORMATION DISCLOSED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS COMPLETE AND ACCURATE. IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT FALSE CERTIFICATION IS SUBJECT TO IMMEDIATE TERMINATION BY THE CITY.

The Representations Made Herein On This Document Are Made Under Penalty Of Perjury.

CONTRACTOR'S NAME: Shimmick Construction Company, Inc.

Vice President NW Date: May 7, 2025 BY:

Signature Title
Effects of violations: a. Suspension of payments under this contract. b. Suspension or termination of the contract. c. Suspension or debarment of the contractor from receiving any contract from the City of Sacramento for a period not to exceed five years.

FM 681 7/10/9

MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE
Sacramento City Code Section 3.60.020 authorizes the Sacramento City Council to adopt standard minimum qualifications for bidders on competitively bid public works construction projects, and requires, among other provisions, that a bidder meet such minimum qualifications at the time of bid opening in order to bid. On July 31, 2007, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2007-574 establishing these standard minimum qualifications. Pursuant to City Code section 3.60.020, a bidder failing to meet these minimum qualifications at the time of bid opening shall not be considered a responsible bidder for purposes of bidding on the subject project.

AII bidders must demonstrate compliance with the minimum qualifications established by Resolution No. 2007-574 by completing all of the questions contained in this questionnaire. Bidder responses shall be limited to those operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions of the bidder that will be involved with the performance of any project work if awarded the contract. If a bidder answers "yes" to any single question, fails to submit a fully completed questionnaire, or submits false information, this will result in a determination that the minimum qualifications are not met, and the bidder shall not be considered a qualified bidder for purposes of bidding on this contract. If two or more entities submit a bid on a contract as a Joint Venture, each entity within the Joint Venture must separately meet these minimum qualifications for the Joint Venture to be considered a qualified bidder.

The City of Sacramento ("City") shall make its determination on the basis of the submitted questionnaire, as well as any relevant information that is obtained from others or as a result of investigation by the City.

While it is the intent of this questionnaire to assist the City in determining whether bidders possess the minimurn qualifications necessary to submit bids on the City's competitively bid public works construction contracts, the fact that a bidder submits a questionnaire demonstrating that it meets these minimum qualifications shall not in any way limit or affect the City's ability to: (1) review other information contained in the bid submitted by the bidder, and additional relevant information, and determine whether the contractor is a responsive and/or responsible bidder; or (2) establish pre-qualification requirements for a specific contract or contracts.

By submitting this questionnaire, the bidder consents to the disclosure of its questionnaire answers: (i) to third parties for purposes of verification and investigation; (ii) in connection with any protest, challenge or appeal of any action taken by the City; and (iii) as required by any law or regulation, including without limitation the California Public Records Act (Calif. Gov't Code sections 6250 et seq.). Each questionnaire must be signed under penalty of perjury in the manner designated at the end of the form, by an individual who has the legal authority to bind the bidder submitting the questionnaire. If any information provided by a bidder becomes inaccurate, the bidder shall immediately notify the City and provide updated accurate information in writing, under penalty of perjury.

Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

QUESTIONNAIRE
NOTICE: For firms that maintain other operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions that will not be involved with the performance of any project work if the firm is awarded the contract, references hereafter to "your firm" shall mean only those operating business units, offices, branches and/or subsidiary divisions that will be involved with the performance of any project work.

All of the following questions regarding "your firm" refer to the firm (corporation, partnership or sole proprietor) submitting this questionnaire, as well as any firm(s) with which any of your firm's owners, officers, or partners are or have been associated as an owner, officer, partner or similar position within the last five years The firm submitting this questionnaire shall not be considered a responsible bidder if the answer to any of these questions is "yes", or if the firm submits a questionnaire that is not fully completed or contains false information.

1. Classification & Expiration Date(s) of California Contractor's License Number(s) held by firm:

License No. 594575, Classifications A, B, C10, C33, C36, HAZ, Expiration Date May 31, 2026

2. Has a contractor's license held by your firm and/or any owner, officer or partner of your firm been revoked at any time in the last five years?
Yes IX No

3. Within the last five years, has a surety firm completed a contract on your firm's behalf, or paid for completion of a contract to which your firm was a party, because your firm was considered to be in default or was terminated for cause by the project owner? El Yes X No

4. At the time of submitting this minimum qualifications questionnaire, is your firm ineligible to bid on or be awarded a public works contract, or perform as a subcontractor on a public works contract, pursuant to either California Labor Code section 1777.1 (prevailing wage violations) or Labor Code section 1777.7 (apprenticeship violations)? [ Yes x No

5. At any time during the last five years, has your firm, or any of its owners, officers or partners been convicted of a crime involving the awarding of a contract for a government construction project, or the bidding or performance of a government contract? [ I Yes X No
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

6. Answer either subsection A or B, as applicable:

A. Your firm has completed three or more government construction contracts in Sacramento County_within the last five years: Within those five years, has your firm been assessed liquidated damages on three or more government construction contracts in Sacramento County for failure to complete contract work on time?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging the assessment of liquidated damages on a government contract within the last five years, you need not include that contract in responding to this question.

II Yes ri No X Not applicable
OR
B. Your firm has not completed at least three government construction contracts in Sacramento County within the last five years: Within the last three years, has your firm been assessed liquidated damages on three or more government construction contracts for failure to complete contract work on time?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging an assessment of liquidated damages on a government contract within the last three years, you need not include that contract in responding to this question.

Ci Yes X No LI Not applicable

7. In the last three years has your firm been debarred from bidding on, or completing, any government agency or public works construction contract for any reason? NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action challenging a debarment, you need not include that debarment in responding to this question.

LI Yes x No

8. Has CAL OSHA assessed a total of three or more penalties against your firm for any "serious" or "willful" violation occurring on construction projects performed in Sacramento County at any time within the last three years?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes X No
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

9. Answer either subsection A or B, as preferred:

A. In the last three years has your firm had a three year average Workers' Compensation experience modification rate exceeding 1.1?
n Yes X No
OR
B. In the last three years has your firm had a three-year average incident rate for total lost workday cases exceeding 10?
NOTE: Incident rates represent the number of lost workday cases per 100 full-time workers and is to be calculated as: (N/EH) x 200,000, where N = number of lost workday cases (as defined by the U.S. Dept. of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics)
EH = total hours worked by all employees during the calendar year 200,000 = base for 100 equivalent full-time working (working 40 hours per week, 50 weeks per year)
l] Yes Ill No

10. In the past three years, has the federal EPA, Region IX or a California Air Quality Management District or Regional Water Quality Control Board assessed penalties three or more times, either against your firm, or against the project owner for a violation resulting in whole or in part from any action or omission by your firm on a project on which your firm was a contractor in Sacramento County?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

Yes X No

11. In the past three years, has the federal EPA, Region IX or a California Air Quality Management District or Regional Water Quality Control Board assessed a single penalty of $100,000 or more, either against your firm, or against the project owner for a violation resulting in whole or in part from any action or omission by your firm on a project on which your firm was the contractor in Sacramento County?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

LI Yes X No
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

12. In the past three years, have civil penalties been assessed against your firm pursuant to California Labor Code 1777.7 for violation of California public works apprenticeship requirements, three or more times?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

E Yes X No

13. In the past three years, has a public agency in California withheld contract payments or assessed penalties against your firm for violation of public works prevailing wage requirements, three or more times?
NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a withholding or penalty assessment, you need not include that withholding or penalty assessment in responding to this question.

E Yes X No

14. Has your firm been assessed penalties for violation of public works prevailing wage requirements in California, in an aggregate amount for the past three years of $50,000 or more? NOTE: If there is a pending administrative or court action appealing a penalty assessment, you need not include that penalty assessment in responding to this question.

E Yes X No
Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

VERIFICATION AND SIGNATURE
l, the undersigned, certify and declare that l have read all the foregoing answers to this Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire, and know their contents. The matters stated in these Questionnaire answers are true of my own knowledge and belief, except as to those matters stated on information and belief, and as to those matters I believe them to be true. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Signed at Suisun City, CA , on May 7, 2025
(Location) (Date)
7 Signature:

Print name: Trace Porter
Title: Vice President NW
NOTE: If two or more entities submit a bid on a contract as a Joint Venture, each entity within the Joint Venture must submit a separate Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire.

Minimum Qualifications Questionnaire

REQUIREMENTS OF THE NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CODE

INTRODUCTION
The Sacramento Non-Discrimination In Employee Benefits Code (the "Ordinance"), codified as Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.54, prohibits City contractors from discriminating in the provision of employee benefits between employees with spouses and employees with domestic partners, and between the spouses and domestic partners of employees.

APPLICATION
The provisions of the Ordinance apply to any contract or agreement (as defined below), between a Contractor and the City of Sacramento, in an amount exceeding $250,000.00. The Ordinance applies to that portion of a contractor's operations that occur: (i) within the City of Sacramento; (ii) on real property outside the City of Sacramento if the property is owned by the City or if the City has a right to occupy the property; or (iii) at any location where a significant amount of work related to a City contract is being performed.

The Ordinance does not apply: to subcontractors or subcontracts of any Contractor or contractors; to transactions entered into pursuant to cooperative purchasing agreements approved by the Sacramento City Council; to legal contracts of other governmental jurisdictions or public agencies without separate competitive bidding by the City; where the requirements of the ordinance will violate or are inconsistent with the terms or conditions of a grant, subvention or agreement with a public agency or the instructions of an authorized representative of any such agency with respect to any such grant, subvention or agreement; to permits for excavation or street construction; or to agreements for the use of City right-of-way where a contracting utility has the power of eminent domain.

DEFINITIONS
As set forth in the Ordinance, the following definitions apply:
"Contract" means an agreement for public works or improvements to be performed, or for goods or services to be purchased or grants to be provided, at the expense of the City or to be paid out of moneys deposited in the treasury or out of the trust money under the control or collected by the City. "Contract" also means a written agreement for the exclusive use ("exclusive use" means the right to use or occupy real property to the exclusion of others, other than the right reserved by the fee owner) or occupancy of real property for a term exceeding 29 days in any calendar year, whether by singular or cumulative instrument, (i) for the operation or use by others of real property owned or controlled by the City for the operation of a business, social, or other establishment or organization, including leases, concessions, franchises and easements, or (ii) for the City's use or occupancy of real property owned by others, including leases, concessions, franchises and easements.
"Contract" shall not include: a revocable at-will use or encroachment permit for the use of or encroachment on City property regardless of the ultimate duration of such permit; excavation, street construction or street use permits; agreements for the use of City right-of-way where a contracting utility has the power of eminent domain; or agreements governing the use of City property that constitute a public forum for activities that are primarily for the purpose of espousing or advocating causes or ideas and that are generally protected by the First Amendment to the United States Constitution or that are primarily recreational in nature.

"Contractor" means any person or persons, firm, partnership, corporation, company, or combination thereof, that enters into a Contract with the City. "Contractor" does not include a public entity. "Domestic Partner" means any person who has a currently registered domestic partnership with a governmental entity pursuant to state or local law authorizing the registration. "Employee Benefits" means bereavement leave; disability, life, and other types of insurance; family medical leave; health benefits; membership or membership discounts; moving expenses; pension and retirement benefits; vacation; travel benefits; and any other benefit given to employees. "Employee benefits" shall not include benefits to the extent that the application of the requirements of this chapter to such benefits may be preempted by federal or state.

CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE THE CITY WITH DOCUMENTATION AND

INFORMATION
Contractor shall provide the City with documentation and information verifying its compliance with the requirements of the Ordinance within ten (10) days of receipt of a request from the City. Contractors shall keep accurate payroll records, showing, for each City Contract, the employee's name, address, Social Security number, work classification, straight time pay rate, overtime pay rate, overtime hours worked, status and exemptions, and benefits for each day and pay period that the employee works on the City Contract. Each request for payroll records shall be accompanied by an affidavit to be completed and returned by the Contractor, as stated, attesting that the information contained in the payroll records is true and correct, and that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Ordinance. A violation of the Ordinance or noncompliance with the requirements of the Ordinance shall constitute a breach of contract.

EMPLOYER NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
(a) The Contractor shall give each existing employee working directing on a City Contract, and (at the time of hire), each new employee, a copy of the notification provided as Attachment "A." (b) Contractor shall post, in a place visible to all employees, a copy of the notice provided as Attachment 13.5,

Attachment A

YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THE CITY OF SACRAMENTO'S NON-DISCRIMINATION IN

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CODE
On (date), your employer (the "Employer") entered into a contract with the City of Sacramento (the "City") for (contract details), and as a condition of that contract, agreed to abide by the requirements of the City's Non-Discrimination In Employee Benefits Code (Sacramento City Code Section 3.54).

The Ordinance does not require the Employer to provide employee benefits. The Ordinance does require that if certain employee benefits are provided by the Employer, that those benefits be provided without discrimination between employees with spouses and employees with domestic partners, and without discrimination between the spouse or domestic partner of employees.

The Ordinance covers any employee working on the specific contract referenced above, but only for the period of time while those employees are actually working on this specific contract.

The included employee benefits are:
- Bereavement leave
- Disability, life and other types of insurance
- Family medical leave
- Vacation
- Travel benefits
- Moving expenses
- Pension and retirement benefits
- Health benefits
- Membership or membership discounts
- Any other benefits given to employees
(Employee Benefits does not include benefits that may be preempted by federal or state law.) If you feel you have been discriminated or retaliated against by your employer in the terms and conditions of your application for employment, or in your employment, or in the application of these employee benefits, because of your status as an applicant or as an employee protected by the Ordinance, or because you reported a violation of the Ordinance, and after having exhausted all remedies with your employer,

You May ...

O Submit a written complaint to the City of Sacramento, Contract Services Unit, containing the details of the alleged violation. The address is:

City of Sacramento
Procurement Services Division
915 I Street, Second Floor
Sacramento, CA 95814
O Bring an action in the appropriate division of the Superior Court of the State of California against the Employer and obtain the following remedies:

Reinstatement, injunctive relief, compensatory damages and punitive damages
Reasonable attorney's fees and costs

Attachment B

YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THE CITY OF SACRAMENTO'S NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYEE

BENEFITS CODE
If your employer provides employee benefits, they must be provided to those employees working on a City of Sacramento contract without discriminating between employees with spouses and employees with domestic partners.

The included employee benefits are:
- Bereavement leave
- Disability, life and other types of insurance
- Family medical leave
- Health benefits
- Membership or membership discounts
- Moving expenses
- Pension and retirement benefits
- Vacation
- Travel benefits
- Any other benefits given to Employees
I f you feel you have been discriminated against by your employer . . .

You May ...

O Submit a written complaint to the City of Sacramento, Contract Services Unit, containing the details of the alleged violation. The address is:

City of Sacramento
Procurement Services Division
915 I Street, Second Floor
Sacramento, CA 95814
O Bring an action in the appropriate division of the Superior Court of the State of California against the employer and obtain reinstatement, injunctive relief, compensatory damages, punitive damages and reasonable attorney's fees and costs.

Discrimination and Retaliation Prohibited.

If you feel you have been discriminated or retaliated against by your employer in the terms and conditions of your application for employment, or in your employment, because of your status as an applicant or as an employee protected by the Ordinance, or because you reported a violation of this Ordinance . . .

You May Also ...

Submit a written complaint to the City of Sacramento, Contract Services Unit, at the same address, containing the details of the alleged violation.

Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris Recycling Requirements As a condition of receiving this Contract, Contractor agrees to fully comply with the requirements specified herein for all demolition projects, as well as projects with a valuation of $250,000 or more:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following terms. words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
"Certified C&D sorting facility" means a facility that receives C&D debris and/or processes C&D debris into its component material types for reuse, recycling, and disposal of residuals and possesses a valid certificate as a C&D sorting facility from the Sacramento Regional County Solid Waste Authority. "Construction and demolition debris" or "C&D debris" means used or commonly discarded materials resulting from construction, repair, remodel or demolition operations on any pavement, house, building, or other structure, or from landscaping that are not hazardous as defined in California Health and Safety Code section 25100 et seq. Such materials include, but are not limited to, concrete, asphalt, wood, metal, brick, dirt, sand, rock, gravel, plaster, glass, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, masonry, plastic pipe, trees, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping. "Divert" or "diversion" means to use materials for any purpose other than disposal in a landfill or transformation facility. Methods to divert materials include on-site reuse of the materials, delivery of materials from the project site to a certified C&D sorting facility or a recycling facility, or other methods as approved in regulations promulgated by the City Department of Utilities.
"Franchised waste hauler" means a person who possesses a valid commercial solid waste collection franchise issued by the Sacramento Regional County Solid Waste Authority. "Mixed C&D debris" means loads that include commingled recyclable and non-recyclable C&D debris generated at a project site.
"Recyclable C&D debris" means C&D debris required to be diverted from landfills as specified in the Waste Management Plan and returned to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused or reconstituted products that meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace. "Recycling facility" means a facility or operation that receives, processes, and transfers source-separated recyclable materials.
"Source-separated C&D debris" means recyclable C&D debris that is separately sorted and containerized at the site of generation by individual material type and segregated from mixed C&D debris prior to collection and transporting. "Waste log" means a record detailing the management of C&D debris generated by the covered project, including the date and weight/volume of material by type that was salvaged, reused, recycled or disposed.

2. Waste Manaqement Plan. A completed WMP (see Attachment 1) must be submitted to and approved by the City prior to commencing any work on the project. The WMP must specify the types of C&D debris that will be generated from the project; the manner in which C&D debris will be managed and/or stored on the project site; the manner in which recyclable C&D debris generated from the project will be recycled or reuse; the person who will haul, collect or transport the recyclable C&D debris from the project site; and the certified C&D sorting facility or recycling facility where recyclable C&D debris will be delivered. The WMP must be approved by the City prior to commencing any work on the project.

3. Contractor shall be solely responsible for diverting the recyclable C&D materials specified on the WMP. Mixed C&D debris shall be delivered to a SWA-certified C&D sorting facility only. Only the permit holder, the person who generates the waste, a franchised waste hauler, or the City of Sacramento can transport or haul mixed C&D debris. Source-separated C&D debris may be delivered by any person to any recycling facility that accepts such materials. (See Attachment 2 for list of C&D Debris Haulers and Facilities).
2 4. During the course of the project, Contractor shall maintain a waste log (see Attachment 3), and keep all weight tickets or weight receipts, for all C&D debris hauled away from the project. At a minimum, the waste log shall specify the C&D debris generated by the project; the manner in which C&D debris was recycled or re-used; and the facility where the C&D debris was delivered.

5. Within 30 days after submitting the project completion report, Contractor shall submit to the City a completed waste log, along with copies of supporting weight tickets. Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate and complete records of al bills, weight receipts or weight tickets that were issued for the collection, transport or disposal of C&D debris for a period of one-year after submittal of the waste log. The records shall be made available for inspection, examination and audit by the City during the one-year retention period to validate the information provided in the WMP and in the waste log. If the City determines noncompliance by the Contractor after an audit has been conducted, Contractor shall reimburse the City for all costs incurred in performing the audit.

6. Failure by Contractor to comply with any provisions specified herein will subject Contractor to possible suspension and/or termination of this Contract for cause; repayment of any or all of the Contract amount disbursed by the City; imposition of a penalty, payable to the City ($50-$250 for first offense, $251-$500 for second offense, and $501-$1500 for subsequent offenses); and/or submission of a performance security deposit fee when submitting a permit application to the City for a project within one year of imposition of the penalty.

For questions or to obtain more information about the Recycling Requirements for C&D debris, contact the City of Sacramento, Solid Waste Services Division, 2812 Meadowview Road, Building 1, Sacramento, CA 95832, or telephone (916) 808-4833, or email C&D(acityofsacramento.orq
3 Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris Recycling Requirements As a condition of receiving this Contract, Contractor agrees to fully comply with the requirements specified herein for all demolition projects, as well as projects with a valuation of $250,000 or more:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following terms, words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
"Certified C&D sorting facility" means a facility that receives C&D debris and/or processes C&D debris into its component material types for reuse, recycling, and disposal of residuals and possesses a valid certificate as a C&D sorting facility from the Sacramento Regional County Solid Waste Authority. "Construction and demolition debris" or "C&D debris" means used or commonly discarded materials resulting from construction, repair, remodel or demolition operations on any pavement, house, building, or other structure, or from landscaping that are not hazardous as defined in California Health and Safety Code section 25100 et seq. Such materials include, but are not limited to, concrete, asphalt, wood, metal, brick, dirt, sand, rock, gravel, plaster, glass, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, masonry, plastic pipe, trees, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping. "Divert" or "diversion" means to use materials for any purpose other than disposal in a landfill or transformation facility. Methods to divert materials include on-site reuse of the materials, delivery of materials frorn the project site to a certified C&D sorting facility or a recycling facility, or other methods as approved in regulations promulgated by the City Department of Utilities.
"Franchised waste hauler" means a person who possesses a valid commercial solid waste collection franchise issued by the Sacramento Regional County Solid Waste Authority. "Mixed C&D debris" means loads that include commingled recyclable and non-recyclable C&D debris generated at a project site.
"Recyclable C&D debris" means C&D debris required to be diverted from landfills as specified in the Waste Management Plan and returned to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused or reconstituted products that meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace. "Recycling facility" means a facility or operation that receives, processes, and transfers source-separated recyclable materials.
"Source-separated C&D debris" means recyclable C&D debris that is separately sorted and containerized at the site of generation by individual material type and segregated from mixed C&D debris prior to collection and transporting. "Waste log" means a record detailing the management of C&D debris generated by the covered project, including the date and weight/volume of material by type that was salvaged, reused, recycled or disposed.

2. Waste Management Plan. A completed WMP (see Attachment 1) must be submitted to and approved by the City prior to commencing any work on the project. The WMP must specify the types of C&D debris that will be generated from the project; the manner in which C&D debris will be managed and/or stored on the project site; the manner in which recyclable C&D debris generated from the project will be recycled or reuse; the person who will haul, collect or transport the recyclable C&D debris from the project site; and the certified C&D sorting facility or recycling facility where recyclable C&D debris will be delivered. The WMP must be approved by the City prior to commencing any work on the project.

3. Contractor shall be solely responsible for diverting the recyclable C&D materials specified on the WMP. Mixed C&D debris shall be delivered to a SWA-certified C&D sorting facility only. Only the permit holder, the person who generates the waste, a franchised waste hauler, or the City of Sacramento can transport or haul mixed C&D debris. Source-separated C&D debris may be delivered by any person to any recycling facility that accepts such materials. (See Attachment 2 for list of C&D Debris Haulers and Facilities).
2 4. During the course of the project, Contractor shall maintain a waste log (see Attachment 3), and keep all weight tickets or weight receipts, for all C&D debris hauled away from the project. At a minimum, the waste log shall specify the C&D debris generated by the project; the manner in which C&D debris was recycled or re-used; and the facility where the C&D debris was delivered.

5. Within 30 days after submitting the project completion report, Contractor shall submit to the City a completed waste log, along with copies of supporting weight tickets. Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate and complete records of al bills, weight receipts or weight tickets that were issued for the collection, transport or disposal of C&D debris for a period of one-year after submittal of the waste log. The records shall be made available for inspection, examination and audit by the City during the one-year retention period to validate the information provided in the WMP and in the waste log. If the City determines noncompliance by the Contractor after an audit has been conducted, Contractor shall reimburse the City for all costs incurred in performing the audit.

6. Failure by Contractor to comply with any provisions specified herein will subject Contractor to possible suspension and/or termination of this Contract for cause; repayment of any or all of the Contract amount disbursed by the City; imposition of a penalty, payable to the City ($50-$250 for first offense, $251-$500 for second offense, and $501-$1500 for subsequent offenses); and/or submission of a performance security deposit fee when submitting a permit application to the City for a project within one year of imposition of the penalty.

For questions or to obtain more information about the Recycling Requirements for C&D debris, contact the City of Sacramento, Solid Waste Services Division, 2812 Meadowview Road, Building 1, Sacramento, CA 95832, or telephone (916) 808-4833, or email C&DOcityofsacramento.orq
3 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE LOCAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM (LBE Program)

INTRODUCTION
The City of Sacramento has a Local Business Enterprise (LBE) Program to provide enhanced opportunities for local businesses to participate in the City's procurement and contracting activities. The Program began with an LBE Preference for bid and proposal evaluation. The Program was then expanded to require minimum LBE Participation levels in specific contracts.

APPLICATION
As summarized in the table below, there are two components to the LBE Program:

1. LBE Preference: For certain contracts, a 5% LBE Preference is applied during the bid evaluation process.

2. LBE Participation Requirement: For certain contracts, a minimum 5% LBE participation level is required for a bidder to be considered responsive.

Contracts Under $250,000 Contracts $250,000 or more

Goods
Non-
Professional
Services
Professional
Services
Public
Projects Goods
Non-

Professional
Services
Professional
Services
Public
Projects
Apply 5% LBE
Preference YES YES YES YES NO NO YES NO
Apply 5%
Minimum LBE
Participation
Requirement

NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES
Local Business Enterprise: A Local Business Enterprise ("LBE") means a business enterprise, including but not limited to, a sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, or other business entity that has a "legitimate business presence" within City limits or the unincorporated area of Sacramento County.

A "legitimate business presence" within City limits or the unincorporated area of Sacramento County means:

1. An established business entity operating within the selected areas for at least 12 consecutive months prior to submission of bid; and
CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020

2. Legally operating a location in the City or unincorporated area of Sacramento County that is either:
a. a principal business office or workspace; or
b. a regional, branch, or satellite office with at least one full-time employee.

To qualify as an LBE, firms must meet these two requirements prior to the deadline for submission of bids or proposals. Upon the request of the City, firms shall provide proof of legally operating a location within City limits or the unincorporated County with the following documents:
- Tax returns for the business;
Utility bill in the name of the business;
Business license; and/or
Secretary of State filings.

Exceptions
The LBE Program does not apply to procurement processes for contracts funded with federal funds, goods or services purchased through cooperative purchase agreements, or contracts entered into in response to a declared emergency.

LBE PREFERENCE
For contracts under $250,000, firms that qualify as an LBE will receive a 5% preference on all City procurement opportunities. For professional service contracts only, this preference also applies to procurement opportunities of $250,000 or more.

For contracts to be awarded in response to a solicitation for bids, a bid or quotation submitted by a firm that qualifies as an LBE will receive a 5% bid evaluation preference for the purpose of determining the lowest responsible bidder. This means that, for bid evaluation purposes, the total price bid by an LBE shall be reduced by 5%. However, this reduction only applies for bid evaluation purposes, and the resulting contract or purchase order will reflect the actual amount bid by the LBE.

For contracts awarded in response to a solicitation for proposals or qualifications, a firm that qualifies as an LBE shall receive additional points during the scoring process, so the final score awarded to the LBE is increased by 5% of the total possible evaluation points.

LBE PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENT
For non-professional service, professional service, and public project contracts of $250,000 or more, a minimum 5% LBE participation level is required. To receive credit for the 5% minimum CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020

participation requirement, bidders must either (a) be an LBE, or (b) subcontract with a qualified LBE.

Under City Code section 3.60.270, when the City establishes a minimum participation level for LBE's on a contract, no contractor shall be considered responsive unless its bid or proposal meets the minimum LBE participation level required.

City may waive or reduce the LBE Participation requirements on some procurement opportunities prior to acceptance of bids or proposals upon authorization from the City Manager or City Manager's designee.

PARTICIPATION LEVEL REQUIREMENTS
LBE Participation: The percentage of LBE participation is determined based on the dollar value of the work to be performed. LBE credit may be obtained by utilizing LBE qualified subcontractors or suppliers, as outlined below.

Participation Credit: To receive credit for LBE participation:

1. An LBE contractor or subcontractor must: (1) be responsible for the execution of a distinct element of the work; (2) possess any license or certification required for the work; and (3) actually perform, manage, or supervise the work without subcontracting or otherwise shifting any portion of the work to another subcontractor.

2. An LBE supplier must: (1) furnish materials or equipment that the supplier sells as a recurring, although not necessarily primary, part of its business; and (2) the materials or equipment must be necessary for performance of the work.

Suppliers: Credit for an LBE supplier of materials or equipment is counted as 100% of the amount paid to the supplier for the materials or equipment. To receive this credit, LBE Suppliers must be listed on a Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form and submitted with a bid or proposal.

Subcontractors (including Truckers): To receive credit for an LBE subcontractor, the subcontractor must be listed on a Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form and submitted with a bid or proposal.

Truckers: Credit for an LBE trucker is counted as 100% of the amount paid to the trucker for trucking/hauling services, not including any amount paid to the Trucker for the cost of any materials or equipment being transported by the Trucker.

CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020

LBE REQUIREMENTS F0R CONTRACTOR
LBE Records: The Contractor shall maintain records of all subcontracts with verified LBE subcontractors and records of materials purchased from verified LBE suppliers for one year after receiving final payment from the City. Such records shall show the name and business address of each LBE subcontractor or supplier and the total dollar amount actually paid to each LBE subcontractor or supplier.

No later than 30 days after completion of the work performed under the contract, a summary of these records shall be prepared, certified correct by the Contractor's authorized representative and furnished to the City. The Contractor shall provide such other information, records, reports, certifications or other documents as may be required by the City, to determine compliance with any provision of the LBE Program or these specifications.

Performance of LBE Subcontractors and Suppliers: The LBE subcontractors and suppliers listed by the Contractor shall perform the work and supply the materials or equipment for which they are listed on the Subcontractor and LBE Participation Verification Form, unless the Contractor has received prior written authorization from the City to perform the work with other forces or to obtain the materials or equipment from other sources. Reasons for requesting such authorization would include:

1. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to execute a written contract based upon the general terms, conditions, plans, and specifications for the project.

2. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier becomes bankrupt or insolvent.

3. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to meet the bond requirements of the Contractor.

4. The work performed or the materials or equipment provided by the listed LBE subcontractor or supplier are unsatisfactory or are not in accordance with the plans and specifications.

5. The listed LBE subcontractor or supplier fails to perform its contractual obligations.

6. It would be in the best interest of the City.

Subcontractor Substitution: No substitution of an LBE subcontractor shall be made at any time without compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act. If an LBE subcontractor is unable to perform successfully and is to be replaced, the Contractor shall make reasonable efforts to replace the original LBE subcontractor with another verified LBE subcontractor. The new LBE subcontractor must be verified at the time of substitution.

CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020

Reporting and Utilization Requirements and Sanctions: Failure to provide specific information, records, reports, certifications or any other documents required for compliance with these specifications, or failure to utilize one or more LBE's in substantial compliance with the LBE utilization indicated in the Contractor's bid or proposal (unless otherwise authorized by the City as provided herein, or when such failure results from changes to the work approved by the City), shall be considered a breach of the contract.

A deduction may be made from the contract amount and the deduction shall not be more than 10% of the value of the work or materials or equipment that the subject LBE(s) were listed to perform or provide in the Contractor's bid or proposal. Deduction shall be made from any payment due the Contractor. This is in addition to any deduction that may be made under any other provision of the Contract, the Sacramento City Code, or State law.

Hearing and Review of Division Manager Decision: Prior to making a deduction pursuant to the Reporting and Utilization Section above, the City shall provide written notice of the proposed deduction to the Contractor. The Contractor rnay, no later than 5 working days after receiving such notice, provide a written request to the City for a hearing to contest the proposed deduction. Upon receipt of a timely written request from the Contractor, the City shall schedule a hearing before the Division Manager (as defined in the City's Standard Specifications for Public Construction), and written notice of the date, time, and location of the hearing shall be provided to the Contractor not less than 5 working days prior to the date of the hearing.

The hearing shall be conducted in the manner specified in Section 4-8 of the Standard Specifications, and the Division Manager shall prepare and forward to the Contractor a written decision as soon as practicable after the hearing. The Division Manager's decision shall be subject to review in accordance with the provisions of Section 4-9 of the Standard Specifications. Failure to request such review in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4-9 shall constitute acceptance of the Division Manager's decision by the Contractor.

Written Notices: The written notices and request described above shall be provided by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), by personal delivery, or by any other method that provides reliable evidence of the date of receipt. Written notice provided by personal delivery shall be deemed received on the date of delivery.

CITY OF SACRAMENTO LBE PROGRAM - Approved by City Attorney 05/20/2020

LBE status is applicable to the following:
• Any Sacramento addresses which encompasses both the City & unincorporated Sacramento County - including neighborhoods like Rosemont, Antelope, Foothill Farms & Walerga.
• North Highlands
• Carmichael
• Fair Oaks
• Orangevale

The map below can be found at: http://www.311.saccounty.net/Pages/Sacrarnento-County-Maps.aspx nCI~nMENTO

UNINCORPORATED AREAS

WELVERTARD
N BLVD

DEL PASO RD
k"
RTA RD - -7- 0---_ _____ - ,?..
•-.., / --____ A '99
OAKAVE .7 ----\''' , 4,__,,V.—' r- 7-..ITrtyRC'USf '-',:,, s' c3I. <', 7._, rs-..,- -ty) , , HEIGH I S ''' 0 op c,„
7r. .'-' W c
,,,..,:',
,
CREENBACK LN ci3O (i"-

--.-_ n'.
0 `,-; 4:(6,..3.2,
]? 0 *
al `L.:,!.
'A
c.'
'' '‘O'F9INT'c' o„ of \--"-.'-

----' poLsom ‘
\ j> \
/AD
N Alf 7,
5,41K 41'E
City Of
/RANCHO' -

CORDOVA

0. BELL AVE
EL CAMlNO AVE
,En
-F,-, \ ' -.1-, <0 ) S 0 , '-.

FRUITRIDGE RD
D Ave

i 47TH AVE
Ct
_ SACRAMENTO
C°S4V4FS R
FRUIT

ORIN RD

RBER RD
St I) CALI/NE RD

SHELDON RD

LAGUNA BLVD ' KIND RD
ELK GROVE BLVD City Of

ELK GROVE
city.of,
ISLETON1
Unincorprated Area

for more information about a specific address
visit our Assessor Parcel Viewer at www.sacgis.org
0 1.75 3.5 7 Miles
l I iti i ir
Doc Date: May, 2014
For an interactive map showing exact address locations within the City of Sacramento or unincorporated County of Sacramento: http://generalmap.gis.saccounty.net/JSViewer/county portal.html

Arm -

SHIMMICK
Shimmick Construction Company, Inc
1 Harbor Center, Suite 200, Suisun City, CA 94585
License #594575 • DIR #1000001063

SEALED PROPOSAL FOR
Sump 89 Outfall Project
PN: W14130622 B25141324008
May 7, 2025 @ 2pm
Office of the City Clerk

BID RECEIVED

PRIOR TO CLOSE
MAY 7 2025
TIME: / : 53
rP4 BY:

City of Sacramento
Office of the City Clerk
New City Hall
Mayor's Reception Desk
915 I Street, 5th Floor
Sacramento, CA 95814

Ashley Smith
No. C 86512
Exp. 03/31/26
CIVIL
04-03-25

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

VOLUME I OF II

DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS
City of Sacramento
Pump Outfalls Replacement Project
Sump 89
Issued for Bid
April 2025

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS – VOLUME I OF II – SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 11 00
01 14 50
01 20 00
01 30 00
01 31 26
01 32 16
01 32 23
01 32 33
01 33 00
01 33 10
01 40 00
01 41 00
01 42 13
01 45 00
01 45 33
01 50 00
01 70 00
01 74 19
01 78 23
Summary of Work
Site Safety Requirements
Price and Payment Procedures
Administrative Requirements
Web
Based Construction Document
Management Construction Progress Schedule
Survey and Field Engineering
Photographic Documentation
Submittal Procedures
Request for Interpretation
Quality Requirements
Regulatory Requirements and Permits
Abbreviations and Acronyms
Quality Control
Special Inspections and Procedures
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Execution and Closeout Requirements
Construction Waste Management and Disposal
Asset Operation and Maintenance Manual

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 02 00 Subsurface Data
02 41 00 Demolition and Deconstruction
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE
03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing
03 30 00 Cast-in-place Concrete
DIVISION 05 – METALS
05 50 00 Metal Fabrications
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
31 00 00 Earthwork
ii
31 10 00 Site Clearing
31 23 23.33 Flowable Fill

DIVISION 32 – SITE IMPROVEMENTS
32 15 00 Aggregate Surface Course and Aggregate Base Course 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES
33 05 63 Concrete Vaults and Chambers
33 11 00 Storm Drainage; Pressure
33 40 00 Storm Drainage; Gravity

REFERENCES
A CVFPB Encroachment Permits
B City of Sacramento Standard Specifications, by reference

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS – VOLUME II OF II – CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

Dwgs G1 – G3 General Drawings
Dwgs C1 – C18 Civil
Dwgs S1 – S9 Structural

SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 1
SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section describes the Pump Outfalls Replacement Project – Sump 89, including location, existing facilities, the Contractor’s use of premises, and the Work to be performed by the Contractor. The description of the Work to be performed that is provided herein is intended to be a general overview and does not include all the work actually required under the Contract.

B. Section Includes:

1. Project Location.

2. Project description.

3. Contractor's use of premises.

4. Hazardous materials control program.

1.2 TYPE OF CONTRACT
A. This Contract consists of Lump Sum and Unit Price Bid Schedule Items.

1.3 PROJECT LOCATION
A. The exact locations of Project features are described in Section 1.4 below.

1.4 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. The City owns, operates, and maintains one hundred six (106) drainage sump stations within the City. The outfalls from the sump stations are the single point of discharge for storm water from their respective basins. The outfall pipes penetrate and cross major levees along the American River and Morrison Creek. The project entails the complete replacement of the pump discharge for tone (1) drainage sump station facility.

B. Sump 089

1. Sump 089 is located near 8357 Beach Lake Road (38.45848, -121.47840) and pumps across the levee into the Morrison Creek. This sump consists of one 18” and three 42” welded steel pipes (WSP) that penetrate the Morrison Creek levee and outfall into the creek. Proposed modifications to Sump 089 include:
a. Replace 42” Welded Steel Pipe per drawings C4, C5, and C6 with Owner - furnished 42” Welded Steel Pipe
b. Replace 18” Welded Steel Pipe per drawing C7 with Owner-furnished 18” Welded Steel Pipe
c. Install 6” Ductile Iron Pipe dr ains and appurtenances as shown on co ntract documents.

SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 2
d. Install Owner-furnished knife gate valves and vault at top of levee landside hingepoint The Contractor shall install a 5” welded steel spool to be temporarily installed in place of the knife gate valve while the valve is procured. e. Install antisiphon valve and inspection port
f. Remove existing floodwall (approx. 67 feet) and install new floodwall after piping improvements are complete.
g. Replacement of approximately 1,000 sf of concrete apron. h. Replacement of level sensor conduit across levee.
i. Replacement of existing outfall structure including installation of temporary cofferdam.
j. Resurfacing of levee crown after completion of improvements. k. Install electrical conduit, 2” water line, and appurtenances from Sump 88 to Sump 89 as shown on contract documents.

1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A. In addition to requirements presented elsewhere on the Plans and in the Specifications, the Contractor shall adhere to the following requirements:

1. The Contractor shall have charge and care of, and bear the risk of damage to, the Project until its completion and final acceptance.

2. The Contractor shall not create or permit the continued existence of any nuisance in or about the work site.

3. The Contractor shall protect and not disturb existing facilities, or access thereto, which are not in the work area or are in the work area and can be avoided.

4. Materials and equipment shall be stored and protected, as recommended by the manufacturer or required by applicable codes and standards, to guarantee preservation of quality, appearance, and suitability for the Project. They shall be stored to facilitate inspection by the Owner.

5. The Owner will provide the lands, easements, and rights -of-way, or other right -to-enter and work on lands shown on the Plans. Nothing herein contained and nothing marked on the Plans, shall be interpreted as giving the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the lands, easements, or rights-of-way provided by the Owner.

6. The work areas and the areas for the Contractor's use are shown on the Plans.

7. The Contractor shall be responsible for restoring, at its own expense, all disturbed storage and work areas to a condition similar to those existing prior to construction, except where other surfacing or treatment is required by the Plans or Specifications.

B. Lands and Right-of-Way

1. Access to the limits of work and designated staging areas, as shown on the Plans will be provided by the Owner. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining land rights and easements for areas to be used for the Contractor’s own convenience outside these limits.

C. Access by the Owner and Other Jurisdictional Public Agencies

1. The Central Valley Flood Protection Board, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and the County of Sacramento have jurisdictional authority over the work as defined in the respective sections of permits and agreements. The Contractor shall allow these agencies, and other jurisdictional public agencies, unrestricted access to the Project site.

D. Flood Emergency
SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 3

1. In the event of a flood emergency requiring action by the jurisdictional flood control agencies prior to completion of the work, the Owner shall have the right to suspend the work. Such suspension includes the right of the Owner to take over the Project to conduct flood protection activities.

1.6 WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR
A. Construction of the Project consists, in general, of the following activities:

1. Performing mobilization, demobilization, and Contract administration.

2. Performing erosion and sediment control and storm water pollution prevention, and complying with all environmental controls and requirements related to the Contractor's operations as specified in the General Conditions and Special Provisions, in Project licenses and permits obtained by the Owner, and as specified elsewhere in the Specifications.

3. Performing construction surveying and construction quality control.

4. Providing all required equipment, personnel, and materials to construct the Project as required by the Plans and Specifications, and to complete the Project in accordance with the Contract schedule.

5. Providing all required temporary facilities, utilities, and offices required to complete the work.

6. Providing water for construction from available sources, including pumping, piping, hauling, and storage that may be required, and paying all fees and costs associated with developing the water supply, including pumping energy costs.

1.7 SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS
A. These Specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases.

B. The work to be performed under this contract shall be done in accordance with the Specifications contained herein. Reference is made to the Standard Specifications of the City of Sacramento, November 2020 , referred to herein as "City Standard Specifications", including Addendum No. 1 and 2. Reference may also be made to the State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications referred herein as "State Standard Specifications".

C. The general requirements of this contract shall be governed by these Specifications first, followed by Sections 1 through 8 of the City Standard Specifications. Other Standards or Specifications specified in these Specifications govern only the applicable technical specifications.

1.8 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CONTROL PROGRAM
A. The Contractor shall implement a hazardous materials control program which shall, in addition to other requirements of these Specifications, include:

1. The Contractor shall ensure proper labeling, storage, handling, and use of hazardous materials in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s HAZWOPER requirements.

SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 4

2. The Contractor shall ensure that employees are properly trained in the use and handling of these materials and that each material is accompanied by a material safety data sheet.

3. Storage areas for construction materials that contains hazardous or potentially toxic materials shall have an impermeable membrane between the ground and the hazardous/toxic materials and shall be bermed and covered as necessary to prevent the discharge of pollutants to groundwater and runoff water. Any small quantities of hazardous materials stored temporarily in staging areas shall be stored on pallets within fenced and secured areas and protected from exposure to weather. Incompatible materials shall be stored separately, as appropriate.

4. All hazardous material spills or threatened releases, including petroleum products such as gasoline, diesel, and hydraulic fluid, regardless of quantity spilled, shall be immediately reported to the Engineer. Such notification shall include the Contractor’s proposed method of cleaning up the spill. Follow -up reports shall be provided to the Engineer which shall include the cause of the spill, the measures taken for cleanup, and the measures that will be implemented to reduce the likelihood of a similar spill in the future.

5. Equipment shall be inspected daily for oil and fuel leaks. Equipment found to be leaking oils or fuel shall be repaired immediately or removed from the job site. The Contractor shall develop a Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan prior to delivery of any hazardous materials to the Project site. The Contractor shall implement the plan if an accidental spill occurs. Provisions outlined in the plan shall include telephone numbers of county and state agencies and primary, secondary, and final clean -up procedures. If, during site preparation and construction activities, previously undiscovered or unknown evidence of hazardous materials contamination is observed or suspected through either obvious or implied measures (i.e., stained or odorous soil), construction activities shall immediately cease in the area of the find. The City shall obtain a qualified hazardous materials specialist to assess the project site and collect and analyze soil samples, if needed, from the construction site. If contaminants are identified in the samples, the City shall provide direction on implementation of measures in accordance with federal and state regulations prior to the re-commencement of construction activities.

B. The Contractor shall prepare a Worker Health and Safety Plan before the start of construction activities. This plan shall identify, at a minimum, all contaminants that could be encountered during construction activity; all appropriate worker, public health, and environmental protection equipment and procedures to be used during project activities; emergency response procedures; the most direct route to the nearest hospitals; and a site safety officer. The plan shall describe actions to be taken should hazardous materials be encountered on site, including protocols for handling hazardous materials and preventing their spread and emergency procedures to be taken.

C. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State, and local rules, regulations, ordinances, and statutes that apply to the handling, storage, and disposal of contaminated and hazardous materials. All work involving material containing asbestos must be performed in accordance with California Labor Code, Sections 6501.5 through 6510 and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5208, and any other pertinent regulations.

D. Asbestos Containing Material (ACM)

1. All work shall be performed in compliance with current federal and state regulations, including U.S. EPA and, Cal/OSHA, Title 8, Sections §1529 and §5208, “Asbestos,” the Special Provisions, and the requirements contained herein.

2. When the work involves the potential for exposure to ACM as defined by Cal/OSHA, Title 8, Section §1529(a), the Contractor shall provide a detailed Asbestos Abatement SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 5
Plan (AAP). The plan shall include the location and layout of decontamination areas, the sequencing of asbestos work and methods to be used to assure the safety of building occupants, workers, and visitors to the site, methods for controlling emissions in the work area and the containerization and disposal of asbestos debris, and the following:
a. Current medical examination reports for each employee of the Contractor who will be on site;
b. Documentation stating that the Contractor is currently licensed by the State of California to perform asbestos abatement work;
c. Documentation indicating timely notification to the State Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) and of project fees paid;
d. Current certificates of asbestos training for each employee of the Contractor who will be on site and will be associated with the asbestos related work; e. Current documentation of respirator training and fit testing for each employee of the Contractor who will be on the site;
f. A letter from the EPA indicating an approved disposal site for ACM; g. A list of authorized personnel to be granted access to the work area; h. All required permits, licenses, and insurance;
i. Documentation of the Contractor's notifications to businesses and residents regarding the abatement project schedule;
j. The names and phone numbers and contact information of person(s) to be contacted on behalf of the Contractor in cases of an emergency. k. Safety Data Sheets (SDSs) for chemicals that will be used or that will be present at the job site. SDSs shall be provided to building occupants if chemicals or other hazardous substances are to be used in a facility or in areas where vapors or fumes could enter air intakes.
l. Note: A copy of all Asbestos Waste Manifests shall be submitted to the City.

E. Hazardous Materials Control Program – Asbestos

1. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions herein. It is the specific intent of these Contract Documents to exclude from the Work any and all products or materials containing asbestos. No new products containing asbestos shall be incorporated in the Work.

2. As part of this contract, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of the existing asbestos wrapped welded steel pipe as identified on the contract documents.

3. Where asbestos is located, as indicated in the table above, or found elsewhere within the work area, removal of existing asbestos materials shall be performed by an entity registered by the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and certified by the Contractors State Licensing Board. The Contractor shall submit copies of this certification to the City as part of the project qualifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper removal and disposal of asbestos material.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 011000
SUMMARY OF WORK 011000 - 6

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

SECTION 014550 – SITE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Safety requirements applicable to the Work.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 013000 – Submittal Procedures

1.2 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
A. Contractor’s Responsibility

1. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons, including employees and property, during performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor, the California Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and all other applicable Federal, State and local laws, ordinances, codes, the requirements set forth below, and any r egulations that may be detailed in other parts of these documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent requirement shall be followed. The Contractor’s failure to thoroughly familiarize himself with the aforementioned safety provisions shall not relieve him from compliance with the obligations and penalties set forth herein.

a. The Contractor shall develop and maintain, for the duration of this Contract, a safety program that will effectively incorporate and implement all required safety provisions. The Contractor shall appoint an employee who is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the safety program.

b. The duty of the City to conduct construction review of the Contractor’s performance is not intended to include a review or approval of the adequacy of the Contractor’s safety supervisor, the safety program, or any safety measures taken in, on, or near the construction site.

c. The Contractor, as part of this safety program, shall maintain at his office or other well-known place at the job site, safety equipment applicable to the work as prescribed by the aforementioned authorities, all articles necessary for giving first aid to the injured, and shall demonstrate an understanding of the facility procedures established for emergency care of persons who may be injured on the job site.

d. If a claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the City, giving full details of the claim. Such notice shall be in addition to any other notice requirements which may apply to such claims.

B. City Safety Requirements

1. The Contractor shall read the City’s Safety Requirements and train/instruct its employees and its Subcontractor’s employees on all C ity Safety Requirements that pertain to the Work. The Contractor’s supervisory staff must attend a safety orientation by the City that will include current facility safety issues and measures , such as lockout/tagout requirements. The responsibility to review and train Contractor staff on City requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall incorporate any facility-specific requirements the City has into their safety plan.

2. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall not start any construction activities unless they receive written permission from the Engineer, and the Contractor shall follow the described procedure for City permits, such as confined space entry permit, hot work permit, etc.

C. Safety Violation, Incident, Injury or Accident Emergency at the Work Site

1. In the event of an accident or incident during construction, Contractor shall immediately notify the City’s Authorized Representative immediately. Within 24 hours of the occurrence of a safety violation or incident, the Contractor shall su bmit to the City’s Authorized Representative an investigation report describing the incident in detail.

2. Contractor shall call 911 for accident involving bodily injury, fire hazard, damage to gas piping, flooding and similar occurrences, requiring an immediate emergency response.

Contractor shall also comply with all CAL-OSHA notification requirements.

3. If there is a safety violation from the Contractor’s employees or subcontractor’s employees, the Engineer will first issue a safety warning to the violating Contractor’s employees or subcontractor’s employees. After the first warning and upon a second vio lation, the Contractor shall remove the employee who caused the safety violation from the job site.

This applies to both the Contractor and subcontractor’s employees.

4. The Contractor shall immediately correct any safety violation(s).

D. Facility Operation

1. Contractor personnel shall not operate, by any means, existing facility. Contractor shall submit advanced notice to City for any required facility change in operation including equipment lockout and tagging for system shutdown for each individual activity. Facility staff will execute the shutdown after the request has been approved. Advance notice shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents.

E. Training & Certificates

1. Contractor personnel shall have sufficient training and certificates in performing work such as confined space entry, asbestos material removal, welding, diving, heavy equipment operation, and others. Up-to-date certificates for all personnel performing such work shall be provided to City before the start of the work.

F. Equipment Operation

1. All cranes and hoists, forklifts, confined space rescue equipment, gas monitors, diving gear, and welding tools or other equipment shall be certified or verified (tested or

calibrated) for their operability and rated capacity. Contractor shall present those certificates to City before the start of the work.

G. Confined Space Entry

1. No confined-space entry is allowed unless specifically approved by the City. If Contractor is planning a confined-space entry on facility grounds, submit a copy of the company’s confined-space program to the City. Contractor shall follow California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 8, Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158 governing confined space entry, as well as the procedures followed by facility personnel as described in the Environmental Services Department’s Confined Space Program, which can be obtained upon request from City. Contractor is responsible for supplying own certified rescuer and recuing equipment at no cost to the City. Contractor must notify the City of the time and date prior to confined space entry.

H. Hot Work Responsibilities

1. Fire resulting from hot work could significantly affect facility operations. Hot work includes brazing, cutting, grinding, soldering, torch-applied roofing, and welding. No hot work is permitted without authorization from the City. A signed hot work permit must be issued by the responsible facility party. Specific firefighting equipment and protection gear will be required at the hot work site before any work can be started. Refer to the Environmental Services Department’s Hot Work Safety Program, which can be obtained upon request from City.

I. Fall Prevention

1. Contractor working at heights, on ladders or using fall protection equipment shall submit to City a Fall Prevention Program that is equivalent to or more restrictive than the Environmental Services D epartment’s Fall Prevention Program, which can be obtained upon request from City.

J. Hazardous Materials Regulations

1. The Contractor shall have a site health and safety supervisor fully trained pursuant to hazardous materials regulations be present during excavation, trenching, or cut and fill operations to monitor for evidence of potential soil contamination, including soil staining, noxious odors, debris or buried storage containers. The site health and safety supervisor must be capable of evaluating whether hazardous materials encountered constitute an incidental release of a hazardous substance or an emergency spill. The site health and safety supervisor shall direct procedures to be followed in the event that an unanticipated hazardous materials release with the potential to impact health and safety is encountered.

These procedures shall be in accordance with hazardous waste operations and regulations and specifically include, but are not limited to, the following: immediately stopping work in the vicinity of the unknown hazardous materials release and securing the area; notifying the City, and retaining a qualified env ironmental firm to perform sampling, remediation, and/or disposal.

K. Modifications to Existing Utilities

1. When modifications, additions, connections, and abandonment are made to existing public utilities, the Contractor shall contact the affected agency for notifications and/or required procedures.

L. Underground Service Alert

1. Contractor shall provide advance notice to and utilize services of Underground Service Alert for location and marking of underground utilities operated by utility agencies.

M. Demolition Activities

1. During demolition activities, the Contractor shall:

a. Provide temporary six feet tall chain link fencing around each work area and signage to prohibit access by unauthorized personnel and vehicles. Fencing design and signage subject to City review.

b. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or supports to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structures to be partially or completely demolished, and to adjacent structures or other facilities to remain.

c. Protect and maintain conduits, drains, sewers, pipes, and wires that are to remain on the property.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures, after the Award of Contract:

1. Health and Safety Plan (SSCSP)

a. The Contractor or Contractor’s representative shall prepare a Site-Specific Contractor Safety Program (SSCSP). At the minimum, the SSCSP shall address the following:

1) Incorporate City Safety Requirements applicable to the Work.

2) Contractor’s plan to protect workers (such as providing personnel training, personal protective equipment, and respiratory protective devices) while working in the presence of contaminated or hazardous materials.

3) Establishment of exclusionary site work zones and security measures

4) Implementing and conducting dust control measures, ambient air monitoring for health and safety purposes, and administering contingency plans, if necessary

a) Emergency response protections including compliance with CAL/OSHA notification requirements.

b) The SSCSP shall be prepared, signed, and submitted for City review.

The Contractor shall not initiate work activities at the project site until City has provided written clearance to proceed.

c) The SSCSP shall be reviewed and signed by the Contractor and all personnel, including subcontractors, who will be engaged in or overseeing Work in the construction zones. No worker shall be allowed in these areas until he/she has signed and acknowledged receiving and understanding a copy of the SSCSP.

d) The Contractor shall be responsible to make sure that all personnel performing work in the identified, potentially contaminated area(s) must have read and clearly understands the SSCSP.

e) The SSCSP shall be conformed to the requirements of all local, state, and federal ordinances, rules, regulations, and guidelines concerning occupational health and safety issues, including OSHA regulation 29 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.120.

2. Mandatory Safety Program: Injury and Illness Prevention Program (IIPP) or Safety Work Plan.

3. Safety Data Sheets (SDS’s): Any hazardous material brought onto the facility site by Contractor or subcontractors.

4. Hot Work Program: For welding, torching, cutting, brazing, etc., around combustible or hazardous materials.

5. Confined Space Program: For confined space entry.

6. Fall Prevention Program: For working on ladders, at heights or using fall protection equipment.

7. Training Certificate or License: Asbestos removal, welding, diving, and heavy equipment operation (for cranes, forklifts, etc.), confined-space entry and rescue, etc.

8. Calculations: Seismic design for equipment support, shoring for deep soil excavation, adequacy check of existing floor and structures for support of moving loads, etc.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
PART 4 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 011450

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
COVID-19 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 011470 - 1
SECTION 011470 – NOVEL CORONAVIRUS (COVID-19) SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: COVID-19 safety requirements to address the COVID -19 epidemic, including without limitation any requirements imposed by federal, state, and local guidelines and orders or those necessary for performance of work safely.

B. These COVID-19 safety requirements are not all encompassing and may need to be modified by the Contractor for individual construction tasks and updated as the COVID-19 epidemic evolves.

C. The Contractor and all its sub-tier level subcontractors and suppliers shall account in their Bid and sub-bids for all cost impacts whether affecting labor (including, but not limited to obtaining qualified workers, quantity of workers, as well as their productivity), deliveries, supervision, testing and/or procurement of materials and/or equipment and time caused by any COVID-19 safety requirements, including without limitation those found in this Section 011470 and also all public health and governmental directives in place at the time Bids are received by the City for this Project.

1.2 COVID-19 EXPOSURE PREVENTION, PREPAREDNESS, AND RESPONSE PLAN A. Contractor’s Responsibility

1. The Contractor shall prepare a COVID-19 Exposure Prevention, Preparedness and Response Plan (a “COVID-19 Plan”) specific to this Project that describes how to prevent worker exposure to coronavirus; protective measures to be taken on the jobsite; personal protective equipment and work practice controls to be used; cleaning and disinfecting procedures; and procedures to follow if a worker shows symptoms of COVID-19 illness or tests positive for COVID-19. In addition to any governmental or other guidance available at the time of Bid submission, the Contractor should review OSHA COVID-19 Workplace Safety Guidance documentation, such as:
https://www.osha.gov/Publications/OSHA3990.pdf, as a resource in preparation of its COVID-19 Plan. Other reliable and current sources of COVID-19 information can be found from:

The California Department of Public Health (CDPH, State), including without limitation, guidance such as::
https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CID/DCDC/Pages/Immunization/nCOV2019.aspx The federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, National), including without limitation, guidance such as:
http://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/novel-coronavirus-2019.html The Sacramento County Public Health Department, including without limitation, guidance found here: https://www.saccounty.net/COVID-19/Pages/default.aspx COVID-19 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 011470 - 2

2. The Contractor’s COVID-19 Plan shall at a minimum address the following COVID-19 safety guidelines:
a. COVID-19 Employee and Visitor training and check -list before entering worksite.
b. Employee distancing and strategies to maximize distancing when possible. c. Limitations on gathering size.
d. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) requirements.
e. Identification of “choke points” and “high risk areas” such as hallways, hoists and elevators, break areas and vehicles.
f. Staggering trades and modification of work schedules to reduce worker density to maximize distancing opportunities.
g. COVID-19 employee good personal hygiene measures.
h. Disinfection and cleaning requirements.
i. Personal prevention actions requirements for all employees. j. Toolbox and Tailgate COVID-19 employee training.
k. Recognition of COVID-19 Symptoms.
l. Procedures for COVID-19 exposure and notification to others who were at the Site.
m. Daily screening protocols for arriving workers and visitors to ensure potentially infected workers and visitors do not enter the Site.
n. Maintenance of daily attendance log s of all workers and visitors who enter the Site.

3. Also, as part of this Plan, the Contractor shall draft and implement a COVID-19 Code of Safe Practices that is posted in areas visible to all employees and visitors.

4. The Contractor shall be prepared at each Progress and Coordination Meeting, if requested by the Construction Manager, to provide information relevant to the application, enforcement, and implementation of the Code of COVID-19 Safe Practices.

5. All Contractor managers and supervisors (from forepersons to project managers) must be familiar with th e COVID-19 Plan and be ready to answer questions from employees, subcontractors, suppliers and visitors. Managers and supervisors must set a good example by following th e COVID-19 Plan at all times. This involves practicing good personal hygiene and jobsite safety practices to prevent the spread of the virus.

Managers and supervisors must encourage this same behavior from all employees , subcontractors, suppliers and visitors.

6. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Construction Manager if any person under the Contractor’s control on this Project has tested positive for COVID-19.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 013300, Submittal Procedures, after the Award of Contract and before any work begins at the Site:

1. COVID-19 Exposure Prevention, Perparedness and Response Plan.

COVID-19 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 011470 - 3

2. COVID-19 Code of Safe Practices.

B. To the extent that there are material amendments or modifications made to any of the above plans or practices during the performance of the Work, the Contractor shall provide to the City as soon as practicable the amendments and shall post an amendments to the Code of Safe Practices to all employees and visitors who enter the Site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 011470

COVID-19 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 011470 - 4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 1
SECTION 012000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Lump Sum Pay Items.

B. Unit Price Pay Items.

C. Description of Bid Items.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Submit the following:

1. Schedule of Values.

1.3 LUMP SUM PAY ITEMS
A. Payment items for the work of this contract for which contract lump sum payments will be made are listed in the bid schedule and described below. All costs for items of work, which are not specifically mentioned to be included in a particular bid item or unit price payment item, are to be included in the listed bid item most closely associated with the work involved. The unit price and payment made for each item listed constitutes full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment, and performing any associated Contractor quality control, environmental protection, meeting safety requirements, tests and reports, and for performing all work required for which separate payment is not otherwise provided.

B. The Contractor shall submit a Schedule of Values that represents the cost of the work for each lump sum bid item with a value over $5,000. The breakdown shall not exceed the lump sum value for that bid item. The Schedule of Values shall be approved prior to submitting the first progress payment, whether or not the request for payment includes any lump sum items. The Schedule of Values shall be broken down into separate work activities that adequately describe the work, with a cost associated with each activity. The minimum detail of each breakdown shall be a cost for; materials FOB, installation, testing and acceptance. The Schedule of Values shall not be used to determine the value of deleted or changed work, but shall be used solely for determining the value of progress payments in accordance with the General Provisions.

1.4 UNIT PRICE PAY ITEMS
A. Payment items for the work of this contract on which the contract unit price payments will be made are listed in the BID SCHEDULE and described below. The unit price and payment made for each item listed constitutes full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment, and performing any associated Contractor quality control, environmental PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 2
protection, meeting safety requirements, tests and reports, and for performing all work required for each of the unit price items.

1.5 DESCRIPTION OF BID ITEMS
A. Mobilization and Demobilization (Lump Sum)

1. The work under this bid item shall include all contract administration, project mobilization, site development activities and demobilization as required to conduct and complete the Work, as identified in the Contract Documents. Item shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Insurance premiums, bonds, permitting fees, security fencing, utilities, and other facilities at the jobsite, Contractor’s overhead, and costs inclusive of administering the Contract, management and quality control procedures, and coordination as required to construct and complete the Project.
b. Supply, transportation, and/or movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the work site. Equipment and major materials listed in Contractor’s proposal shall be staged on site in the types and quantities shown. Additional shipments of material or transportation of equipment, if required, shall be approved in writing by Owner in advance.
c. Cleaning of equipment prior to mobilizing to the jobsite. d. Identification and protection of existing facilities/utilities. e. Site preparation of construction zone, vehicle/visitor parking, staging, laydown, and stockpile areas.
f. All project demobilization, site cleanup, and removal of personnel, equipment, materials, supplies, temporary facilities, site delineators, and construction waste from the jobsite to satisfy the requirements of Section 01 77 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements and other applicable elements of the Contract Documents.

B. Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for providing a detailed plan of worker safety and maintaining safety during construction, including conforming to Labor Code Sections 6700 -6708, all applicable safety orders and permits. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Worker Protection and Safety/Shoring are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

C. Water Pollution Control Plan (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for providing a Water Pollution Control Plan and implementing the plan for the project duration. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Water Pollution Control Plan are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

D. Cofferdam (Lump Sum)
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 3

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for providing the cofferdam and dewatering. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Cofferdam are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

E. Removal of Asbestos Wrapped Welded Steel Pipe (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for the removal and disposal of the existing asbestos wrapped welded steel pipe as shown on contract documents, including any hazardous waste permits and safety orders. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Removal of Existing Asbestos Wrapped Welded Steel Pipe are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

F. Installation of Welded Steel Pipe and Flap Gates (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for installation of the owner -furnished welded steel pipe , flap gates, CLSM, pipe supports and hangers, hydrostatic testing, and other work as shown on contract documents. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Installation of Welded Steel Pipe are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

G. Earthwork (Cubic Yard)

1. The cubic yard amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for all earthwork required as shown on the contract documents . Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Earthwork are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a cubic yard basis. The cubic yard price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

H. Inspection Port Vaults (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for installation of the inspection port vaults as shown on the contract documents, including the precast vaults, traffic rated lids, anti -siphon valves and appurtenances, 6-in HDPE drains, flap gate, gate valve, valve box, and CLSM backfill.

Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item for each inspection port vault that is installed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

I. Knife Gate Vault and Floodwall Replacement (Lump Sum) PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 4

1. The unit price amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for installation of the knife gate vault and floodwall replacement, as shown on the contract documents , including the vault, ladders, davits, pipe supports, grates, installation of the owner -furnished knife gate valves, and floodwall replacement .

Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item for each knife gate vault that is installed.

2. Work will be paid for each knife gate vault that is installed . The unit price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

J. Outfall Replacement (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for the replacement of the outfall structure as shown on the contract documents. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Outfall Replacement are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

K. Level Sensor, Electrical Conduit, 2-in Waterline from Sump 88 (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for replacement of the level sensor , conduit, and lockable waterproof box as shown on the contract documents , and for the electrical conduit, 2 -inch water pipeline, backflow prevention device, and pull boxes , as shown on the contract documents .

Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Level Sensor and Conduit Replacement are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

L. Concrete Apron Replacement and Resurfacing of Levee Crown (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for the replacement of the concrete apron on the landside slope of the levee and the resurfacing of the levee crown as shown on the contract documents. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Concrete Apron Replacement are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

M. Fence and Gates (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment , materials, labor, services, and incidentals for installation of the fence and gates at the knife gate vault and the replacement of the fence at the sump as shown on the contract documents. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Concrete Apron Replacement are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

N. Rock Stone Protection (Cubic Yard)
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 5

1. The cubic yard amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for installation of the rock stone protection and sand filter layer as shown on the contract documents. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a cubic yard basis as the items covered in Rock Stone Protection are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a cubic yard basis. The cubic yard price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

O. Temporary Bypass Pumping (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for providing temporary bypass pumping conta ined in the Plans and Specifications.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

P. Bypass Pumping Daily Operation (Day)

1. The daily amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for operating the temporary bypass pumping.

2. Work will be paid for on a daily basis. The daily price shall be full compensation for the operation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

Q. (Optional) Temporary Welded Steel Pipe Spool (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include all equipment, materials, labor, services, and incidentals for installation of the temporary 5” welded steel spools in the location of the knife gates as shown on the contract documents. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Installation of Welded Steel Pipe Spools are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

R. (Optional) Furnish Welded Steel Pipe (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include furnishing all materials for procurement of the 42 - inch and 18-inch welded steel pipe as shown on the contract documents. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Furnish Welded Steel Pipeare being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

S. (Optional) Furnish Knife Gate Valves (Lump Sum)

1. The lump sum amount shall include furnishing all materials for procurement of the 42 - inch and 18-inch knife gate valves as shown on the contract documents. Contractor may apply for payment for this Bid Item on a percent complete basis as the items covered in Furnish Knife Gate Valves are being completed.

2. Work will be paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum price shall be full compensation for the preparation and installation or submittal of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals to complete this item.

PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACT COST BREAKDOWN
A. Schedule of Values

1. The Contractor must furnish within 30 days after the date of Notice to Proceed, and prior to the submission of its first partial payment estimate, a breakdown of its lump sum pay item or items which will be reviewed by the Owner as to propriety of distribution of the total cost to the various accounts. Any unbalanced items as between early and late payment items or other discrepancies will be revised by the Owner to agree with a reasonable cost of the work included in the various items. This contract cost breakdown will then be utilized as the basis for progress payments to the Contractor.

END OF SECTION 012000

PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012000 - 7

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000 - 1
SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Coordination and Project conditions.

B. Preconstruction meeting.

C. Progress meetings.

D. Closeout meeting.

1.2 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various Sections of Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction.

B. Coordination Meetings: In addition to other meetings specified in this Section, hold coordination meetings with personnel and Subcontractors to ensure coordination of Work.

1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Engineer will schedule and preside over meeting after Notice of Award.

B. Attendance Required: Engineer, Owner, LMA(s), and Contractor.

C. Minimum Agenda:

1. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates.

2. Distribution of Contract Documents.

3. Submission of list of schedule of values, and Progress Schedule.

4. Designation of personnel representing parties in Contract and Engineer.

5. Communication procedures.

6. Procedures and processing of requests for interpretations, field decisions, field orders, submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures.

7. Scheduling.

8. Critical Work sequencing.

D. Engineer: Record minutes and distribute to participants within two days after meeting to Contractor, Owner, and those affected by decisions made.

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000 - 2

1.4 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum weekly intervals.

B. Engineer will arrange meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside over meetings.

C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, Engineer and Owner as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting.

D. Minimum Agenda:

1. Review minutes of previous meetings.

2. Review of Work progress.

3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.

4. Identification of problems impeding planned progress.

5. Review of submittal schedule and status of submittals.

6. Review of off-Site fabrication and delivery schedules.

7. Maintenance of Progress Schedule.

8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.

9. Planned progress during succeeding work period.

10. Coordination of projected progress.

11. Maintenance of quality and work standards.

12. Effect of proposed changes on Progress Schedule and coordination.

13. Other business relating to Work.

E. Engineer: Record minutes and distribute to participants after meeting to Contractor, Owner, and those affected by decisions made.

1.5 CLOSEOUT MEETING
A. Contractor to schedule Project closeout meeting with sufficient time to prepare for requesting Substantial Completion. Engineer to preside over meeting and be responsible for minutes.

B. Attendance Required: Engineer, Owner, and Contractor.

C. Notify Engineer five days in advance of meeting date.

D. Minimum Agenda:

1. Contractor's inspection of Work.

2. Contractor's preparation of an initial "punch list."

3. Procedure to request Engineer inspection to determine date of Substantial Completion.

4. Completion time for correcting deficiencies.

5. Inspections by authorities having jurisdiction.

6. Certificate of Occupancy and transfer of insurance responsibilities.

7. Partial release of retainage.

8. Final cleaning.

9. Preparation for final inspection.

10. Closeout Submittals:

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000 - 3
a. Project record documents.
b. Affidavits.

11. Final Application for Payment.

12. Contractor's demobilization of Site.

13. Maintenance.

E. Engineer: Record minutes and distribute to participants within two days after meeting to Contractor, Owner, and those affected by decisions made.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION – Not Used
END OF SECTION 013000

ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 013000 - 4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

(CMIS) WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 013126 - 1

SECTION 013126 - WEB BASED CONSTRUCTON DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT PART 1 WEB DATABASE

1.01 SUMMARY
A. The project team will use and maintain a web -based database as the primary means of communication related to the Project’s correspondence, submittals, requests for information (RFIs), advisory notices, and non -compliance issues. Correspondence from the Contractor shall be sent to the Construction Manager via the web based CMIS System.

B. The Construction Manager and Contractor shall utilize CMIS's system for electronic submittal of all data and documents (unless specified otherwise by the Construction Manager) throughout the duration of the Contract. CMIS will be made available to all Contractor’s project personnel. The joint use of this system is to facilitate; electronic exchange of information, automation of key processes, and overall management of the Contract. CMIS shall be the primary means of project information submission and management. When required by the Construction Manager, paper documents will also be required. In the event of discrepancy between the electronic version and paper documents, the paper documents will govern

1.02 USER ACCESS LIMITATIONS
A. The Construction Manager will control the Contractor's access to CMIS by allowing access and assigning user profiles to accepted Contractor personnel. User profiles will define levels of access into the system; determine assigned function -based authorizations (determines what can be seen) and user privileges (determines what they can do).

1.03 AUTOMATED SYSTEM NOTIFICATION AND AUDIT LOG TRACKING A. Review comments made (or lack thereof) by the Construction Manager and Engineer on Contractor submitted documentation shall not relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for managing, tracking, and documenting the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Construction Manager’s acceptance via automated system notifications or audit logs extends only to the face value of the submitted documentation and does not constitute validation of the Contractor's submitted information.

1.04 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the validity of their information placed in CMIS and for the abilities of their personnel. Accepted users shall be knowledgeable in the use of computers, including Internet Browsers, email programs, CAD drawing applications, and Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) document distribution program. Adobe P DF documents will be created through electronic conversion rather than optically scanned whenever possible. The Contractor is responsible for the training of their personnel in the use of CMIS (outside what is provided by the Construction Manager) and the other programs indicated above as needed. (CMIS) WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 013126 - 2

1.05 USER ACCESS ADMINISTRATION
A. Provide a list of Contractor's key CMIS personnel for the Construction Manager's acceptance. The Construction Manager is responsible for adding and removing users from the system. The Construction Manager reserves the right to perform a security check on all potential users.

1.06 CONNECTIVITY PROBLEMS
A. CMIS is a web -based environment and therefore subject to the inherent speed and connectivity problems of the Internet. The Contractor is responsible for its own connectivity to the Internet.

CMIS response time is dependent on the Contractor's equipment, including processor speed, Internet access speed, etc. and current traffic on the Internet. The City and Construction Manager will not be liable for any delays associated from the usage of CMIS including, but not limited to:
slow response time, down time per iods, connectivity problems, or loss of information. The Contractor will ensure that its connectivity to the CMIS system (whether at the home office or job site) is accomplished through some form of high -speed communications with 128 kb/s as the minimum bandwidth requirements for using the system. It is recommended a faster connection be used when uploading pictures and files into the system. Under no circumstances shall the usage of CMIS be grounds for a time extension or cost adjustment to the Contract. If there are problems that persist with the CMIS site for more than 24 consecutive hours that prevent the electronic submission of data by the Contractor, the Contractor may submit documents in paper form to the Construction Manager until such time that the Construction Manager notifies the Contractor that the CMIS site is operable and available for use. Construction Manager shall likewise send documents to Contractor in paper form during such disruption of the CMIS system.

1.07 TRAINING
A. The Construction Manager has arranged for the following training to be provided to the Contractor.

The Construction Manager will provide a one-hour training class to the Contractor within ten (10) days of NTP at a time mutually agreeable to Contractor and Construction Manager. Thereafter the Construction Manager will provide up to one hour of additional training via telephone during the project per month of the project life.

PART 2 EQUIPMENT

2.01 SUMMARY
A. In order to process correspondence, submittals, and RFIs, the Contractor must provide and have in place for its own use the required basic components outlined below.

2.02 HARDWARE
A. A computer with internet access and sufficient capabilities to perform all project duties; a scanner at least large enough to scan 11” x 17” sheets with sufficient resolution to maintain clarity and legibility of the document at its native size; and a colo r printer of sufficient size and capacity to accept incoming correspondence as described in this section. (CMIS) WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 013126 - 3

2.03 SOFTWARE
A. CMIS requires the current version of a compatible internet browser, including Google Chrome, Apple Safari, and Microsoft Edge.

2.04 FACILITIES
A. The Contractor shall make its own arrangements to provide high-speed (minimum speed: download 256Mbps / upload 10Mbps) internet connection for its own use as soon as practicable.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SUMMARY
A. Items to be uploaded to CMIS by the Construction Manager include but are not limited to: RFI responses, Submittal comments, Clarification letters, Design Clarifications, Field Orders, et al.

These items will be emailed as attachments in PDF file format. These attachments may include files that need to be viewed and/or printed in color. Formal letters, stop notices, Field Orders, Progress Payment Requests, and Contract Change Orders will always include a wet -signed hard copy.

3.02 CMIS UTILIZATION
A. All project related correspondence (RFIs, submittals, etc.) originated by the Contractor or Subcontractor, Supplier, et al. shall be directed to the Construction Manager, unless otherwise indicated in the Specifications.

3.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The use of the electronic communication does not waive the requirement for the provision of hard copies of all formal correspondence and submittals. The hard copies of all documents must match the electronic copies of all correspondence and submittals.

B. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures. The provisions of Section 01 33 00 shall apply both to electronic copies and hard copies of submittals.

C. In addition to above, CMIS shall be utilized in connection with submittal preparation and information management required by but not limited to Sections:

1. Section 013216 – Construction Progress Schedule

2. Section 013300 – Submittal Procedures.

3. Section 013310 – Request for Interpretation.

4. Section 017823 – Operation and Maintenance Data
D. CMIS will be utilized by all other Sections not listed above and as required by the Construction Manager.
(CMIS) WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 013126 - 4

3.04 TERMINATION IN USE
A. The City may request a termination of the use of CMIS for the electronic submission of data, and alternatively the use of paper documents submitted in accordance with the Contract Documents by providing notification in writing with ten (10) days notice that it intends to discontinue use of CMIS.

3.05 ADOBE PDF
A. All information, comments, questions, and statements shall be scanned and/or converted to the PDF file format and attached to the email. Items to be sent via email include but are not limited to large- format plan sheets (22” x 34” or larger), small -format plan sheets, pages within tabbed binders, RFIs, transmittal sheets, et al. The PDF attachments supplied to the Construction Manager shall be in a sufficient resolution to be fully legible at its native size.

B. All separate files within a given piece of correspondence shall be combined into a single PDF document (i.e. An RFI that contains a text file and two photo files shall be combined into a single PDF document prior to delivery to the Construction Manager.)

3.06 LABELING FORMAT
A. The subject line of each email, and the file name of any attached files shall begin with the file labeling scheme:

1. RFI_XXX.Y_(Contractor Name)_(Subject).

2. Letter_XXX_(Contractor Name)_(Subject).

3. Transmittal_XXX_(Contractor Name)_(Subject).

4. PCO_XXX.Y_(Contractor Name)_(Subject).

5. Submittal_XX XX XX-YY-Z_(Contractor Name)_(Subject).

B. The first section of the label indicates the type of correspondence (i.e RFI). “XXX” indicates a unique number, sequentially assigned for the given piece of correspondence. “Y” is a sequential letter assigned for revised or resubmitted documents, i.e. A, B , or C being the 1 st, 2 nd, and 3 rd revision or resubmittal, respectively. “( Contractor Name)” indicates to the database that the correspondence is from the Contractor. The Contractor will indicate the subject at the end of the numbering scheme. For submittals, XX XX XX denotes the Specification Number, YY denotes the sequential number of submittals in that Specification Section, and “ZZ” indicates whether the submittal is an original or a resubmittal, as described in Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures.

Each piece of correspondence shall be sent in a separate email. O&M submittal numbering shall be as specified in Section 01 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data

3.07 SUBMITTALS
A. If a submittal package has multiple items that are not directly related, each item shall be considered a separate submittal and shall be sent separately. For example, “Concrete Mix Design,” and “Concrete Curing Compound” shall be submitted as separate items to the Construction Manager. (CMIS) WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 013126 - 5

3.08 ORIGINAL DOCUMENTS
A. Where possible, the Contractor will obtain the electronic document from its original source to maintain the integrity, legibility, and searchability of the document.

3.09 ORGANIZATION
A. The information included in the attachments shall be organized in a logical and thoughtful manner.

Where the information originated in a tabbed format (a binder, for example), the scanned and/or converted PDF file shall be electronically bookmarked accordingly using the “bookmark” function of Adobe Acrobat 9 Std.

3.10 PRINTING
A. Except where otherwise indicated, the Contractor will receive no hard copies of the above outlined correspondence. The Contractor will be required to print for its use, in color if necessary, any record copies, field copies, subcontractor copies, etc., if such copies are desired.

3.11 PROJECT FORMS
A. The Contractor may use its own correspondence forms to be attached to correspondence emails as long as the Contractor’s forms comply with this and all submittal sections.

END OF SECTION OF 013126
(CMIS) WEB BASED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 013126 - 6

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013216 - 1
SECTION 013216 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.

B. Progress schedule.

C. CPM schedule.

D. Float.

E. Schedule acceptance.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement, submit proposed preliminary critical path method schedule defining planned operations for the entire project.

B. The Contractor shall submit a schedule, in accordance with these Specifications, which illustrates the Contractor’s plans for carrying out the Work. The Owner will review the schedule, and any updates or revisions, for conformance to the Contract. Owner review of a schedule, update, or revision does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the feasibility of the schedule or requirements for accomplishments of milestones and completion within Contract Time, nor does the Owner review warrant or acknowledge the reasonableness of the schedule’s logic, durations, labor estimates, or equipment productivity.

1.3 PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. A bar chart or similar form of progress schedule will be required for all contracts. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner, the latest version of MS Project or Primavera P6 shall be used. The Contractor shall submit three (3) copies, plus an electronic copy, of a complete baseline progress schedule at the preconstruction conference. The baseline progress schedule shall show all major portions of the Work, the estimated dates on which the Contractor shall start each portion of the Work, and the contemplated dates for completing each portion of the Work or the approximate percentage of the Work or portions of the Work scheduled for completion at any time.

B. Unless agreed to by the Owner, the progress schedule shall be updated and submitted to the Owner with each Progress Payment request or when requested by the Owner. All schedule updates or revisions shall show the effects of any occurrence upon which the Contractor will base a notice of potential claim or has based any, and shall expressly call the Owner’s attention to those effects. A revised or updated schedule shall be submitted within ten (10) Working Days of an Owner request. The Contractor shall submit three (3) copies plus an electronic copy of each update.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013216 - 2
C. The Contractor shall carry out the various elements of the Work concurrently, as is practicable, and shall not defer construction of any portion of the Work in favor of any other portion, without the express written approval of the Owner.

D. Upon the occurrence of an event that impacts the project completion date (Time Impact), the Contractor must submit a separate Time Impact Analysis (TIA) for all delays for which it will be seeking a time extension. The Contractor must not incorporate any delays or change activities into a monthly schedule update without Owner review and approval of a submitted TIA. Upon review and acceptance by the Owner, the proposed TIA must be incorporated into the next monthly schedule update.

E. Despite the submission of a progress schedule, the Contractor shall be governed by the direction of the Owner if, in the judgment of the Owner, it becomes necessary to accelerate the Work or any part thereof, or cease work at any particular point and concentrate the Contractor’s forces at such other point or points, with the intent of preventing delays.

1.4 CRITICAL PATH METHOD (CPM) SCHEDULE
A. In addition to the initial progress schedule required by the previous Section, the Contractor shall submit a practicable Critical Path Method (CPM) network schedule within thirty (30) days of receipt of the executed Contract. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner, the latest version of Primavera P6 shall be used. The CPM network diagram shall be time -scaled and include printouts showing the mathematical analysis of the CPM network diagram. Activities shall include, but not be limited to, construction activities, procurement activities, submittal review and approval activities, cure times, and any other activities by the Contractor, the Owner, or any other entity that may impact the Work. Submittal and procurement activities shall include falsework drawings, post tensioning drawings, test procedures, mix designs, long time lead items, etc. The following information shall be shown for each activity:

1. Unique number(s) for each activity.

2. Activity description.

3. Activity relationships and dependencies (logic).

4. Activity duration in Working Days.

5. Early start, early finish; late start, late finish dates (calendar date, i.e., day, month, year).

6. Total float, free float.

7. For completed activities: actual start dates, actual finish dates, duration, and logic.

8. Interim milestone dates and completion dates.

9. Detailed list of work contained within each activity.

10. Manpower loading for each item of work for unit price contracts.

11. Cost loading for each item of work for lump sum contracts, which will be the "Schedule of Values" and the basis for periodic Progress Payments.

B. All activity calendars must be in Calendar Days. No more than 50 percent of construction schedule activities can be shown as critical or near critical. Near critical is defined as the longest path plus 21 Calendar Days total float. The Critical Path must be clearly shown and based upon the longest path through the network logic of necessarily related predecessor and successor activities. All activities must have a minimum of one predecessor and one successor. Schedule activity constraints cannot be used unless authorized by the Owner.

C. The Contractor shall submit three (3) full-size paper copies, a P6 electronic file and a pdf file of each CPM schedule. Updates to the CPM schedule shall be submitted with each Progress CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013216 - 3
Payment request, when Contract events are changed, or within ten (10) Working Days of an Owner request. The Contractor’s Progress Payment request for Lump Sum Contracts (schedules that are Cost Loaded) must be generated from and correspond to the Monthly Schedule Update.

A narrative describing the general status of the Work and addressing any problem areas or delays shall be submitted with each revision or update, with impacts on critical path items of work highlighted. A corrective course of action shall also be included when problem areas or delays are encountered.

D. Upon the occurrence of an event that impacts the project completion date (Time Impact), the Contractor must submit a separate Time Impact Analysis (TIA) for all delays for which it will be seeking a time extension. The Contractor must not incorporate any delays or change activities into a monthly schedule update without Owner review and approval of a submitted TIA. Upon review and acceptance by the Owner, the proposed TIA must be incorporated into the next monthly schedule update.

E. All schedule updates or revisions shall show on the critical path the effects of any occurrence upon which the Contractor has based a notice of potential claim or will base any claim and shall expressly call the Owner’s attention to the effects. A resource leveled/constrained schedule will not be accepted for the determination of critical path impacts.

1.5 FLOAT
A. Float in any activity, milestone completion date, and/or Contract completion date is owned by the Project and, as such, is a resource available to both the Owner and the Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Contractor owns the float time.

B. Unless otherwise provided herein, float is synonymous with total float. Total float is the period of time measured by the number of Calendar Days (as specified in the Contract) each non - critical path activity may be delayed before it and its succeeding activities become part of the critical path. If a non -critical path is delayed beyond its float period, then that activity becomes part of the critical path and controls the end date of the work. Thus, delay of a non -critical path activity beyond its float period will cause delay to the project itself.

C. Acceptance of a Baseline Schedule, Monthly Update(s), or Revised Schedule, which is based on less time than the maximum time allowed for milestone or Contract completion, does not serve to change any contract duration, nor does it serve as a waiver of either the Contractor’s or Owner’s right to utilize the full amount of time specified in the Contract. As such, liability for delay of the project completion date rests with the party actually causing delay to the project completion date. For example, if Party A uses some, but not all, of the float time and Party B later uses the remainder of the float time as well as additional time beyond the float time, Party B shall be liable for the costs associated with the time that represents a delay to the project’s completion date. Party A would not be responsible for any costs since it did not consume all of the float time and additional float time remained, and the Project or milestone completion date was unaffected.

D. Should the Contractor submit any schedule reflecting a Forecasted Project Completion Date earlier than the Contract Completion Date, the difference must be shown on a schedule activity titled “Project Float.” Should the Contractor not show this time as Project Float, a Contract Change Order will be issued adjusting the Contract Completion Date to the new Forecasted Project Completion Date.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013216 - 4
E. The Contractor shall not use any method to sequester float for its exclusive use. Sequestration of float is a basis for schedule rejection.

1.6 SCHEDULE ACCEPTANCE
A. The Owner will review the baseline schedule, monthly schedule updates or proposed schedule revisions, and any other schedule related data, for conformance to the Contract within 15 Working Days of receipt. All schedule related submittals shall be resubmitted within 10 Working Days of receiving Owner comments. Owner review and acceptance of any baseline schedule, update, revision, or any other schedule -related data does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the feasibility of the schedule, completion of any omitted work scope, or requirements for accomplishments of milestones and completion within Contract Time. The Owner review and acceptance does not warrant or acknowledge the reasonableness of the schedule’s logic, durations, labor estimates, or equipment productivity.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 013216

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 013216 - 5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

SURVEY AND FIELD ENGINEERING 013223 - 1

SECTION 013223 - SURVEY AND FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Field engineering to establish lines and grades for the Work.

B. Related sections:

1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all.

2. It is the Contractor’s responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor’s Work.

3. The following Sections are related to the Work described in this Section. This list of Related Sections is provided for convenience only and is not intended to excuse or otherwise diminish the duty of the Contractor to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor’s Surveyor shall be a land surveyor registered in California or civil engineer qualified and licensed in California with at least five (5) years surveying experience of similar projects.

B. Dimensions for all existing structures, piping, paving, and other nonstructural items are taken from the available information during the Owner’s planning and design. The Contractor shall field verify all dimensions and conditions in advance of any constru ction in the area. Any discrepancy between the field survey by the Contractor and the information indicated in the Contract Documents shall be immediately brought to Contraction Manager’s attention by written notification. In all questions arising as to proper location of lines and grades, the Construction Manager's decision will be final.

C. Accuracy of the Contractor’s stakes, alignments and grades may be periodically and randomly checked by the Construction Manager. If requested by Construction Manager, the Contractor shall supply field labor as required, at no extra charge to Owner, to aid and assist the Construction Manager in checking location and grades of the work as set by the Contractor. This shall include postponing parts of the Work affected by survey check, moving materials and equipment that interfere with a clear line of sight b etween horizontal control points and the construction work.

The Contractor is not to assume that Construction Manager’s check substitutes or complements the Contractor’s required field quality control procedures.

D. The Contractor's registered land surveyor to check the line and grade of the slab or footing concrete forms prior to the first slab or footing pour at each structure and building.

SURVEY AND FIELD ENGINEERING 013223 - 2

1.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINES, AND GRADES
A. Execute the Work in accordance with the lines and grades indicated.

B. Make distances and measurements on horizontal planes, except elevations and structural dimensions.

1.04 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A. Basic reference line, a beginning point on basic reference line, and a benchmark will be provided by City.

B. From these reference points, establish other control and reference points as required to properly lay out the Work.

C. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve permanent reference points during construction:

1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice.

2. Replace Project control point, when lost or destroyed, in accordance with original survey control.

D. Set monuments for principal control points and protect them from being disturbed and displaced;

1. Re-establish disturbed monuments.

2. When disturbed, postpone parts of the Work that are governed by disturbed monuments until such monuments are re-established.

1.05 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Assume responsibility for accuracy of stakes, alignments, and grades by performing verifications and checking in accordance with standard surveying practice.

B. Contractor to furnish Construction Manager one copy of all land surveyor notes, calculations, sketches and drawings within 48 hours after completion of each survey task.

1.06 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Prepare and submit Record Documents as specified in Section 017000.

B. Maintain complete, accurate log of control points and survey.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.

SURVEY AND FIELD ENGINEERING 013223 - 3

END OF SECTION 013223

SURVEY AND FIELD ENGINEERING 013223 - 4

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - 1

SECTION 013233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies progress photographs to be provided for pre -construction, during construction, and post-construction.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall be responsible for submission of videos and photographs to be taken during Pre- construction, Construction, and Post-construction, as indicated in this Section.

1.03 DIGITAL IMAGES
A. All phases of the Project including preconstruction, construction progress, and post construction shall be documented photographically.

B. Construction Manager shall have the right to select the subject matter and vantage point from which photographs are to be taken.

C. Archive images using a commercially available photo management system or DCMS.

D. Label each external hard drive with the following information:

1. Project name

2. City’s name

3. Date images were taken

4. Contractor’s name

5. Brief description of photos
E. All photographs shall be digital and with a minimum resolution of 2592x1944 pixels (5 megapixels) and a minimum 24-bit.

F. When supported by the camera’s functionality, the date stamp shall be displayed on each image.

G. All photographs shall be stored in .jpeg file format. The file name for each digital photograph shall include a brief description of location and equipment shown.

1.04 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Before construction may start and before the Contractor may begin any work that may cause site disturbance, Contractor shall provide and deliver to the Construction Manager digital still photographs to provide site coverage on an external hard drive with proper labeling.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - 2

B. Photographs shall be acceptable to the Construction Manager prior to commencing work.

C. Preconstruction photographs of the site and any adjacent areas may serve as a basis for determining subsequent damage due to the Contractor’s operations.

1.05 PRE-CONSTRUCTION VIDEO
A. Prior to commencement of construction, the Contractor and Construction Manager, shall survey the site including all entrance roads, parking and storage areas and any other areas that will be affected by construction, and video record existing facilities and conditions. Video must be in digital format with adequate resolution to produce sharp and clear images with accurate colors and free of distortion. Audio commentary shall be provided describing the areas and items viewed and direction with additional commentary as requested by the Construction Manager.

B. Video-audio recording shall be acceptable to the Construction Manager prior to commencing work.

1.06 POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Upon issuance of Final Completion, Contractor shall provide and deliver to the Construction Manager as many digital still photographs as necessary on a n external hard drive with proper labeling.

B. These photographs should be identical or similar to the subject matter and vantage point as the photographs taken during preconstruction. These photos may be compared to preconstruction images to determine subsequent damage due to Contractor’s operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
PART 4 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 013233

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - 3

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Definitions.

B. Submittal procedures.

C. Construction progress schedules.

D. Proposed product list.

E. Product data.

F. Use of electronic CAD files of Project Drawings.

G. Shop Drawings.

H. Samples.

I. Other submittals.

J. Test reports.

K. Certificates.

L. Manufacturer's instructions.

M. Contractor review.

N. Engineer review.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Submittal: Shop drawings, product data, samples, operation and maintenance data, and administrative submittals prepared by the Contractor for Owner review.

B. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Engineer's and Construction Manager's responsive action.

C. Approving Authority: Owner or delegated Owner representative authorized to approve submittals.

D. Work: As used in this section, on - and off -site construction required by the Contract Documents, including labor necessary to produce submittals, construction, materials, products, equipment, and systems incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2

1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Transmit each submittal with Engineer-accepted form.

B. Assign each submittal a unique number. Clearly note the submittal numbers on the transmittal.

Number each submittal with the identifying specification section, followed by a sequential number that represents the Contractor’s assigned number of 01, 02, et cetera. Resubmittals shall be numbered by adding a dot (.) and 01, 02, 03, et cetera to the original submittal number, depending on the number of times the submittal has been resubmitted. For example: if Submittal 033 000-01 requires a resubmittal, the first resubmittal will bear the designation “033000-01.01” and the second resubmittal will bear the designation “033000-01.02” and so on.

C. Identify: Project, Contractor, Subcontractor and supplier, pertinent Drawing and detail number, and Specification Section number appropriate to submittal.

D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed, certifying that review, approval, verification of products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is according to requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.

E. Schedule submittals to expedite Project, and submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. Coordinate submission of related items.

F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 working days.

G. Identify variations in Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of completed Work.

1. Variations from Contract requirements require Owner approval and will be considered where advantageous to the Owner. Acceptance of a submittal containing variations that are not specifically noted as such by the Contractor shall not constitute a change to the Contract Documents.

2. Discussion with the Owner prior to submission will help ensure that functional and quality requirements are met and will minimize rejections and resubmittals.

H. Allow space on submittals for Contractor and Engineer review stamps.

I. When revised for resubmission, identify changes made since previous submission.

J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with requirements.

K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized nor processed.

L. Incomplete Submittals: Engineer will not review. Complete submittals for each item are required. Delays resulting from incomplete submittals are not the responsibility of Engineer.

1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Comply with Section 013216 - Construction Progress Schedule SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3

1.5 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product Data: Action Submittal: Submit to Engineer for review for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files.

C. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.

D. Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

E. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.

1.6 ELECTRONIC CAD FILES OF PROJECT DRAWINGS
A. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings: May only be used to expedite production of Shop Drawings for the Project. Use for other Projects or purposes is not allowed.

B. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings: Distributed only under the following conditions:

1. Use of files is solely at receiver's risk. Engineer does not warrant accuracy of files.

Receiving files in electronic form does not relieve receiver of responsibilities for measurements, dimensions, and quantities set forth in Contract Documents. In the event of ambiguity, discrepancy, or conflict between information on electronic media and that in Contract Documents, notify Engineer of discrepancy and use information in hard -copy Drawings and Specifications.

2. CAD files do not necessarily represent the latest Contract Documents, existing conditions, and as -built conditions. Receiver is responsible for determining and complying with these conditions and for incorporating addenda and modifications.

3. User is responsible for removing information not normally provided on Shop Drawings and removing references to Contract Documents. Shop Drawings submitted with information associated with other trades or with references to Contract Documents will not be reviewed and will be immediately returned.

4. Receiver shall not hold Engineer responsible for data or file clean -up required to make files usable, nor for error or malfunction in translation, interpretation, or use of this electronic information.

5. Receiver shall understand that even though Engineer has computer virus scanning software to detect presence of computer viruses, there is no guarantee that computer viruses are not present in files or in electronic media.

6. Receiver shall not hold Engineer responsible for such viruses or their consequences, and shall hold Engineer harmless against costs, losses, or damage caused by presence of computer virus in files or media.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4

1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop Drawings: Action Submittal: Submit to Engineer for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

C. When required by individual Specification Sections, provide Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a professional Engineer responsible for designing components shown on Shop Drawings.

1. Include signed and sealed calculations to support design.

2. Submit Shop Drawings and calculations in form suitable for submission to and approval by authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Make revisions and provide additional information when required by authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files.

E. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.

1.8 SAMPLES
A. Samples: Action Submittal: Submit to Engineer for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

B. Samples for Selection as Specified in Product Sections:

1. Submit to Engineer for aesthetic, color, and finish selection.

2. Submit Samples of finishes, textures, and patterns for Engineer selection.

C. Submit Samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of products, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate Sample submittals for interfacing work.

D. Include identification on each Sample, with full Project information.

E. Submit number of Samples specified in individual Specification Sections; Engineer will retain one Sample.

F. Reviewed Samples that may be used in the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections.

G. Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in Specification Section.

H. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5

1.9 OTHER SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements.

B. Informational Submittal: Submit data for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.

C. Submit information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

1.10 TEST REPORTS
A. Informational Submittal: Submit reports for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.

B. Submit test reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

1.11 CERTIFICATES
A. Informational Submittal: Submit certification by manufacturer, installation/application Subcontractor, or Contractor to Architect/Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data.

B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.

C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product but must be acceptable to Architect/Engineer.

1.12 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Informational Submittal: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for Architect/Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.

B. Submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, adjusting, and finishing, to Architect/Engineer in quantities specified for Product Data.

C. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.

1.13 CONTRACTOR REVIEW
A. Review for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals before transmitting to Engineer.

B. Contractor: Responsible for:

1. Determination and verification of materials including manufacturer's catalog numbers.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6

2. Determination and verification of field measurements and field construction criteria.

3. Checking and coordinating information in submittal with requirements of Work and of Contract Documents.

4. Determination of accuracy and completeness of dimensions and quantities.

5. Confirmation and coordination of dimensions and field conditions at Site.

6. Construction means, techniques, sequences, and procedures.

7. Safety precautions.

8. Coordination and performance of Work of all trades.

C. Stamp, sign or initial, and date each submittal to certify compliance with requirements of Contract Documents.

D. Do not fabricate products or begin Work for which submittals are required until approved submittals have been received from Engineer.

1.14 ENGINEER REVIEW
A. Informational submittals and other similar data are for Engineer's information, do not require Engineer's responsive action, and will not be reviewed or returned with comment.

B. Submittals made by Contractor that are not required by Contract Documents may be returned without action.

C. Submittal review does not authorize changes to Contract requirements unless accompanied by Change Order, Field Order, or Work Change Directive.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK

REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION 013310 - 1

SECTION 013310 - REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION
PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall prepare a Request for Interpretation (RFI) when additional information, clarification or interpretation of the Contract Documents is needed. RFIs may also be used for apparent conflicts, inconsistencies, ambiguities, or omissions. “Request for Interpretation” and “Request for Information” shall have the same meaning.

B. RFIs shall be submitted to the Construction Manager sufficiently in advance of the work to permit time for investigation and preparation of a response. Any work undertaken prior to receipt of a RFI response shall be at the risk of Contractor.

C. RFIs generated during submittal and shop drawing preparation must be submitted by the Contractor sufficiently in advance to not only allow for investigation and preparation of a response, but also for inclusion of the response into the submittal and shop d rawing.

Failure by the Contractor to provide sufficient time will not be cause for entitlement to a time extension.

D. RFIs shall not be used for submittals or for substitute of material, equipment or for waiving of requirements.

1.2 SUBMITTAL
A. Each RFI shall deal with only one topic, item, issue or system.

B. RFIs shall clearly describe the problem and specifically state what is needed. Relevant portions of the Contract Documents shall be cited, marked-up and attached.

C. The Contractor shall review each RFI before submitting and compare it with the Contract Documents to verify that a response is required. RFIs will only be accepted from the Contractor and not from subcontractors or suppliers.

D. A recommendation or proposed solution may be included when appropriate or expedient.

E. Known schedule or cost impacts shall be noted in the RFI.

1.3 RESPONSE
A. The Construction Manager will normally respond within 10 days. The Contractor shall indicate a priority for responses if more than five (5) RFIs are pending at the same time.

REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION 013310 - 2

B. The Contractor shall reply within 10 days if there is disagreement concerning the RFI response.

C. Subsequent resubmittals shall be identified with the same RFI number and a consecutive letter designation. Resubmittals shall clearly state the reason for resubmitting.

D. RFIs will not be recognized or accepted, if in the opinion of the Construction Manager, one of the following conditions exists:

1. The Contractor submits an RFI as a submittal.

2. The Contractor submits the RFI under the pretense of a Contract Documents discrepancy or omission without thoroughly reviewing the documents. In this case, the Contractor shall be responsible for both the Construction Manager’s and Design Consultant’s administrative costs to process the RFI. Such costs may be deducted from the Contractor’s progress payments.

3. The Contractor submits the RFI in a manner that suggests that specific portions of the Contract Documents are assumed to be excluded, or be taken as an isolated portion of the Contract Documents in part rather than whole.

4. The Contractor submits an RFI in an untimely manner without proper coordination and scheduling of work or related trades.

E. The City’s review shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Contractor has in writing called attention to each such variation at the time of each RFI submittal and Construction Manager has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in the RFI review; nor will any review by City relieve Contractor from responsibility for compliance with the requirements for careful review above.

END OF SECTION 013310
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality control.

B. Tolerances.

C. References.

D. Labeling.

E. Testing and inspection services.

1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, Site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with specified standards as the minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

C. Perform Work using persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.

D. Products, materials, and equipment may be subject to inspection by Engineer and Owner at place of manufacture or fabrication. Such inspections shall not relieve Contractor of complying with requirements of Contract Documents.

E. Supervise performance of Work in such manner and by such means to ensure that Work, whether completed or in progress, will not be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction period.

1.3 TOLERANCES
A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work.

Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.

B. Comply with manufacturers' recommended tolerances and tolerance requirements in reference standards. When such tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.

C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2

1.4 REFERENCES
A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of standard except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current as of date for receiving Bids except where specific date is established by code.

C. Obtain copies of standards and maintain on Site when required by product Specification Sections.

D. When requirements of indicated reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding.

E. Neither contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of parties in Contract nor those of Engineer shall be altered from Contract Documents by mention or inference in reference documents.

1.5 LABELING
A. Attach label from agency approved by authorities having jurisdiction for products, assemblies, and systems required to be labeled by applicable code.

B. Label Information: Include manufacturer's or fabricator's identification, approved agency identification, and the following information, as applicable, on each label:

1. Model number.

2. Serial number.

3. Performance characteristics.

C. Manufacturer's Nameplates, Trademarks, Logos, and Other Identifying Marks on Products: Not allowed on surfaces exposed to view in public areas, interior or exterior.

1.6 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
A. Owner’s Field Representative will be responsible for inspection.

B. Owner’s reserves the right to test any of the Contractor’s work.

C. Owner will employ and pay for specified services through Owner’s staff or an independent firm to perform testing and inspection as required.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor is responsible for quality control and shall establish and maintain an effective quality control system in compliance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor’s Quality Control shall consist of plans, procedures, and organization necessary to produce an end product that complies with the Contract requirements. The system shall cover all construction operations, both on-site and off-site, and shall be keyed to the proposed construction sequence.

The site project superintendent shall be held responsible for the quality of work on the job and is subject to removal by the Owner for non-compliance with the quality requirements specified in the Contract. The site project superintendent in this context shall be the highest -level manager responsible for the overall construction activities at the site, including quality and production. The site project superintendent shall maintain a physical presence at the site at all times, except as otherwise acceptable to the Owner, and shall be responsible for all construction and construction-related activities at the site.

END OF SECTION 014000
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND PERMITS 014100 - 1

SECTION 014100 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND PERMITS
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall comply with all the terms, conditions and requirements attached to all permits, bonds and licenses required by any local, state, or federal agencies to perform work, construct, erect, test and start-up of any equipment or facility for this Contract. The Contractor shall give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the Work.

B. Any permits, bonds, licenses and fees therefore required for the performance of work under this Contract and not specifically mentioned herein as being obtained and paid for by the City shall be included in the Contractor's Bid price. The Contractor shall apply for and obtain all safety permits for excavations, tunneling, trenches, construction (building structure, scaffolding, or falsework) and demolition required by CAL/OSHA.

C. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses necessary for the performance of the Contract that have not been provided by the City, and shall give all public notices necessary for the lawful performance of the Contract. All permits, licenses, and other authorizations shall be obtained in sufficient time to prevent delays to the work; and a copy of each permit, license, or other authorization shall be submitted to the Construction Manager.

D. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all environmental permits or use permits required for easements to land being used for the Contractor’s own convenience. Any delays to the Project resulting from the lack of these additional permits or the Contractor’s failure to follow permit requirements will not be the responsibility of the Owner and the Contractor will not be granted any extension of time or additional compensation for such delays.

E. Where permits and/or licenses require subsequent contingent permits, inspections, or other actions, the Contractor shall comply with these requirements at no additional cost to the City, except that the inspection fees charged by regulatory or permitting agencies shall be paid by the City. However, if the inspection fee is due to noncompliance with the permit requirements, such inspection fee shall be paid by the Contractor.

F. The Contractor shall post at the site of Work all required permits as stipulated by the respective regulatory agency.

1.2 LOCAL AGENCY AND PERMITS
A. The City is not responsible for any local agency or utility permits required for temporary facilities during construction such as field office trailers and temporary electrical service for construction operations. Obtaining all such permits and the costs associated with such permits are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid Price.

1.3 UTILITY FEES AND PERMITS
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND PERMITS 014100 - 2

A. The City will pay for electrical, telephone, gas and other utility-company design, engineering, connection, and relocations fees imposed by various companies for the work. Payment of fees by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to obtain and coordinate permits and comply with all utility company requirements. All permits, licenses, and other authorizations shall be secured in sufficient time to prevent delays to the work.

1.4 ENCROACHMENT PERMITS
A. The Owner has obtained encroachment permits from the Central Valley Flood Protection Board for the project. Copies of the permits are included in Reference A. The Contractor shall comply with the conditions of these permits, except where the Technical Specifications specify criteria that are more stringent.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. STATE DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND WILDLIFE AGREEMENT

1. The agreement with the California Department of Fish and Wildlife is part of this Contract. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of this agreement, which may include signing the Agreement (together with the Owner) prior to commencement of work. A copy of the Agreement can be found in the References.

B. DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY PERMIT

1. The Department of the Army authorization pursuant to Section 404 of the Clean Water Act is part of the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with the terms and conditions and is responsible for implementing all requirements and obligations included in this permit. A copy of the permit is included in the Reference section.

C. U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

1. A Biological Opinion has been issued by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. The Contractor shall comply with the terms and conditions and is responsible for implementing all requirements and obligations included in the opinion. A copy of the Biological Opinion is included in the References.

D. CLEAN WATER ACT SECTION 401 WATER QUALITY CERTIFICATION

1. The California Regional Water Quality Control Board’s Clean Water Act Section 401 Water Quality Certification is part of this Contract. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of this certification. A copy of the permit is included in the References section.

E. Stop Work Authority

1. The Owner’s biologist shall have the authority to immediately stop any activity that is not in compliance with the permits, and/or order any reasonable measure to avoid the unauthorized take of an individual of the Covered Species (e.g., giant garter snake, Swainson’s hawk, valley elderberry longhorn beetle, Federally - and State- listed fish).

F. Provisions Regarding Maintaining Minimum Flood Protection During Construction

1. The Contractor shall not begin activities that reduce the level of flood protection, as determined by the Owner, prior to April 15. The Contractor shall have all levee REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND PERMITS 014100 - 3

improvements planned for the 202 2 construction season completed by November 1, 2022. The Contractor shall not disturb the existing levee system beyond the limits of completed levee construction where applicable after November 1, 2022.

G. Protocols for Avoiding and Minimizing Impacts to Wetlands and Sensitive Habitats

1. All fueling and maintenance of vehicles and other equipment shall occur at designated refueling and staging areas located on the crown or landside of the levee and at least 50 feet from active stream channels or other water bodies. All refueling, maintenance, and staging of equipment and vehicles shall be conducted in a location where a spill shall not drain directly toward aquatic habitat.

2. Every reasonable precaution shall be exercised to protect streams and other waters from pollution with fuels, oils, and other harmful materials. Safer alternative products (such as biodegradable hydraulic fluids) shall be used where feasible.

Petroleum pro ducts, chemicals, fresh cement, and construction by -products containing, or water contaminated by, any such materials shall be prevented from contaminating the soil, shall not be allowed to enter surface waters, and shall be collected and transported to an authorized upland disposal area.

3. A written spill prevention and control plan (SPCP) shall be prepared and implemented. The SPCP and all material necessary for its implementation shall be accessible on -site prior to initiation of project construction and throughout the construction period. The SPCP shall include a plan for the emergency cleanup of any spills of fuel or other material. Employees/construction workers shall be provided the necessary information from the SPCP to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants from construction ac tivities to waters and to use the appropriate measures should a spill occur. In the event of a spill, work shall stop immediately and the California Department of Fish and Wildlife, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Marine Fisheries Service, Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board, and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers shall be notified within 24 hours.

4. All materials placed in streams, rivers, or other waters shall be nontoxic and shall not contain coatings or treatments or consist of substances deleterious to aquatic organisms that may leach into the surrounding environment in amounts harmful to aquatic organisms.

5. In-water construction activities shall be conducted within in -water work windows to avoid impacts to critical salmonid life stages (juvenile rearing, and juvenile and adult passage), typically from June through October.

6. Natural woody riparian habitat shall be avoided to the maximum extent practicable.

Habitat to be avoided shall be temporarily fenced and designated as environmentally sensitive areas. These areas shall be avoided by all construction personnel.

7. Screens shall be installed on any construction-related water pump intakes located on waterways with salmonids in accordance with current salmonid screening specifications of National Marine Fisheries Service and California Department of Fish and Wildlife.

H. ARCHAEOLOGICAL, PALEONTOLOGICAL, AND CULTURAL RESOURCES

1. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions in the Specifications and the additional requirements herein.

2. Project personnel shall not collect archaeological or paleontological material found on the project site.

3. In the event that a cultural or paleontological resource is inadvertently discovered REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND PERMITS 014100 - 4

during Project activities, work must be halted within 100 feet of the find and a qualified archaeologist or paleontologist notified immediately so that its potential significance can be assessed. Construction activities may continue in other areas, but may not resume in the area of the find until the lead agency provides written permission. If the discovery proves to be significant, additional work, such as data recovery excavation, may be warranted and would be discussed in consultation with the lead agenc y affiliated tribal organizations, and any other relevant regulatory agencies or invested parties, as appropriate.

1.6 PERMITS TO BE OBTAINED BY CONTRACTOR
A. State of California Department of Industrial Relations Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Cal/OSHA) – Construction Activities Permit. The Contractor shall obtain a Construction Activity Permit from Cal/OSHA for excavations and pipeline trenches greater than five (5) feet deep into which construction personnel will enter. To obtain the permit, the Contractor shall schedule and attend a safety permit conference with the nearest Cal/OSHA City office. At the conference, the Contractor shall provi de enough project details that Cal/OSHA can make a determination that the work will be performed safely.

B. Sacramento Air Quality Management District. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable District Rules and Regulations. Permits required for the installation of the standby generators will be obtained by the Contractor.

1.7 PERMIT-REQUIRED INSPECTION COSTS
A. Contractor shall pay the cost of inspection by Permit Issuer for work that is required by permit conditions to be performed on weekends or outside normal working hours. See individual permits for inspection requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
PART 4 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 014100
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 014213 - 1

SECTION 014213 - ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

1.1 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS . This section defines abbreviations that are commonly used in the Contact Documents. It is not intended to be all inclusive, refer to the Contract Documents for specific defined abbreviations and symbols.

Whenever a reference is made in the Contract Documents to a specification or test designation either of the A.S.T.M., the A.A.S.H.T.O., the A.W.W.A., the Federal Specifications, or any other recognized national organization or State of California agency, and the number or other identification representing the year of adoption or latest revision is omitted, it shall mean the specification or test designation in effect on the day the Notice Inviting Bids for the Work was dated.

Abbreviations for standards and organizations commonly used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows:

AAN American Association of Nurserymen
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AB Aggregate Base
AC Asphalt Concrete
ACP Asbestos Concrete Pipe
ACI American Concrete Institute
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APA American Plywood Association
ASA American Standards Association
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
ATSSA American Traffic Safety Services Association
AWG American Wire Gage
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BMP Best Management Practice
Cal-OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration Caltrans California Department of Transportation
CBC California Building Code
CEQA California Environmental Quality Act
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CICP Construction Incentive Change Proposal
CIH Certified Industrial Hygienist
CIP Cast-In-Place
CL Centerline
CMU Concrete Masonry Unit
CCO Contract Change Order
CPL Contractor’s Pollution Liability
CPM Critical Path Method
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 014213 - 2

CRM Crumb Rubber Modifier
CSI Construction Specifications Institute
CSSP Contract Specific Safety Plan
CSWP Code of Safe Work Practices
CY Cubic Yards
DEWR Daily Extra Work Report
DBE Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
DI Drop Inlet
EA Each
ETW Edge of the Traveled Way
ESCP Erosion and Sediment Control Program
EP Edge of Pavement
F Fahrenheit
FHWA Federal Highway Administration
FRAQMD Feather River Air Quality Management District
FS Federal Specifications
HDPE High Density Polyethylene
HECP Hazardous Energy Control Plan
ICC International Code Council
IIPP Injury Illness Prevention Program
Inv Invert
ISA International Society of Arboriculture
ISO Insurance Services Office
ITE Institute of Transportation Engineers
LB Pound
LF Linear Feet
LS Lump Sum
M&O Maintenance and Operations
MUTCD Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices – latest California version NESHAPS National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
NOPC Notice of Potential Claim
NPDES National Pollution Discharge Elimination System
NPT National Pipe Thread Taper
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
NTP Notice to Proceed
O&M Operation and Maintenance
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act
PCC Portland Cement Concrete
PEL Permissible Exposure Limit
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PSI Pounds Per Square Inch
PSIG Pounds Per Square Inch, Gauge
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 014213 - 3

QA Quality Assurance
QC Quality Control
QSD Qualified SWPPP Developer
QSP Qualified SWPPP Practitioner
RFI Request for Information
RSP Rock Slope Protection
RWQCB Regional Water Quality Control Board
SD Storm Drain
SDS Safety Data Sheets
SF Square Foot/Feet
SMAQMD Sacramento Metropolitan Air Quality Management District SPCC Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure
SPCP Spill Prevention and Control Plan
SS Sanitary Sewer
STA Station
SWPPP Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
SWRCB State Water Resources Control Board
TCP Traffic Control Plan
TIA Time Impact Analysis
Title 8 Title 8 (Construction Safety Orders) of the California Code of Regulations Title 19 Title 19 (Public Safety) of the California Code of Regulations Title 24 Title 24 (Building Standards) of the California Code of Regulations TOC Top of Curb
TSO Tunneling Safety Orders
TSP Tunnel Safety Plan
TSSP Task Specific Safety Plan
TTB Temporary Traffic Barrier
Typ. Typical
UL Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.

UBS Uniform Building Code (latest edition adopted by Agency) USBR United States Bureau of Reclamation
UMC Uniform Mechanical Code (latest edition adopted by Agency) UPC Uniform Plumbing Code (latest edition adopted by Agency) U.S.C. United States Code
VELB Valley Elderberry Longhorn Beetle
WCLA West Coast Lumbermen’s Association
WDID Waste Discharge Identification Number
WIC Woodwork Institute of California
WPCM Water Pollution Control Manager
WPCP Water Pollution Control Program
WSP Welded Steel Pipe
END OF SECTION 014213
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 014213 - 4

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
QUALITY CONTROL 014500 - 1

SECTION 014500 - QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services, field inspections and field testing of civil and structural constructs required for this project.

Contractor is responsible for the quality assurance and quality control of their respective work.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality Control System (QCS): The quality control, assurance, and inspection system established and carried out to ensure compliance with the Plans and Specifications.

B. QCS Supervisor: That person in responsible charge of the work occurring, as designated by the Contractor in the QCS Plan.

C. QCS Inspector: Responsible, certified personnel inspecting the various constructs at specified milestones and during the project overall and designated by the Construction Manager. The Special Inspector is part of the QCS Inspector team.

D. Factory Test: Tests made on various materials, products and component parts prior to shipment to the job site.

E. Field Tests: Tests and analyses made at or in the vicinity of the job site in connection with the actual construction.

F. Certified Inspection Report: Reports signed by approved inspectors attesting that the items inspected meet the specification requirements other than any exceptions included in the report G. Certificate of Compliance: Certificate from the manufacturer of the material or equipment identifying said manufacturer, product and referenced standard, and shall be signed by a designated officer of the manufacturer.

H. Standard Compliance: Condition whereby specified materials or equipment must conform to the standards of organizations such as the American National Standard Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or similar organization.

I. Quality Assurance: The day-to-day, in-process supervisory observations of work and materials conducted by the Contractor to assure that the proper methods and materials are being used and installed by tradesmen.

J. Source Quality Control: The in -process testing and inspections conducted by the QCS Inspector(s) to verify that the materials, equipment, workmanship and shop manufactured constructs are in compliance with the Contract Documents, applicable Codes and standards.

QUALITY CONTROL 014500 - 2

K. Field Quality Control: The testing and inspections conducted by the QCS Inspector(s) in the field during and at the completion of each construct to verify that the in -process and completed construction is in compliance with the Contract Documents, applicable Codes and standards.

1.3 REFERENCES
A. This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards, those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

B. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of Request for Proposals (or on the effective date of the Agreement if there were no Proposals). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization, or if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued, or replaced.

Reference Title
ASTM C102 Practice for Laboratories Engaged in the Testing of Building Sealants.

ASTM C802 Practice for Conducting an Inter -Laboratory Test Program to Determine the Precision of Test Methods for Construction.

ASTM C1093 Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry.

ASTM D3740 Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.

ASTM D4561 Practice for Quality Control Systems for an Inspection and testing Agency for Bituminous Paving Materials.

ASTM E329 Practice for Use in the Evaluation of Inspection and Testing Agencies as Used in Construction.

CBC 2016 California Building Code

1.4 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Monitor quality assurance over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality.

B. Coordinate with, schedule specified inspections by, and provide normal and customary assistance to the QCS Inspectors.

C. Comply fully with manufacturers’ instructions, including each step in sequence.

QUALITY CONTROL 014500 - 3

D. Should manufacturers’ instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification before proceeding from Construction Manager.

E. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

F. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. General:

1. Comply with all Federal, State, and local Codes as referenced herein. Such regulations apply to activities including, but not limited to, sitework and zoning, building practices and quality, on and offsite disposal, safety, sanitation, nuisance, and environmental quality.

B. Special Inspection:

1. The City will retain and pay for an independent company to conduct required Special Inspection. The Contractor is responsible for completing corrective actions identified through the inspections at no additional cost to the City.

2. The Contractor shall provide a minimum 24-hour notice to the City prior to any work that requires special inspection.

3. A Final Report of Special Inspections signed by the responsible engineer of the special inspection agency documenting required special inspections, testing and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy (CBC Section 1704.3). The Final Report shall document required special inspections performed and correction of discrepancies noted in inspections.

4. Special Inspection is in addition to, but not replacing, other inspections and quality control requirements herein. Where sampling and testing required herein conforms to Special Inspection standards, such sampling and testing need not be duplicated.

C. Structural Observation:

1. Engineer shall make visual inspections of the work to assess general conformance with the Contract Documents at significant construction stages and at completion of the structural system. The QCS shall include a preliminary set of Structural Observations and what items are expected to be observed. Contractor shall request this preliminary set from Engineer through Construction Manager and submit as part of their QCS submittal.

2. The following structural milestones shall be considered significant construction stages:
a. Structure fill and deep foundations including piling. b. Foundations prepared for concrete placement, including grade beams, pile caps, strip, matt and pad footings, and monolithic slabs on grade. c. Preparation of concrete, water-retaining walls prior to placement of concrete. d. Completion of bearing walls prior to cover-up with nonstructural elements, including concrete, masonry, cold formed steel, and lumber.
e. Roof and floor framing, including framed and sheathed systems, slabs, and composite systems.
f. Completion of lateral force resisting system elements not included in the above categories including moment connections, bracing, diaphragms, or other.

QUALITY CONTROL 014500 - 4

g. Completion of structural system after all significant architectural, mechanical, plumbing, heating/ventilation equipment, electrical, and finish elements are installed.

1.6 FIELD SAMPLE PROCEDURES
A. When field samples are specified in a unit of work, construct each field sample to include work of all trades required to complete the field sample prior to starting related field work. Field samples may be incorporated into the project after acceptance by Construction Manager. Remove unacceptable field samples when directed by Construction Manager. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the work.

1.7 MANUFACTURERS’ FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS
A. When specified in individual specification sections, product suppliers or manufacturers shall provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start -up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to provide instructions when necessary. Contractor shall submit qualifications of observer to Construction Manager 30 days in advance of required observations.

QCS Inspector shall record observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers’ written instructions.

1.8 JOB SITE CONDITIONS
A. Schedule to ensure all preparatory work has been accomplished prior to proceeding with current work. Proceeding with the work constitutes acceptance of conditions. Allow adequate time for materials susceptible to temperature and humidity to “stabilize” prior to installation. Establish and maintain environmental conditions (i.e., temperature, humidity, lighting) as recommended by the various material manufacturers for the duration of the work.

1.9 SUBMITTALS
A. The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 013300, Submittal Procedures:

1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included, with each paragraph check- marked to indicate specification compliance or marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements. Check marks () shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole. If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by the Contractor, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The Engineer shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the Contractor with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any requested deviations to the specification requirements, QUALITY CONTROL 014500 - 5

with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration.

2. Written description of Contractor’s proposed QCS plan in sufficient detail to illustrate understanding and approach. The QCS plan and submittal shall include a log showing anticipated inspections, Special Inspections, and source and field Quality Assurance procedures. Preliminary submittal of the QCS plan may be made prior to commencing field work. The preliminary submittal will illustrate the project’s initial three (3) month’s work, and be followed one month later by a final QCS plan submittal.

3. Contractor’s proposed QCS Supervisor, qualifications, and if requested, references.

4. Preliminary structural observation set as described in paragraph 1.05 Structural Observation.

5. Complete structural system information describing Contractor designed structural systems, including sealed calculations, shop and erection drawings, product literature for the various components, ICBO Evaluation Reports for structural components, and a discussion of risk issues associated with the proposed system which could adversely impact overall project completion.

6. If requested by the Construction Manager during the work, manufacturer’s field services and reports. If not so requested, treat same as Product Data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor Responsibilities:

1. Provide source quality control according to the reviewed and accepted QCS plan and paragraph 1.04 herein. Coordinate with Construction Manager to facilitate the work of the Testing Laboratory and Special Inspectors. Provide ready access to sampling and inspection locations and incidental labor customary in such sampling and inspections.

Timely prepare and submit submittals, and revise as indicated by review comments.

Comply with technical requirements in each specification Section that applies to the work.

B. Construction Manager Responsibilities:

1. Review Contractor’s tracking of QCS activities at monthly meetings. Facilitate completion of submittal review per Section 013300, Submittal Procedures. Assist Contractor to ensure that Special Inspection occurs where and when specified.

C. Acceptance Criteria:

1. Acceptable characteristics and quality of a particular item or construct is defined in that item’s or construct’s specification Section.

2.2 PRODUCT DATA
A. The following product data shall be provided in accordance with 01 30 00, Submittal Procedures.

1. Manufacturers’ field services and reports unless requested by Construction Manager to be submitted for review.

2. Special Inspection reports, unless otherwise directed in each technical specification Section.

QUALITY CONTROL 014500 - 6

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field quality control responsibilities of the Contractor and the City are substantially the same as described in paragraph 2.01, with the exception that this work occurs primarily on the jobsite as the work progresses, and Special Inspection will occur more often than at the source.

B. Compaction testing per Division 31 and testing of concrete per Division 3 shall be provided by the City at no cost to the Contractor unless the initial testing fails in which case the cost to retest shall be borne by the Contractor.

C. Acceptable characteristics and quality of a particular item or construct is defined in that item’s or construct’s specification Section.

3.2 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE – SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
A. The following types of work require Special Inspection according to Chapter 17 of the IBC and each system’s specification Section:

1. Structure Fill.

2. Deep foundations including piling.

3. Structural concrete and reinforcing.

4. Anchor bolts and post-installed anchor systems.

5. Masonry systems, complete.

6. Structural steel and aluminum including connections.

7. Cold formed structural steel including connections.

8. Steel deck and wood sheathing.

9. Structural lumber including sawn and manufactured including connections.

10. All components of the lateral force resisting system not included in the above.

B. Refer to the Contract Drawings and individual specification sections for Testing, Laboratory sampling, testing and reporting, much of which is conforming to Special Inspection requirements, and need not be replicated.

C. Contractor designed structural systems are subject to the same Special Inspection requirements as all other work.

3.3 CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Defective Work shall be modified, replaced, repaired or redone by the Contractor at no change in Contract Price or Contract Time. Acceptance of Defective Work, without specific written acknowledgement and approval of the City, shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to correct such Work. Should the City determine that it is not feasible or in the City's interest to require Defective Work to be repaired or replaced, an equitable reduction in Contract Sum shall be made by agreement between the City and Contractor. If equitable amount cannot be agreed upon, a Construction Change Directive will be issued and the amount in dispute resolved in accordance with the Contract Documents. The City and the City's consultants disclaim any and all responsibility for Work produced not in conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.

QUALITY CONTROL 014500 - 7

Contractor shall have full responsibility for all consequences resulting from Defective Work, including without limitation all delays, disruptions, extra inspection and correction costs by Contractor and City and re -Work, and extra time and costs of all types. Contractor waives excuses for defective work relating to the City's prior review of Submittals and/or prior failure to notice Defective Work in place on inspection.

PART 4 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 014500

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 014533 - 1

SECTION 014533 - SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES
PART 1 -- GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. SCOPE:

1. This Section describes the requirements for providing special tests and inspections B. Related sections:

1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all.

2. It is the Contractor’s responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor’s Work.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. REFERENCE STANDARDS: The publications referred to hereinafter form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. The latest edition of referenced publications in effect at the time of the bid shall govern. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and the listed references, the requirements of this section shall prevail.

Reference Title
ASTM C140 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units.

ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry.

ASTM C780 Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry.

ASTM C1019 Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout.

ASTM C1314 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms.

CBC California Building Code
B. DEFINITIONS: (NOT USED)
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 014533 - 2

1.3 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED)

1.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.5 UNIT RESPONSIBILITY (NOT USED)

1.6 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section describes special tests and inspections of structural assemblies and components to be performed in compliance with the CBC.

B. These special tests and inspections are in addition to the requirements specified in Section 014500, and by the individual Sections.

C. The City will employ one or more inspectors who will provide special inspections during construction.

1.7 INSPECTION
A. Duties of Special Inspector:

1. General: Required duties of the Special Instructor are described in the CBC.

1.8 TESTS
A. Selection of the material required to be tested shall be by the City’s Testing Laboratory and not the Contractor.

1.9 SPECIAL TESTING AND INSPECTIONS
A. Testing laboratory: Special tests will be performed by the City’s testing laboratory as specified in Section 014500.

B. City reserves the right to positive material identification tests.

C. Contractor must make materials available for testing.

D. The following types of work require special inspection as described in CBC, Refer to the following verification, testing and inspection schedules.

1. Attachment A, Cast-In-Place Concrete Special Inspection Schedule.

2. Attachment B, Soils Verification And Inspection Schedule.

PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 014533 - 3

2.1 NOT USED.

PART 3 -- EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL (NOT USED)

3.2 INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.3 TESTING (NOT USED)

3.4 TRAINING (NOT USED)

3.5 SCHEDULE
A. The Contractor shall allow time necessary for Special Inspections as listed above.

B. Sufficient notice shall be given so that the Special Inspections can be performed. This includes time for off-site Special Inspectors to plan the inspection and travel to site.

3.6 PROCEDURE
A. The Special Inspector will immediately notify the City of any corrections required and follow notification with appropriate documentation.

B. The Contractor shall not proceed until the work is satisfactory to the City.

END OF SECTION 014533
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 014533 - 4

ATTACHMENT A

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE

Verification and Inspection Reference
Standard
Frequency of Inspection
Continuous
During Task
Listed
Periodic
During
Task
Listed

1. Inspection of reinforcing steel, including
prestressing tendons, and placement.
– X

2. Inspection of reinforcing steel welding. IBC Table
1704.3, Item 5B
– –

3. Inspect bolts to be installed in concrete
prior to and during placement of
concrete.

X –

4. Verifying use of required design mix. – X

5. At the time fresh concrete is sampled to
fabricate specimens for strength tests,
perform slump and air content tests, and
determine the temperature of the
concrete.

X –

6. Inspection of concrete and shotcrete
placement for proper application
techniques.

X –

7. Inspection for maintenance of specified
curing temperature and techniques.
– X
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 014533 - 5

ATTACHMENT B

SOILS VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION SCHEDULE

Verification and Inspection Reference
Standard
Frequency of Inspection
Continuous
During Task
Listed
Periodic
During
Task
Listed

1. Verify materials below footings are
adequate to achieve the design bearing
capacity.
– X

2. Verify excavations are extended to
proper depth and have reached proper
material.
– X

3. Perform classification and testing of
controlled fill materials.
– X

4. Verify use of proper materials, densities,
and lift thicknesses during placement
and compaction of controlled fill.

X –

5. Prior to placement of controlled fill,
observe subgrade and verify that site has
been prepared properly.
– X

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1
SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General Requirements.

B. Temporary facilities .

C. Temporary Utilities:

1. Temporary sanitary facilities.

D. Construction Facilities:

1. Vehicular access.

2. Progress cleaning and waste removal.

3. Traffic regulation.

E. Temporary Controls:

1. Barriers.

2. Enclosures and fencing.

3. Security.

4. Water control.

5. Dust control.

6. Erosion and sediment control.

7. Noise control.

9. Pollution control.

10. Storm water quality control.

F. Removal of utilities, facilities, and controls.

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Site Plan

1. The Contractor shall prepare a site plan indicating the proposed location and dimensions of any area to be fenced and used by the Contractor, avenues of ingress/egress to the fenced area, details of fence installation, and security details. Any areas that may have to be graveled to prevent the tracking of mud shall also be identified. The site plan shall include a layout for all temporary offices, sanitary facilities, storage buildings, storage yards, temporary water service and distribution, equipment fueling, and temporary power service and distribution.

2. If supplemental sites are determined to be necessary, they must be near the project and the Contractor must make all arrangements including, but not limited to, clearance of non-sensitive archeological and environmental sites at the Contractor's expense.

Supplemental sites must be approved by the Owner prior to use.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2
B. Identification of Employees

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing to each employee, and for requiring each employee engaged on the work to display, identification as approved and directed by the Owner. Prescribed identification shall immediately be delivered to the Owner for cancellation upon release of any employee. When required, the Contractor shall obtain and provide fingerprints of persons employed on the Project. The Contractor and subcontractor personnel shall wear identifying markings on hard hats clearly identifying the company for whom the employee works.

C. Site Access

1. Site access to the Project area shall be limited to the locations shown on the Plans.

2. Use of the access points will be limited to trucks and other vehicles that can safely use the access without requiring upgrades to existing driveways and ramps that lead to the levee crowns from the roads. Traffic control shall be provided at all points of ingress and egress in accordance with the approved Traffic Control Plan.

D. Employee Parking

1. Contractor employees shall park vehicles, excluding construction equipment, in designated staging areas, or in other locations approved in advance by the Owner.

Wherever possible, these areas shall be within walking distance of the construction site.

Contractor employee parking shall not interfere with existing and established roadways and private property in the Project area.

E. Site Maintenance

1. The Contractor shall keep the work site clean and free from rubbish and debris. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site when they are no longer necessary. Upon completion of the work and before final acceptance, the work site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish to present a clean and neat appearance.

2. Waste material of any kind will not be permitted to remain on the Site of the Work or on adjacent streets. Immediately upon such materials becoming unfit for use in the Work, they shall be collected, carried off the Site and disposed of by the Contractor. Paper and trash that can be carried by wind shall be placed in sealed containers.

3. The Contractor shall keep all buildings occupied by the Contractor clear of all refuse, rubbish and debris that may accumulate from any source and shall keep them in a neat condition to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager.

4. In the event that waste material, refuse, debris and/or rubbish are not so removed from the Project Site by the Contractor, the City reserves the right to have the waste material, refuse, debris and/or rubbish removed and the expense of the removal and disposal charged to the Contractor.

5. Paints, solvents, and other construction materials shall be handled with care to prevent entry of contaminants into storm drains, surface waters, or soils.

1.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Coordinate provisions and provide the following items as necessary for execution of the Work including associated costs:

1. Temporary barriers, barricades, covered walkways, fencing, exterior closures, and interior closures.

2. Cleaning during construction.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3

3. Temporary sanitary facilities.

4. Construction aids.

5. Temporary dust control, erosion and sediment control, water control, noise control, and other necessary temporary controls.

6. Temporary barriers, barricades, and similar devices as necessary for safety and protection of construction personnel and public.

7. Temporary tree and plant protection.

8. Temporary provisions for protection of installed Work.

1.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide facilities at time of Project mobilization.

B. At end of construction, return existing facilities used for construction operations to same or better condition as original condition.

1.5 VEHICULAR ACCESS
A. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles within public rights of way.

1.6 SAFETY AND MANAGEMENT OF TRANSIENT POPULATION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of the public during the course of construction. In particular, the project site is a known location of a substantial transient population. Prior to the commencement of construction activities, the Contractor shall submit a plan depicting proposed phasing, signage, fencing, and other protective measures to provide for the safety of the public and transient community. The Contractor shall work with local law enforcement and Sacramento Steps Forward during the course of construction.

B. The plan shall include the following:

1. Work zones in which the transient population shall be excluded during the various phases of construction.

2. Exclusionary fencing locations.

3. Proposed signage to be placed, including frequency of signage.

4. Locations within then project limits that shall remain open to the public during periods of non-construction activity during various phases of construction.

5. Identification of public access and path of travel during various phases of construction.

C. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of seven calendar days’ notice via posted signage and public outreach prior to requesting enforcement of relocation of transient persons from the excluded phases of the work.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4

1.7 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain Site in clean and orderly condition.

B. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from Site daily and dispose of off-Site.

Comply with Section 017419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal.

1.8 BARRIERS
A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations .

B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by authorities having jurisdiction for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing homes and buildings.

C. Protect non -owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.

1.9 ENCLOSURES AND FENCING
A. Temporary Protective Fencing

1. Not later than 15 calendar days after notice to proceed and prior to the start of ground disturbing activities, the Contractor shall furnish and erect temporary protective fencing at the work sit. Temporary protective fencing shall be orange -colored, high density polyethylene grid or approved equal with a minimum height of fencing of 42 inches. The fencing shall be tightly secured to steel posts located on maximum 10 foot centers. The fencing shall be maintained by the Contractor during the life of the contract. Upon completion and acceptance of the work, the fencing shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the work site.

B. Project Safety Fencing

1. Due to the residential nature of the area and local transient population, suitable safety fencing shall surround all work sites, particularly when open slurry wall trenches are present. Fencing may be moveable to move with the construction operation. Fencing shall be closed and locked at night or when construction is inactive at the site.

1.10 SECURITY
A. Security Program:

1. Protect Work from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry.

2. Initiate program at Project mobilization.

3. Maintain program throughout construction period.

4. The Contractor shall take care to protect and operate the existing gates that control access to the Project right -of-way in conformance with the Owner requirements. These requirements include preventing passage through the gates of unauthorized persons and equipment during periods of Contractor use and locking the gates during non - construction periods.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5

1.11 WATER CONTROL
A. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain necessary pumping equipment.

B. Pump Removal for Sump Access

1. The Contractor shall develop a plan to remove or rotate the existing pumps at each of the sumps to facilitate access as needed for pipe removal and replacement. The contractor is responsible for all activity associated with removing and/or rotating pumps and electrical connections.

C. In-Water Work

1. In-water work is defined as any activity disturbing the bed or banks of the active river channel. In -water work may only be performed from July 1 to October 31.

The limits of in-water work, including all bank modifications and rock placement, shall be restricted to the minimum necessary to install the Rock Toe Protection and Planting Benches to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. To the extent feasible all in - water work will be conducted by equipment operating from dry areas outside the river channel.

Prior to conducting any in-water work, the Contractor shall install a Type 2 or Type 3 turbidity curtain that completely isolates the work area from the active low -flow river channel. Turbidity levels riverside and downstream of the installed turbidity curtain shall remain within the limits specified in the 401 Water Quality Certification.

2. Turbidity Curtain:
a. Turbidity curtain shall be classified as Type 2 DOT or greater, and shall meet or exceed the following material specifications:
1) Fabric: 20 oz/square yard PVC -coated polyester.
2) Float: 8-inch diameter expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam in individually sealed float pockets.
b. Top tension: 5/16 -inch galvanized steel cable
c. Bottom tension/ballast : 5/16-inch galvanized steel chain, 1.0 lb/foot weight. d. End connections: High-tensile-strength aluminum universal connector at float and top tension cable. 3/8 -inch stainless steel locking pins. Lacing grommets on reinforced fabric on lower skirt. Chain ends shackled section -to-section. e. Section length : 50 feet minimum.
f. Skirt depth : Minimum necessary to conform to channel bottom along install location.

3. The turbidity curtain shall be installed to withstand typical wave action. If the barrier is damaged or its function is compromised, work shall be halted until repairs are completed.

If the barrier is overtopped by wave action, work shall cease until conditions improve.

A maximum shoreline length of 500 feet may be isolated by one continuous turbidity curtain. Multiple cells of in -water work area are permissible provided they function TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6
independently and are completely isolated by turbidity curtains to meet this length limitation.

D. Dewatering

1. Contractor shall apply for and obtain all applicable discharge permits, including paying any permit fees. Comply with applicable discharge permits. Conduct all mandatory water quality testing of groundwater and receiving surface waters (i.e. land application for discharge water) in accordance with the applicable dewatering permit.

E. Cofferdam

1. Contractor shall submit a complete design package for a cofferdam system, including drawings and calculations that bear the stamp and signature of a Registered Professional Engineer in the state of California, shall be submitted for review and approval by the Engineer. Dates should be suggested by the contractor for each of these phases that would allow adequate time for review and not hold up approval and procurement of material to the point of impacting the overall construction schedule.

2. Cofferdam system shall meet the following performance criteria:
a. Cofferdam type: Inflatable system such as AquaBarrier or approved alternative b. Maximum retained water height: 6 ft
c. Minimum barrier overlap length: 12 ft
d. Installation configuration: per Drawings.

3. Installation and removal of cofferdam system shall comply with all manufacturer recommendations.

1.12 SUMP BYPASS PLAN – SUMP 089
A. Sump 089 is a storm drain pump station that consists of 4 pumps and associated piping to discharge stormwater over the levee. Table 1 details the existing components of each pump.

Table 1. Sump 089 Pumps
Description Flow Horsepower RPM TDH Discharge Piping
Pump 1 34,000 gpm 250 HP 585 36 ft 42”
Pump 2 34,000 gpm 250 HP 585 36 ft 42”
Pump 3 34,000 gpm 250 HP 585 36 ft 42”
Pump 4 6,000 gpm 50 HP 1175 30 ft 18”

A. The pump station is owned and operated by the City of Sacramento. All construction work shall be coordinated through the Operations Manager with the City. The contact information is as follows:

Simon Wan
City of Sacramento
(916) 808 -4023 (Office)
(916) 382-6456 (Cell)
B. Standby bypass pumping and piping shall be required to be available on site for the duration of construction activities at Sump 089. Full station capacity bypass pumping is not required except for construction between October 1 and April 30 .

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7
C. When all pumps are out of service, the Contractor shall provide a temporary low flow pump with the capacity of 2,000 gpm to be installed and operational 24 hours, a day 7 days a week.

Temporary low flow systems installed must allow for construction access as well as City Operations access during construction activities at Sump 089.

D. The temporary low flow and standby pipelines shall include air release/vacuum valves at all high points and be sized to maintain the hydraulic performance as identified. The temporary low flow system shall be designed to operate automatically on the same sump level as the existing pump system is operated. The Contractor may use the existing low flow pump if all temporary low flow criteria described are met. The standby bypass and temporary low flow pumping systems must be designed based on the following considerations:

1. Distance between centerline of wet well to discharge structure: ~100 ft

2. Existing top of levee elevation: ~ 20 ft (NAVD 88)
E. The Contractor is responsible for operation and maintenance of all temporary low flow and standby bypass pumps and piping. The Contractor is also responsible for the power supply for the temporary low flow and standby bypass pumps. Noise limits for power supply must comply with City Ordinance 8.68.

F. Prior to construction at Sump 089, the Contractor shall submit a Bypass Action Plan that is reviewed and approved for the temporary and standby bypass pumping system. The Bypass Action Plan submittal shall include all work for the site including the following:

1. Site Plan

2. Standby Bypass Pipe and Pump size, including pump curve and hydraulic analysis

3. Temporary low flow Pipe and Pump size, including pump curve and hydraulic analysis

4. Construction access plan for temporary pipe

5. Power Source for temporary low flow and standby bypass systems

6. Valves and air release valves

7. Schedule of materials for standby pumping system that must remain on-site dedicated to Sump 089.

G. The maximum time allowed for installation of the standby bypass system shall be 72 hours from the time the Contractor is notified to install the standby bypass pumping system. The Contractor shall begin coordination with the City of Sacramento at least fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed Sump 089 outage or operation of the temporary low flow pump. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Sacramento and provide a 7 -day weather forecast prior to any shutdown and shall provide such forecast daily to the City throughout the construction activities. The City of Sacramento shall have final say on the actual date and time of the shutdown of Sump 089.

1.13 DUST CONTROL
A. Execute Work by methods that minimize raising dust from construction operations.

B. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 8

1.14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.

B. Minimize surface area of bare soil exposed at one time.

C. Provide temporary measures including berms, dikes, drains, and other devices to prevent water flow.

D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts and clays.

E. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation. Promptly apply corrective measures.

F. In addition to the requirements presented in the Specifications, the Contractor shall also implement the following requirements:

1. All disturbed soils shall undergo appropriate erosion control treatment (e.g., sterile straw mulching, seeding, planting) prior to the end of the construction season, or prior to November 1, whichever comes first. If use of erosion control fabrics is necessary, tightly- woven fiber netting (mesh size less than 0.25 -inch) or similar material shall be used to minimize potential for small animals to become entangled. Coconut coir matting is an acceptable erosion control material, but no plastic mono-filament matting shall be used.

The edge of the material shall be buried in the ground to prevent animals from crawling underneath the material.

2. When vegetation removal is required, the disturbed areas shall be replanted or reseeded with native species. If erosion control fabrics are used in revegetated areas, they shall be slit in appropriate locations as necessary to allow for plant root growth.

3. Precautions to minimize turbidity/siltation shall be implemented during construction.

This may require placing barriers (e.g., silt curtains) to prevent silt and/or other deleterious materials from entering downstream reaches. Performance of sediment and turbidity control barriers shall be inspected at least once each day during construction to check that they are functioning properly. Should a control barrier not function effectively, it shall be immediately repaired or replaced. Additional controls shall be installed as necessary. Sediment shall be removed from sediment controls once the sediment has reached 1/3 of the exposed height of the control. Sediment collected in these devices shall be disposed of away from the collection site at designated upland disposal sites.

4. Water containing mud or silt from construction activities shall be treated by filtration, or retention in a settling pond, adequate to prevent muddy water from entering live waterways.

1.15 NOISE CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations.

1.16 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances and pollutants produced by construction operations.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 9
B. Comply with pollution and environmental control requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.17 STORM WATER QUALITY CONTROLS
A. General

1. The 1972 amendments to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act established the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program to control discharges of pollutants from point sources. The 1987 amendments to the Clean Water Act (CWA) created a new section of the CWA devoted to storm water permitting (Section 402(p)). The EPA has delegated permitting authority to the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). The SWRCB issues both general and individual permits. Construction activities are regulated under the NPDES General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) provided the total amount of ground disturbance during construction is greater than or equal to 1 (one) acre. The appropriate Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) enforces the General Permit. Coverage under a General Permit requires the submission of a Notice of Intent (NOI) with the appropriate fee, annual compliance reports, a Notice of Termination (NOT) and preparation of a storm water pollution prevention plan (SWPPP).

2. Construction activity includes, but is not limited to: clearing, grading, demolition, excavation, construction of new structures, pipelines and reconstruction of existing facilities involving removal and replacement that results in soil disturbance. This includes construction access roads, staging areas, storage areas, stockpiles, and any off-site areas which receive run -off from the construction project such as discharge points into a receiving water.

B. Fines

1. If a violation of the permit is due to the Contractor's actions or inactions and a fine is assessed, the Contractor shall be responsible for the fine.

C. Projects Disturbing Less Than 1 -Acre

1. This project has been determined by the Owner to disturb less than 1 -acre; therefore, a NOI, SWPPP, and NOT are not required. The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements for projects disturbing less than 1 -acre.

2. The Contractor shall perform water pollution control work in conformance with the requirements in the Section 303 of the Clean Water Act, the Water Quality Control Plan for the Sacramento River Basin (Central Valley Regional Water Control Board 1998) and in the Sacramento County Stormwater Ordinance.

3. Before the start of job site activities, the Contractor shall provide training for project managers, supervisory personnel, and employees involved with water pollution control work. The training shall include:
a. Rules and regulation
b. Implementation and maintenance for:
1) Temporary Soil Stabilization
2) Temporary Sediment Control
3) Tracking Control
4) Wind Erosion Control

4. The Contractor shall designate in writing a Water Pollution Control Manager (WPCM).

The Contractor shall submit a statement of qualifications describing the training, work history, and expertise of the proposed WPCM. The qualifications shall include either:

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 10
a. Must have attended State Water Resources Control Board sponsored or approved Qualified SWPPP Practitioner training as described at State Water Resources Control Board web site.
b. Certification as a Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC).

5. The WPCM shall be:
a. Responsible for water pollution control work.
b. The primary contact for water pollution control work. c. Have authority to mobilize crews to make immediate repairs to water pollution control practices.

6. The Contractor may designate one manager to prepare the Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) and a different manager to implement the plan. The WPCP preparer shall meet the training requirements for the WPCM.

D. Water Pollution Control Program

1. The Contractor shall submit a Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) to the Owner for approval. The WPCP shall conform to the requirements in the Clean Water Act and these special provisions.

2. The WPCP shall include water pollution control practices:
a. For storm water and non-storm water from areas outside of the job site related to construction activities for the contract.

E. Reporting Requirements

1. If the Contractor identified discharges into surface waters or drainage systems causing or potentially causing pollution or if the project receives a written notice or order from a regulatory agency, the Contractor shall immediately inform the Owner. The Contractor shall submit a written report to the Owner within 7 days of the discharge, notice, or order.

The report shall include the following information:
a. The date, time, location, and nature of the operation, type of discharge and quantity, and the cause of the notice or order.
b. The water pollution control practices used before the discharge, or before receiving the notice or order.
c. The date of placement and type of additional or altered water pollution control practices placed after the discharge or after receiving the notice or order. d. A maintenance schedule for affected water pollution control practices.

1.18 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS
A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, and materials before Substantial Completion.

B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary Work.

C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

1.19 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION
A. Temporary tree protection
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 11

1. The Contractor shall carefully protect existing trees from damage by construction activities. Additional requirements for specific trees may be shown on the Plans or designated in the Contract Documents.

2. Every reasonable effort shall be made to avoid creating conditions adverse to the tree’s health.
a. The natural ground within the dripline of protected trees shall remain undisturbed. b. The dripline area of protected trees shall be identified on the ground by a circle with a radius measurement from the trunk of the tree to the tip of its longest limb. c. No limb shall be cut back in order to change the dripline measurement. d. The area within the dripline is a critical area of the tree’s root zone and defines the minimum protected area of each tree.
e. No vehicles, construction equipment, temporary buildings, supplies, materials or facilities shall be driven, parked, stockpiled or located within the dripline of protected trees.
f. No trees outside the construction limits shall be removed or damaged, unless authorized by the Construction Manager.

3. If a tree is damaged or destroyed by construction (other than those designated for removal), the Contractor shall replace it in species, size and grade with a healthy tree as directed by the Construction Manager. Where it is necessary to replace a tree damaged by construction, the Contractor shall bear all expenses required to establish the replacement tree and paying tree removal fees.

B. Cultivated areas and other surface improvements:

1. All landscaped areas and other surface improvements which are damaged by actions of the Contractor shall be restored.

2. The Contractor shall minimize vegetation removal.

3. Areas shall not be cleared until construction activities require the work.

4. Erosion controls shall be in place prior to clearing and grading activities.

C. Other areas to be protected:

1. Environmentally sensitive areas are indicated in the environmental documents .

2. The Contractor shall erect a protective fence around the area to be protected.

3. The protective fence shall be 4 feet tall, international orange high density polyethylene resin (Visi-Barrier or equal).

4. Posts shall be heavy duty steel T-posts with corrosion resistant coating spaced at 5 feet on centers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used
END OF SECTION 015000
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000 - 1
SECTION 017000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Closeout procedures.

B. Project record documents.

C. Product warranties and product bonds.

D. Final Cleaning.

1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion: Complete following items before requesting Certification of Substantial Completion, either for entire Work or for portions of Work:

1. Submit maintenance manuals, Project record documents, digital images of construction photographs, and other similar final record data in compliance with this Section.

2. Conduct inspection to establish basis for request that Work is substantially complete.

Create comprehensive list (initial punch list) indicating items to be completed or corrected, value of incomplete or nonconforming Work, reason for being incomplete, and date of anticipated completion for each item. Include copy of list with request for Certificate of Substantial Completion.

3. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of material, and similar physical items to Owner.

4. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from Project Site, along with construction tools, mockups, and similar elements.

5. Perform final cleaning according to this Section.

B. Substantial Completion Inspection:

1. When Contractor considers Work to be substantially complete, submit to Engineer:
a. Written certificate that Work, or designated portion, is substantially complete. b. List of items to be completed or corrected (initial punch list).

2. Within 7 days after receipt of request for Substantial Completion, Engineer and Owner will make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is substantially complete.

3. Should Engineer determine that Work is not substantially complete:
a. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, stating reasons for its opinion. b. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies in Work and send second written request for Substantial Completion to Engineer
c. Engineer will reinspect Work.

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000 - 2
d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work: Repeated until Work passes Engineer inspection.

4. When Engineer finds that Work is substantially complete, Engineer will:
a. Prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion , accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected as verified and amended by Engineer and Owner (final punch list).
b. Submit Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in Certificate.

5. After Work is substantially complete, Contractor shall:
a. Allow Owner occupancy of Project under provisions stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion.
b. Complete Work listed for completion or correction within time period stipulated.

C. Prerequisites for Final Completion: Complete following items before requesting final acceptance and final payment.

1. When Contractor considers Work to be complete, submit written certification that:
a. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
b. Work has been examined for compliance with Contract Documents. c. Work has been completed according to Contract Documents. d. Work is completed and ready for final inspection.
e. Final Record Documents are complete.

2. Submittals: Submit following:
a. Final punch list indicating all items have been completed or corrected. b. Final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required.
c. Specified warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, and other similar documents.
d. Accounting statement for final changes to Contract Sum. e. Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts and claims. f. Contractor affidavit of release of liens.
g. Consent of surety to final payment.

3. Perform final cleaning for Contractor-soiled areas according to this Section.

D. Final Completion Inspection:

1. Within seven days after receipt of request for final inspection, Engineer will make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is complete.

2. Should Engineer consider Work to be incomplete or defective:
a. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or defective Work.

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000 - 3
b. Contractor shall remedy stated deficiencies and send second written request to Engineer that Work is complete.
c. Engineer will reinspect Work.
d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work: Repeated until Work passes Engineer’s inspection.

1.3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on Site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:

1. Drawings.

2. Specifications.

3. Addenda.

4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.

5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, product data, and Samples.

6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.

B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.

C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.

D. Record information concurrent with construction progress, not less than weekly.

E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record, at each product Section, description of actual products installed, including the following:

1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.

2. Product substitutions or alternates used.

3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.

F. Record Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction as follows:

1. Include Contract modifications such as Addenda, supplementary instructions, change directives, field orders, minor changes in the Work, and change orders.

2. Include locations of concealed elements of the Work.

3. Identify depth of buried utility lines and provide dimensions showing distances from permanent facility components that are parallel to utilities.

4. Dimension ends, corners, and junctions of buried utilities to permanent facility components using triangulation.

5. Identify and locate existing buried or concealed items encountered during Project.

6. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.

7. Field changes of dimension and detail.

8. Details not on original Drawings.

G. Submit marked -up paper copy documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000 - 4
H. Submit PDF electronic files of marked -up documents to Engineer with claim for final Application for Payment.

1.4 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND PRODUCT BONDS
A. Obtain warranties and bonds executed in by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers within ten days after completion of applicable item of Work.

B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents and bonds from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers.

C. Verify documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.

D. Co-execute submittals when required.

E. Include table of contents and assemble in PDF electronic file.

F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.

G. Time of Submittals:

1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance.

2. Make other submittals within ten days after date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment.

3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as beginning of warranty or bond period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing Site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work.

Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual Specification Sections.

C. Verify that utility services are available with correct characteristics and in correct locations.

3.2 EXECUTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions.

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017000 - 5

3.3 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final Project assessment.

B. Clean Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.

C. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from Site.

END OF SECTION 017000
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 1
SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Construction waste management plan.

1.2 PLAN REQUIREMENTS
A. Develop and implement construction waste management plan as approved by Engineer.

B. Intent:

1. Divert construction, demolition, and land-clearing debris from landfill disposal.

2. Redirect recyclable material back to manufacturing process.

3. Generate cost savings or increase minimal additional cost to Project for waste disposal.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures contains requirements for submittals.

B. Construction Waste Management Plan: Submit construction waste management plan describing methods and procedures for implementation and monitoring compliance including the following:

1. Transportation company hauling construction waste to waste processing facilities.

2. Recycling and adaptive reuse processing facilities and waste type each facility will accept.

3. Construction waste materials anticipated for recycling and adaptive reuse.

4. On-Site sorting and Site storage methods.

1.4 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. Implement construction waste management plan at start of construction.

B. Review construction waste management plan at preconstruction meeting and progress meetings specified in Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements.

C. Distribute approved construction waste management plan to Subcontractors and others affected by plan requirements.

D. Oversee plan implementation, instruct construction personnel for plan compliance, and document plan results.

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 2
E. Purchase products to prevent waste by:

1. Ensuring correct quantity of each material is delivered to Site.

2. Choosing products with minimal or no packaging.

3. Requiring suppliers to use returnable pallets or containers.

4. Requiring suppliers to take or buy back rejected or unused items.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE COLLECTION
A. Collect construction waste materials in marked bins or containers and arrange for transportation to recycling centers or adaptive salvage and reuse processing facilities.

B. Maintain recycling and adaptive reuse storage and collection area in orderly arrangement with materials separated to eliminate co -mingling of materials required to be delivered separately to waste processing facility.

C. Store construction waste materials to prevent environmental pollution, fire hazards, hazards to persons and property, and contamination of stored materials.

D. Cover construction waste materials subject to disintegration, evaporation, settling, or runoff to prevent polluting air, water, and soil.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Deliver construction waste to waste processing facilities. Obtain receipt for deliveries.

B. Dispose of construction waste not capable of being recycled or adaptively reused by delivery to landfill, incinerator, or other legal disposal facility. Obtain receipt for deliveries.

END OF SECTION 017419
ASSET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 017823 - 1

SECTION 017823 - ASSET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE
A. Asset Operation and maintenance Manuals shall be provided in accordance with this section and as required in the technical sections of the Contract Documents. Asset O&M Data information shall be provided for each item of mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment or equipment assembly or subassembly provided or modified under this Contract.

B. Asset O&M Data instructions must be submitted and accepted before on-site training may start.

1.2 TYPES OF ASSET DATA INFORMATION REQUIRED
A. General:

1. Asset O&M Data information shall contain the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the manufacturer, the nearest representative of the manufacturer, and the nearest supplier of the manufacturer's equipment and parts. Equipment data from favorably reviewed equipment submittals and shop drawings shall be included in the Asset O&M manual. In addition, one or more of the following items of information shall be provided as applicable.

B. Asset Operating Instructions:

1. Specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations shall be provided for the following phases of operations:
a. Safety Precautions : List personnel hazards for equipment and list safety precautions for all operating conditions.
b. Operator Prestart: Provide requirements to set up and prepare each system for use. c. Start-Up, Shutdown, and Post-shutdown Procedures: Provide a control s equence for each of these operations.
d. Normal Operations: Provide control diagrams with data to explain operation and control of systems and specific equipment.
e. Emergency Operations : Provide emergency procedures for equipment malfunctions to permit a short period of continued operation or to shut down the equipment to prevent further damage to systems and equipment. Include emergency shutdown instructions for fire, explosion, spills, o r other foreseeable contingencies. Provide guidance on emergency operations of all utility systems including valve locations and portions of systems controlled. f. Operator Service Requirements: Provide instructions for services to be performed by the operator such as lubrication, adjustments, and inspection. g. Environmental Conditions : Provide a list of environ mental conditions (temperature, humidity, and other relevant data) which are best suited for each product or piece of equipment and describe conditions under which equipment should not be allowed to run.

C. Asset Preventive Maintenance:

1. The following information shall be provided for preventive and scheduled maintenance to minimize corrective maintenance and repair:

ASSET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 017823 - 2

a. Lubrication Data: Provide lubrication data, other than instructions for lubrication in accordance with paragraph 1.02 Operator Service Requirements. 1) A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges and applications;
2) Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing lubrication points, recommended types and grades of lubricants, and capacities; and 3) A lubrication schedule showing service interval frequency. b. Preventive Maintenance Plan And Schedule: Provide manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive mainte nance, inspections, tests, and adjustments required to ensure proper and economical operation and to minimize corrective maintenance and repair. Provide manufacturer's projection of preventive maintenance man - hours on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual basis including craft requirements by type of craft.

D. Asset Corrective Maintenance:

1. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be provided on procedures and instructions for correcting problems and making repairs.
a. Troubleshooting Guides And Diagnostic Techniques : Provide step -by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical malfunctions. Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what conditions are to be sought. Identify tests or inspections and test equipment required to determine whether parts and equipment may be reused or require replacement.
b. Wiring Diagrams And Control Diagrams: Wiring diagrams and control diagrams shall be point-to-point drawings of wiring and control circuits including factory - field interfaces. Provide a complete and accurate depiction of the actual job - specific wiring and control work. On diagrams, number electrical and electronic wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the terminals for each type identically to actual installation numbering.
c. Maintenance And Repair Procedures: Provide instructions and list tools required to restore product or equipment to proper condition or operating standards. d. Removal And Replacement Instructions: Provide step-by-step procedures and list required tools and supplies for removal, replacement, disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, and attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings, and adjustments required. Instructions shall include a combination of test and illustrations.
e. Spare Parts And Supply Lists: Provide lists of spare parts and supplies required for maintenance and repair to ensure continued service or operation without unreasonably delays. Special consideration is required for facilities at remote locations. List spare parts and supplies that have a long lead time to obtain. f. Corrective Maintenance Manhours : Provide manufac turer's projection of corrective maintenance man-hours including craft requirements by type of craft.

Corrective maintenance that requires participation of the equipment manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately.

E. Asset Appendices:

1. The following information sha ll be provided; include informa tion not specified in the preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the product or equipment.
a. Parts Identification : Provide identification and coverage for all parts of each component, assembly, subassembly, and accessory of the end items subject to replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such as requirement to use ASSET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 017823 - 3

high-strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make, model, serial number, and source of supply to allow reordering without further identification. Provide clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and exploded views to enable easy identification of the items. When illustrations omit the part numbers and description, both the illustrations and separate listing shall show the index, reference, or key number which will cross-reference the illustrated part to the listed part. Parts shown in the listings shall be grouped by components, assemblies, and subassemblies.
b. Warranty Information: List and explain the various warranties and include the servicing and technical precautions prescribed by the manufacturers or contract documents to keep warranties in force.
c. Personnel Training Requirements : If necessary, p rovide information available from the manufacturers to use in training designated personnel to operate and maintain the equipment and systems properly.
d. Testing Equipment And Special Tool Information : Provide information on test equipment required to perform specified tests and on special tools needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of components.
e. Equipment Configuration Information: Provide complete configuration information for each device that has configurable settings, reflecting as -left settings. “Typical” configuration sheets are not acceptable. A hard copy print -out shall be included in the O&M, and one electronic copy shall also be provided. Each hard copy sheet and e -file shall be designated with the appropriate equipment number.
f. Equipment Start-up and Test results: Insert the approved start-up and testing data sheets into the respective Asset O&M.

1.3 ASSET O&M MANUAL DATA FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION
A. The Asset O&M Manual shall include and be organized as follows:

1. Cover page, which includes:
a. City Project number and title
b. Date
c. Contractor name and address
d. Original contract amount and total change order amount

2. Table of Contents, which includes:
a. Asset number (to be provided by the City)
b. Asset name and/or short description
c. Location
d. page number

3. Summary of Assets Removed

4. Linear Assets Summary (for new piping, and new electrical/instrumentation cable and wiring)

5. Printout of Asset Import Template (City will provide electronic .xls template)

6. Asset o peration and maintenance instructions, which shall include, at a minimum, the following data for each asset item (mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment):
a. An itemized list of all data provided.
b. Name and location of the manufacturer, the manufacturer's local representative, the nearest suppliers, and spare parts warehouse.
c. Recommended installation, adjustment, startup, calibration, and troubleshooting procedures.

ASSET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 017823 - 4

d. Recommended lubrication, lubrication intervals, and an estimate of yearly quantity needed.
e. Recommended step-by-step procedures for all modes of operation. f. Complete internal and connection wiring diagrams.
g. Recommended preventive maintenance procedures and schedule. h. Complete parts lists, by generic title and identification number, with exploded views of each assembly.
i. Recommended spare parts and special tools.
j. Disassembly, overhaul, and reassembly instructions.
k. Acceptance test results (if applicable).
l. Copy of permits or certifications (if applicable).
m. Copy of affidavit (if applicable, see Section 1.04 below). n. Copy of warranty/guarantee (if applicable).

1.4 AFFIDAVITS
A. The Contractor shall provide field service by equipment manufacturers as a part of this Project, as required in the Technical Specifications. Equipment shall not be considered ready for operation until after the authorized factory -trained and qualified ma nufacturer's representative for the specific equipment has checked and adjusted the equipment and certified by written affidavit that the equipment has been properly installed, tested, adjusted, lubricated, and calibrated and is ready for full time operation. Acceptable affidavits shall be submitted prior to completion of the work. Affidavits shall contain the following specific wording:
"The (Name of the Equipment) has been properly installed, tested, adjusted, lubricated, and calibrated and is ready for full time operation. The installation has been inspected and has been found to be in conformance with our (the manufacturer's) standards and requirements."
B. No amplification, dilution, or modification of this specific wording will be permitted.

1.5 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE
A. Unless otherwise specified, O&M manuals, information, and data shall be transmitted in accordance with Section 01 3000, Submittal Procedures . Only complete sets of Asset O&M Manuals will be reviewed for acceptance.

B. Submit 6 hard copies and one electronic copy of all Asset Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

The electronic copy of the Asset O&M Manual shall be scanned and saved in Adobe Acrobat’s Portable Document Format (PDF), and Record Drawings in AutoCAD format per Section 017000.

C. All required information shall be clearly legible and understandable when printed in hard copy format. If any of the required information is of a proprietary nature or of a confidential nature, then that information shall be clearly marked as such and sub mitted in PDF format. All submitted information shall become the property of the City. Any modifications performed by the City to the required information submitted will be to reflect field modifications, and those changed files and hard copies will be maintained exclusively within the City.

ASSET OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 017823 - 5

D. Required information shall be submitted on one, or more, compact disk(s) (CD) , flash drive(s) or digital video (DVD) disk(s). These disks shall be accessible from a computer with a CD/DVD drive using Windows 10 as its operating system.

E. The following file naming shall be applied to the Asset Reference Manual:

1. Cover Sheet (file name: 01 Cover.pdf).

2. Table of Contents (file name: 02 TOC.pdf).

3. Summary of Assets Removed (file name: 03 Removed.pdf).

4. Linear Assets Summary (file name: 04 Linear.pdf).

5. Asset Import Template (submitted in MS Excel from City Template, .xls format)

6. Separate folders labeled by asset number for each item shown in 1.03.A.6 above.

F. If manufacturers' standard brochures and manuals are used to describe O&M procedures, such brochures and manuals shall be modified to reflect only the model or series of equipment used on this project. Extraneous material shall be crossed out neatly or otherwise annotated or eliminated.

1.6 PAYMENT
A. Payment for final Record Drawings and Asset Reference Manuals will be made in the final payment of the contract after the Construction Manager has verified that the electronic and hard- copy files are complete and formatted properly. Please refer to Section 017000 for Acceptance of the Contract and additional requirements.

1.7 FIELD CHANGES
A. Following the acceptable installation and operation of an equipment item, the item's instructions and procedures shall be modified and supplemented by the Contractor to reflect any field changes or information requiring field data.

PART 2 - PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED)
PART 4 - PART 4 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 017823
SUBSURFACE DATA 020200 - 1
SECTION 020200 – SUBSURFACE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Separate payment will not be made for any additional subsurface investigation performed by the Contractor. Cost for additional subsurface investigation should be considered part of the associated Bid Items, and no additional compensation shall be made.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. NOT APPLICABLE
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 OWNER OBTAINED SUBSURFACE SOIL DATA
A. Geotechnical Engineering Data

1. The Owner has limited geotechnical reports for certain areas of work within this Project, which are available upon request . Included in these reports is laboratory tes t data on selected samples including gradation, Atterberg limits, and compression tests.

B. Subsurface Conditions

1. Any data on subsurface conditions shown in the Plans, Specifications, or the Geotechnical data report may not necessarily be representative, since they are based upon discrete locations. The water levels shown on the logs of explorations are those measured at the time of drilling. As the water table is related to the river stage and irrigation practices, the water table is expected to fluctuate with the seasons.

3.2 CONTRACTOR'S SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS
A. Subsurface Materials

1. It is the Contractor's responsibility to become acquainted and satisfied as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered, by inspecting the site and by evaluating information derived from exploratory work that may have been accomplished by others or included in these Contract Documents. Any failure to become acquainted with all the available information will not relieve the Contracto r from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work.

B. Submission of a Bid

1. The submission of a bid shall be conclusive evidence that the prospective bidder has reviewed the site surface and subsurface cond itions, and is satisfied as to the character, SUBSURFACE DATA 020200 - 2
quality, and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

C. Post-Bid Subsurface Investigations

1. The apparent low bidder may perform subsur face investigations after the date bids are received to expand the site characterization and subsurface conditions data, but only after receiving the necessary clearance from the Owner and rights -of-entry from pro perty owners. All work shall be performed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

Results of subsurface exploration performed by the bidder, including soil classification logs and laboratory data, shall be submitted to the Owner following bid opening to become part of the Project record.

END OF SECTION 020200
DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 024100 - 1
SECTION 024100 – DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCES
A. The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only.

1. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY ENGINEERS (ASSE/SAFE)
a. ASSE/SAFE A10.6 (2006) Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations

2. U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
a. EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements Manual

1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall not begin demolition until author ization is received from the Owner.

Remove rubbish and debris from the Project site and do not allow accumulations. Rubbish and debris shall be removed from the Project site daily, unless otherwise directed, to avoid accumulation at the demolition site. M aterials that cannot be removed daily shall be stored in approved stockpile areas. In the interest of occ upational safety and health, the Work shall be performed in accordance with EM 385-1- 1. In the interest of conservation, salvage shall be pursued to the maximum extent possible; salvaged items and materials shall be disposed of as specified in Section 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

1. Demolition Work Plan

1.4 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with federal, state, and local hauling and disposal regulations . In addition to the requirements of the Contract, safety requirements shall conform with ASSE/SAFE A10.6. The Contractor shall obtain necessary permits required for the demolition of structures and utility termination from the appropriate agencies.

1.5 DUST AND DEBRIS CONTROL
A. Prevent the spread of dust and debris to adjacent properties and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area. Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable conditions such as, but not limited to, ice, flooding, or pollution. Sweep pavements as often as necessary to control the spread of debris.

DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 024100 - 2

1.6 PROTECTION
A. Traffic Control Signs

1. Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of removal Work, use traffic barricades. Notify the Owner prior to beginning such Work.

B. Existing Work

1. Before beginning any demolition work, the Contractor shall survey the site, take photos, and examine the Plans and Specifications to determine the extent of the Work. The Contractor shall take nec essary precautions to avoid damage to existing items to remain in place, to be reused, or to remain the property of the Owner or adjacent landowners; any damaged items shall be repaired or replaced as reviewed by the Owner at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall coordinate the Work of this section with all other Work and shall construct and maintain shoring, bracing, and supports as required. The Contractor shall e nsure that structural and geotechnical elements are not overloaded and shall be responsible for increasing structural supports or adding new supports as may be required as a result of any cutting, removal, or demolition work performed under this Contr act.

Do not overload structural elements or pavements to remain. Provide new supports and reinforcement for existing construction weakened by demolition or removal work. All sheeting, shoring, bracing, and supports shall be designed and stamped by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California.

C. Trees

1. In addition to other pro tective measures required by the General Specifications and the Special Provisions, trees within the Project site that might be damaged by the Contractor's activities, and that are to remain in place, shall be protected by temporary protective fencing or temporary security fencing per Section 01 71 10 MOBI LIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION. Any tree not designated for demolition that is removed under this Contract shall be replaced in kind and as directed by the Owner.

D. Facilities

1. The Contractor shall protect electrical and mechanical services and utilities. Where removal of existing utilities and pavement is specified or indicated, provide barricades, temporary covering of exposed areas, and temporary services or connections for electrical and mechanical utilities. Floors, roofs, walls, columns, pilasters , and other structural components that are designed and constructed to stand without lateral support or shoring, and are determined to be in stable condition, shall remain standing without additional bracing, shori ng, or lateral support until demolished, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. The Contractor shall ensure that no elements determined to be unstable are left unsupported and shall be responsible for placing and securing bracing, shoring, or lateral supports as may be required as a result of any cutting, removal, or demolition Work.

E. Protection of Personnel

1. During the demolition Work the Contractor shall continuously ev aluate the condition of the structure being dem olished and take immediate action to protect all personnel working in and around the demolition site. No element will be allowed to be left standing without sufficient bracing, shoring, or lateral support to p revent collapse or failure while workmen remove debris or perform other work in the immediate area.

DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 024100 - 3

1.7 BURNING
A. The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be permitted.

1.8 RELOCATIONS
A. Perform the removal and reins tallation of relocated items as ind icated with workmen skilled in the trades involved. Damaged items that are to be relocated shall be repaired or replaced with new undamaged items.

1.9 REQUIRED DATA
A. The Demolition Work Plan shall include the procedures proposed for the accomplishment of the Work. The procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the Wor k, including procedures and methods to provide necessary supports, lateral bracing and shoring when required, careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged, prote ction of property that is to remain undisturbed, coordination with other Work in progress, and timely disconnection of utility services. Lateral bracing and shoring work plan shall include shoring plans and calculations reviewed an d stamped by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. The procedures shall include a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation, and the sequence of operations.

1.10 USE OF EXPLOSIVES
A. Use of explosives will not be permitted.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 NOT APPLICABLE
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED
A. Utilities and Related Equipment

1. Remove existing utilities as indicated on the Plans and terminate in a manner conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility and reviewed by the Owner. The extent of utility and pipe removal shall be as noted on the Plans. When utility lines are encountered that are not indicated on the Plans, the Owner shall be notified for direction prior to performing further work in the area.

2. Pipes shall be cut at the limits shown and disposed of in a legal manner. Pipe removal shall be performed in such a manner as to avoid damage to existing structure s and facilities to remain in place.

3. Protect in place all power poles and overhead and underground utility lines, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. The Contractor shall obtain Owner approval prior to DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 024100 - 4
demolition of existing utilities. The Contractor will be held responsible for any damage or interruption of service to underground or overhead utilities to remain.

B. Paving and Slabs

1. Remove concrete and asphaltic concrete pavi ng and sla bs including aggregate base as indicated on the Plans to existing adjacent grade. Provide neat sawcuts at limits of pavement removal as indicated on the Plans and required in Section 31 1 0 00 SITE CLEARING.

C. Concrete

1. Sawcut concrete along straight lines to a depth of not less than 2 inches. Make each cut in walls perpendicular to the face and in alignment with the cut in the opposite face.

Break out the remainder of the concrete provided that the broken area is concealed in the finished Work, and the remaining concrete is sound. At locations where the broken face cannot be concealed, grind smooth or saw cut entirely through the concrete.

D. Patching

1. Where removals leave holes and damaged surfaces exposed in the fin ished Work, patch and repair these holes and da maged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces. Where new work is to be applied to e xisting surfaces, perform removals and patching in a manner to produce surfaces suitable for receiving new Work. Finished surfaces of patched area shall be flush with the adjacent existing surface and shall match the existing adjacent surface as closely as possible as to texture and finish.

E. Structures

1. Structures noted to be removed shall be wholly and completely demo lished, including all above ground features. Materials to be salvaged shall be stored in accordance with this Specification.

3.2 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL
A. Do not begin excavation, filling, and other earth- moving operations that are sequential to demolition until all demolition in the area has been completed and debris removed.

B. Title to Materials

1. Except where specified in other sections, all materials and equipment removed, and not reused, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the Project. Title to materials resulting from demolition, and materials and equipment to be removed, is vested in the Contractor upon review by t he Owner of the Contractor's demolition and removal procedures, and authorization by the Owner to begin demolition.

The Owner will not be responsible for the condition or loss of, or damage to, such property after Contract award. Materials and equipment shall not be viewed by prospective purchasers or sold on the site.

C. Reuse of Materials and Equipment

1. Remove and store materials and equipment indicated by the Owner to be reused or relocated to prevent damage and reinstall as the Work progresses.

D. Salvaged Materials and Equipment
DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION 024100 - 5

1. Remove materials and equipment that are indicated by the Owner to be removed by the Contractor and that are to remain the property of the Owner and deliver to a storage site as directed by the Owner.

2. The Contractor shall inventory and salvage items and material to the maximum extent practicable.

3. Material salvaged by the Contractor shall be stored as approved by the Owner and shall be removed from the project site before completion of the Contract. Material salvaged by the Contractor shall not be sold on the site.

4. Salvaged items to remain the property of the Owner shall be removed in a manner to prevent damage, and packed or crated to protect the items from damage while in storage or during shipment. Items damaged during r emoval or stora ge shall be repaired or replaced to match existing items. Containers shall be properly identified as to contents.

E. Debris

1. Debris and rubbish shall be removed from excavations. Debris shall be removed and transported in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas. Local regulations regarding hauling and disposal shall apply.

END OF SECTION 024100
CONCRETE REINFORCING 032000 - 1
SECTION 032000 - CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Reinforcing bars.

2. Welded wire fabric.

3. Reinforcement accessories.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

2. Section 033900 – Concrete Curing

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Concrete Institute:

1. ACI 117 – Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Ma terials and Commentary.

2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.

3. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual.

B. American Welding Society:

1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.

C. ASTM International:

1. ASTM A370 – Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products.

2. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon- Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

3. ASTM A1035 – Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain, Low -carbon, Chromium, Steel bars for Concrete Reinforcement

4. ASTM A1064 - Standard Specification for Carbon- Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete.

D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute:

1. CRSI 10-MSP - Manual of Standard Practice.

CONCRETE REINFORCING 032000 - 2

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, splice locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel.

2. Indicate bending and cutting schedules.

3. Indicate supporting and spacing devices.

C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.

D. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As a condition of approval of the butt -splicing procedure, make three test butt-splices of steel bars of each size to be spliced using the proposed butt-splicing method, in the presence of the Owner's representative. Tension tested to destruction thes e test butt-splices and unspliced bars of the same size, with stress -strain curves plotted for each test. Test results must show that the butt-splices meet the specified strength and deformation requirements in order for the splicing procedure to be approved.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Welders: AWS qualified within previous 12 months for employed weld types.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store reinforcement and accessories off the ground on platforms, skids, or other supports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel:

1. Comply with ASTM A615, ASTM A706, or ASTM A1035.

2. Yield Strength: As indicated on Drawings.

3. Cold drawn wire used for spiral reinforcement must conform to ASTM A1064.

B. Mechanical Butt-Splices

1. Mechanical butt -splices must be an approved exothermic, threaded coupling, swaged sleeve or other positive connecting type, and develop 125 percent of the specifi ed minimum yield tensile strength of the spliced bars or of the smaller bar in transition splices. In addition to this strength requirement, the additional deformation of number 14 and smaller bars due to slippage or other movement within the splice sleev e cannot CONCRETE REINFORCING 032000 - 3
exceed 0.015 inches (unit strain 0.0015 inches/inch) beyond the elongation of an unspliced bar based upon a 10 inch gage length spanning the extremities of the sleeve at a stress of 30,000 psi. The additional deformation of number 18 bars must not exceed

0.03 inches (unit strain 0.003 inches/inch) beyond the elongation of an unspliced bar based upon a 10 inch gage length spanning the extremities of the sleeve at a stress of 30,000 psi.

2.2 WIRE TIES
A. Use wire ties that are 16 gauge or heavier black annealed steel wire.

2.3 SUPPORTS
A. Design bar supports for formed surfaces in accordance with CRSI 10MSP and fabricate of steel or precast concrete blocks. Provide precast concrete blocks with wire ties and not less than 4 inches square when supporting reinforcement on ground. Precast concrete block must have compressive strength equal to that of the surrounding concrete. Coat steel supports for coated or galvanized bars with electrically compatible material for a distance of at least 2 inches beyond the point of contact with the bar. Where concrete formed surfaces will be exposed to weather or where surfaces are to be painted, use galvanized, plastic protected, or stainless steel supports within 1/2 inch of concrete surface. Concrete supports used in concret e exposed to view must have the same color and texture as the finish surface. For slabs on grade and topping slabs on steel deck, supports use precast concrete blocks, plastic coated steel fabricated with bearing plates, or specifically designed wire-fabric supports fabricated of plastic.

B. Provide bar supports complying with the requirements of ACI SP-66.

2.4 TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND VERIFICATIONS
A. Perform material tests, specified and required by applicable standards, by an approved laboratory and certified to de monstrate that the materials are in conformance with the specifications. Perform and certify tests, inspections, and verifications and certify. Submit certified tests reports of reinforcement steel showing tha t the steel complies with the applicable specifications for each steel shipment and identified with specific lots prior to placement.

Submit three copies of the heat analyses for each lot of steel furnished certifying that the steel conforms to the heat analyses.

B. Reinforcement Steel Tests

1. Perform mechanical testing of steel in accordance with ASTM A370 except as otherwise specified or required by the material specifications. Perform tension tests on full cross - section specimens using a gage length that spans the extremities of specimens with welds or sleeves included. From chemical analyses of steel heats report the percentages of carbon, phosphorous, manganese, sulphur, and silicon present in the steel.

CONCRETE REINFORCING 032000 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Reinforcement

1. Fabricate and place reinforcement st eel and accessories as specified, as indicated, and as shown on approved shop drawings. Fabrication and placement details of steel and accessories not specified or shown must be in accordance with ACI SP -66 and ACI 318.

Cold bend reinforcement unless otherwise authorized. Bending may be accomplished in the field or at the mill. Do not bend bars after embedment in concrete. Place safety caps on all exposed ends of vertical concrete reinforcement bars that pose a danger to life safety. Face wire tie end s away from the forms. Submit detail drawings showing reinforcing steel placem ent, schedules, sizes, grades, and splicing and bending details.

Show support details including types, sizes, and spacing.

B. Placement

1. Reinforcement must be free from loose rust and scale, dirt, oil, or other deleterious coating that could reduce bond with the conc rete. Place reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318 at locations indicated plus or minus one bar diameter. Do not continue reinforcement through expansion joints an d place as indicated through construction or contraction joints. Cover with concrete coverage as indicated or as required by ACI 318.

If bars are moved more than one bar diameter to avoid interference with other reinforcement, conduits or embedded items, the resulting arrangement of bars, including additional bars required to meet structural requirements, requires approval before concrete is placed.

2. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement.

3. Do not deviate from required position beyond specified tolerance.

4. Do not weld crossing reinforcement bars for assembly.

C. Placement Tolerances

1. Conform bar spacing and concrete cover to ACI 117.

D. Splicing

1. Conform splices of reinforcement to ACI 318 and make on ly as required or indicated.

Bars may be spliced at alternate or additional locations at no additional cost to the Owner subject to approval. Splicing must be by lapping or by mechanical or welded butt connection; except that lap splices must not be use d for bars larger than No. 11 unless otherwise indicated.

2. Lap Splices
a. Place lapped bars in contact and securely tied or spaced transversely apart to permit the embedment of the entire surface of each bar in concrete. Do not space lapped bars farther apart than 1/5 the required length of lap or 6 inches.

3.2 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Identification of Splices

1. Establish and maintain an approved method of identification of all field butt-splices which will indicate the splicer and the number assigned each splice made by the splicer.

CONCRETE REINFORCING 032000 - 5
B. Examining, Testing, and Correcting

1. Perform the following during the butt-splicing operations as specified and as directed:

2. Visual Examination
a. Visually examine all welded splices as required by AWS D1.4. Respliced connections resulting from correction of visual defects may be examined by non - destructive testing at the option of the Owner as specified in paragraph SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATION. Visually examine exothermic mechanical butt-splices to determine if the filler metal is clearly visible at the tap holes and completely fills the sleeves at both ends except for spaces of not more than 3/8 inch occupied by packing.

C. Correction of Deficiencies

1. Do not embed splice in concrete until satisfactory results of visual examination and the required tests or examinations have been obtained. Remove all splices having visible defects or represented by test specimens which do not satisfy the tests or examinations. If any of the tension test specimens fail to meet the strength requirements or de formation limitations cut out two production splices from the same lot represented by the test specimens which failed and tension test. If both of the retests pass the strength requirements and deformation limitations all of the splices in the lot wil l be accepted. If one or both of the retests fail to meet the strength requirements or deformation limitations all of the splices in the lot will be rejected. Cut off the bars of rejected splices outside the splice zone of weld metal, filler metal contact, coupling, or sleeve. Finish the cut ends as specified, resplice, and reinspect the joints.

D. Supplemental Examination

1. The Owner may require additional or supplemental non-destructive testing and/or tension test of any completed splice.

END OF SECTION 032000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1
SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes Cast-in-Place Concrete for Following Items:

1. Slabs on grade.

2. Vaults.

1.2 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Under this contract, concrete items will be paid for by lump sum and will not be measured. The Work covered by these items consists of furnishing all concrete materials, reinforcement, miscellaneous embedded materials, and equipment, and performing all labor for t he forming, manufacture, transporting, placing, finishing, curing, and protection of concrete in these structures.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Concrete Institute:

1. ACI 117 – Specifications for Tolerances f or Concrete Construction and aterials and Commentary.

2. ACI 121R – Guide for Concrete Construction Quality Systems in Conformance with ISO 9001.

3. ACI 211.1 – Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete.

4. ACI 214R – Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete.

5. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.

6. ACI 304R – Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete.

7. ACI 304.2R – Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods.

9. ACI 305R - Guide to Hot Weather Concreting.

10. ACI 306.1 - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting.

11. ACI 308.1 - Specification for Curing Concrete.

12. ACI 309R – Guide for Consolidation of Concrete.

14. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.

15. ACI SP-15 – Field Reference Manual: Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete ACI 301-05 with Selected ACI References
B. ASTM International:

1. ASTM C1017 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing Flowing Concrete.

2. ASTM C1064 - Standard Test Method f or Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic- Cement Concrete.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 2

3. ASTM C1077 – Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation

4. ASTM C11 07 - Standard Specification for Packa ged Dry, Hydraulic- Cement Grout (Nonshrink).

5. ASTM C1260 – S tandard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method).

6. ASTM C136 – Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.

7. ASTM C143 – Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.

8. ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement.

9. ASTM C1567 – S tandard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials an d Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar -Bar Method).

10. ASTM C1602 – Standard Specification for Mix ing Water Used in Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.

11. ASTM C172 – Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.

12. ASTM C192 – Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.

13. ASTM C231 – Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method.

14. ASTM C260 – Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.

15. ASTM C31 – Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.

16. ASTM C311 – Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland-Cement Concrete.

17. ASTM C33 – Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

18. ASTM C39 – Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.

19. ASTM C42 – Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.

20. ASTM C494 – Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.

21. ASTM C618 – Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.

22. ASTM C78 – Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading).

23. ASTM C94 – Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.

24. ASTM D5759 – Characterization of Coal Fly Ash and Clean Coal Combustion Fly Ash for Potential Uses.

25. ASTM D75 – Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates.

C. Central Valley Flood Protection Board

1. TITLE 23 – Waters: DIVISION 1.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Product Data: Submit data on cementitious materials and chemical admixtures.

C. Design Data:

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 3

1. Submit concrete mix design for each concrete strength.

2. Submit separate mix designs if admixtures are required for following:
a. Hot and cold weather concrete Work.
b. Air entrained concrete Work.

3. Identify mix ingredients and proportions, including admixtures.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work according to ACI 301.

B. Comply with ACI 305R when pouring concrete during hot weather.

C. Comply with ACI 306.1 when pouring concrete during cold weather.

D. Acquire cement and aggregate from one source for Work.

E. Perform Work according to Central Valley Flood Protection Board Title 23 standards.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Follow ACI 301 and ACI 304R requirements and recommendations. Store cement and othe r cementitious materials in weathertight buil dings, bins, or silos that exclude moisture and contaminants and keep each material completely separated. Arrange and use aggregate stockpiles in a manner to avoid excessive segregation and to prevent contamina tion with other materials or with other s izes of aggregates. Do not store aggregate directly on ground unless a sacrificial layer is left undisturbed. Store reinforcing bars and accessories above the ground on platforms, skids, or other supports. Store other materials in a manner to avoid c ontamination and deterioration. Admixtures which have been in storage at the project site for longer than six months or which have been subjected to freezing cannot be used unless retested and proven to meet the specified requirements. Materials must be capable of being accurately identified after bundles or containers are opened.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide concrete composed of portland cement, other cementitious and pozzolanic mate rials as specified, aggregates, water and admixtures as specified.

B. Proportioning Studie s-Normal Weight Concrete : Trial design batches, mixture proportions studies, and testing requirements for various types of concrete specified are the responsibility of the Contractor. Base mixture proporti ons on compressive strength as determined by test specimens fabricated in accordance with ASTM C192 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. Obtain mix design approval from the Owner prior to concrete placement.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4

1. Samples of all materials used in mixture pro portioning studies must be representative of those proposed for use in the project and be accompanied by the manufacturer's or producer's test reports indicating compliance with these specifications.

2. Make trial mixture s having proportions, consistencies, a nd air content suitable for the work based on methodology described in ACI 211.1, using at least three different water- cementitious material ratios for each type of mixture, which produce a ran ge of strength encompassing those required for each type of concrete required on the Project.

3. The maximum water- cementitious material ratios allowed in subparagraph WATER- CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL RATIO below will be the equivalent water-cementitious material ratio as determined by co nversion from the weight ratio of water to cement plus pozzolan by the weight equivalency method as described in ACI 211.1. In the case where silica fume or GGBF slag is used, include the weight of the silica fume and GGBF slag in the equations in ACI 211.1 for the term P, which is used to de note the weight of pozzolan. If pozzolan is used in the concrete mixture, the minimum pozzolan content is 15 percent by weight of the total cementitious material, and the maximum is 35 percent.

4. Design laboratory trial mixtures for maximum permitted slump and air content. Make separate sets of trial mixture studies for each combination of cementitious materials and each combination of admixtures proposed for use. No combination of either may be used until proven by su ch studies, except that, if approved in writing and otherwise permitted by these Specifications, an accelerator or a retarder may be used without separate trial mixture study. Separate trial mixture studie s must also be made for concrete for any conveying or placing method proposed which requires special properties and for concrete to be placed in unusually difficult placing locations. For previously approved concrete mix designs used within the past 12 months, the previous mix design may be re - submitted w ithout further trial batch testing if accompanied by material test data conducted within the last six months.

5. Report the temperature of concrete in each trial batch. For each water-cementitious material ratio, make at least three test cylinders for each test age, cure in accordance with ASTM C192 and test at 7 and 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39. From these test results, plot a curve showing the relationship between water-cementitious material ratio and strength for each set of trial mix studies. In addition, plot a curve showing the relationship between 7-day and 28- day strengths. Des ign each mixture to promote easy and suitable concrete placement, consolidation and finishing, and to prevent segregation and excessive bleeding.

6. Submit the results of trial mixture design studies along with a statement giving the maximum nominal co arse aggregate size and the proportions of ingredients that will be used in the manufacture of each strength of concrete, at least 60 days prior to commencing concrete placin g operations. Base aggregate weights on the saturated surface dry condition. Accompany the statement with test results from an approved independent commercial testing laboratory, showing that mixture design studies have been made with materials proposed for the Project and that the proportions selected will produce concrete of the qualities indicated. No substitutions may be made in the materials used in the mixture design studies without additional tests to show that the quality of the concrete is satisfactory.

C. Average Compressive Strength

1. The mixture proportions selected during mixture design studies must produce a required average compressive strength (f'cr) exceeding the specified compressive strength (f'c) by the amount indicated below, but may not exceed the specified strength at the same age by more than 20 percent. This required average compressive strength, f'cr, will not be a required acceptance criteria during concrete production. However, whenever the daily CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 5
average compressive strength at 28 days drops below f'cr during concrete production, or daily average 7-day strength drops below a strength correlated with the 28-day f'cr, adjust the mixture, as approved, to bring the daily average back up to f'cr. During production, the required f'cr mus t be adjusted, as appropriate, based on the standard deviation being attained on the job.

D. Computations from Test Records

1. Where a concrete production facility has test records, establish a standard deviation in accordance with the applicable provisions of A CI 214R. Test records from which a standard deviation is calculated must represent materials, quality control procedures, and conditions similar to those expected; must represent concrete produced to meet a specified strength or strengths (f'c) within 1000 psi of that specified for proposed W ork; and must consist of at least 30 consecutive t ests. A strength test must be the average of the strengths of two cylinders made from the same sample of concrete and tested at 28 days. Required average compressive strength f'cr used as the basis for selection of concrete proportions must be in accordance with ACI 318 Chapter 5.

E. Tolerances

1. Except as otherwise specified herein, tolerances for concrete batching, mixture properties, and construction as well as definiti on of terms and application practices must be in accordance with ACI 117. Take level and grade tolerance measurements of slabs as soon as possible after finishing; when forms or shoring are used, the measurements must be made prior to removal.

F. Strength Requirements

1. Specified compressive strength (f'c) must be as follows:

COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH STRUCTURE OR PORTION OF STRUCTURE
4,000 psi at 28 days Anti-siphon vaults, flood walls, outfal l structure, and other miscellaneous structures
3,000 psi at 28 days Bollards and other miscellaneous slabs on grade

2. Concrete made with high -early strength cement must have a 7 -day strength equal to the specified 28- day strength for concrete made with Type II, IIA, or V portland cement.

Compressive strength must be determined in accordance with ASTM C39.

G. Evaluation of Concrete Compressive Strength

1. Fabricate six compressive strength specimens, 6 inch by 12 inch cylinders, laboratory cure them in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M and test them in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M. Test two cylinders at 7 days, two cylinders at 28 days, and hold two cylinder in reserve. The strength of the concrete is considered satisfactory so long as the average of all sets of three consecutive test results do not exceed the specified compressive strength f'c by 20 percent and no individual test re sult falls below the specified strength f'c by more than 500 psi, unless approved by the Owner. A "test" is defined as the average of two companion cylinders, or if only one cylinder is tested, the results of the single cylind er test. Additional analysi s or testing, including taking cores and/or load tests may be required when the strength of the concrete in the structure is considered potentially deficient.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 6
H. Investigation of Low-Strength Compressive Test Results

1. When any strength test of standa rd-cured test cylinders falls below the specified strength requirement by more than 500 psi or if tests of field-cured cylinders indicate deficiencies in protection and curing, take steps to assure that the load -carrying c apacity of the structure is not jeopardized. When the strength of concrete in place is considered potentially deficient, obtain cores and test in accordance with ASTM C42. Take at least three representative cores from each member or area of concrete in place that is considered potentially deficient. The location of cores will be determined by the Owner to least impair the strength of the structure. Concrete in the area represented by the core testing will be considered adequate if the average strengt h of the cores is equal to at least 85 percent of the specified strength requirement and if no single core is less than 75 percent of the specified strength requirement. Non-destructive tests (tests other than test cylinders or cores) may not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. Perform the coring and repair the holes; cores will be tested by the Owner.

I. Load Tests

1. If the core tests are inconclusive or impractical to obtain or if structural analysis does not confirm the safety of the structure, load tests may be directed by the Owner in accordance with the requirements of ACI 318. Correct concrete work evaluated by structural analysis or by results of a load test as being understrength in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. Perform all investig ations, testing, load tests, and correction of de ficiencies approved by the Owner, except that if all concrete is found to be in compliance with the drawings and specifications, the cost of investigations, testing, and load tests will be at the expense of the Owner.

J. Water-Cementitious Material Ratio

1. Maximum water -cementitious material ratio (w/c) for normal weight concrete is as follows:

WATER-CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL

RATIO, BY WEIGHT

CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

0.40 4,000 psi

0.50 3,000 psi
K. Air Entrainment

1. Air entrain normal weight concrete based on the following table.

MINIMUM AIR CONTENT Percent CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

4.5 4,000 psi

2. Attain specified air content at point of placement into the forms within plus or minus 1.5 percent. Determine ai r content for normal weight concrete in accordance with ASTM C231.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 7
L. Slump

1. Slump of the concrete, as delivered to the point of placement into the forms, must be within the following limits. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143.

Structural Element Slump, inches
Minimum Maximum
Walls, Columns and beams 2 4
Foundation walls, structure walls, footings, slabs 1 3
Any structural concrete approved for placement by pumping At pump 2 8
At discharge of line 1 4
M. Concrete Temperature

1. The temperature of t he concrete as delivered must not exceed 90 degrees F. When the ambient temperature during placing is 40 degrees F or less, or is expected to be at any time within six hours after placing, the temperature of the concrete as delivered must be between 55 and 75 degrees F.

N. Size of Coarse Aggregate

1. Use the largest feasible nominal maximum size aggregate (NMSA), specified in PART 2 paragraph AGGREGATES, in each placement. However, do not exceed nominal maximum size of aggregate for any of the following: three-fourths of the minimum cover for rein forcing bars, three -fourths of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars, one -fifth of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms, or one -third of the thickness of slabs or toppings.

2.2 CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS
A. Cementitious materials must be portland cement conforming to appropriate Specifications listed below. Restrict usage of cementitious materials in concrete that will have surfaces exposed in the completed structure so there is no change in color, source, or type of cementitious material.

B. Portland Cement

1. Cement shall conform to ASTM C150, Type II, IIA, or V. Cement type shall conform to ACI 318, Table 4.3.1.

C. Fly Ash

1. Conform fly ash to ASTM C618, Class F or Class N. Report the chemical analysis of the fly ash in accordance with ASTM C311. Evaluate and classify fly ash in accordance with ASTM D5759.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 8

2.3 AGGREGATES
A. Test and evaluate fine and coarse aggregates for alkali -aggregate reactivity in accordance with ASTM C1260. Eval uate the fine and coarse aggregates separately and in combination, which matches the proposed mix design proportioning. All results of the separate and combination testing must have a measured expansion less than 0.10 percent at 16 days after casting. Should the test data indicate an expansion of 0.10 percent or greater, reject the aggregate(s) or perform additional testing using ASTM C1260 and ASTM C1567. Perform the additional testing using ASTM C1260 and ASTM C1567 using the low alkali portland cement in combination with ground granulated blast furnace (GGBF) slag, or Class F fly ash. Use GGBF slag in the range of 40 to 50 percent of the total cementitious materia l by mass. Use Class F fly ash in the range of 25 to 40 percent of the total cementitious material by mass. Provide fine and c oarse aggregates conforming to the following.

B. Fine Aggregate

1. Conform to the quality and gradation requirements of ASTM C33.

C. Coarse Aggregate

1. Conform to ASTM C33, Class 67, size designation 3/4 inches.

2.4 CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES
A. When r equired or permitted, conform to the appropriate Specification listed. Furnish admixtures in liquid form and of suitable concentration for easy, accurate control of dispensing.

B. Air-Entraining Admixture

1. ASTM C260 and must consistently entrain the a ir content in the specified ranges un der field conditions.

C. Accelerating Admixture

1. ASTM C494 , Type C or E, except that calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride cannot be used.

D. Water-Reducing or Retarding Admixture

1. ASTM C494, Type A, B, or D, except that the 6 -month and 1-year compressive strength tests are waived.

E. Other Chemical Admixtures

1. Provide chemical admixtures for use in producing flowing concrete in compliance with ASTM C1017, Type I or II. Use these admixtures only when approved in writing.

2.5 2.5 WATER
A. Provide water complying with the requ irements of AS TM C1602. Provide water for mixing, free of injurious amounts of oil, acid, salt, or alkali. Submit test report showing water complies with ASTM C1602.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 9

2.6 NONSHRINK GROUT
A. Provide nonshrink grout conforming to ASTM C1107, and a commercial formulation suitable for the proposed application.

2.7 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Provide the size and type indicated or as needed for the application. Dovetail slots must be galvanized steel. Provide inserts for shelf angl es and bolt ha ngers of malleable iron or cast or wrought steel.

2.8 JOINT MATERIALS
A. Waterstops

1. Waterstop shall be extruded polyvinyl chloride, dumbbell shape conforming to CRD-C- 572.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION FOR PLACING
A. Before commencing concrete placement, perform the following: Clean surfaces to receive concrete, free from frost, ice, mud, and water. Unless otherwise specified, place, clean, coat, and support forms in accordance with ACI 304R. Place, clean, tie, and support reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 20 00.00 10 CONC RETE REINFORCEMENT. Transporting and conveying equipment is in-place, ready for use, clean, and free of har dened concrete and foreign material. Equipment for consolidating concrete is at the placing site and in proper working order. Equipment and materi al for curing and for protecting concrete from weather or mechanical damage is at the placing site, in prope r working condition and in sufficient amount for the entire placement. When hot, windy conditions during concreting appear probable, ensure equipment and material is at the placing site to provide windbreaks, shading, fogging, or other action to prevent plastic shrinkage cracking or other da maging drying of the concrete.

Unless otherwise specified, cure concrete in accordance with ACI 308.1.

B. Foundations

1. Concrete on Earth Foundations
a. Prepare earth (subgrade, base, or subbase courses) surfaces upon which concrete is to be placed by making sure earth f oundations are clean, damp, and free from debris, frost, ice, and standing or running water. Prior to placement of concrete, the foundation must be well drained, satisfactor ily graded, and uniformly compacted.

2. Preparation of Rock
a. Rock surfaces upon which concrete is to be placed shall be free from oil, standing or running water, ice, mud, drummy rock, coating, debris, and loose, semidetached or unsound fragments. Clean joints in rock to a satisfactory depth, as determined by the Owner, and to firm rock on the sides. Immediately before the concrete is placed, thoroughly clean rock surfaces by the use of ai r-water jets or sandblasting CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 10
as specified below for Previously Placed Concrete. Keep rock surfaces continuously moist for at least 24 hours imme diately prior to placing concrete thereon. Cover all horizontal and approximatel y horizontal surfaces, immedia tely before the concrete is placed, with a layer of mortar proportione d similar to that in the concrete mixture. Place concrete before the mortar stiffens.

3. Excavated Surfaces in Lieu of Forms
a. Concrete for footings may be placed directly against the soil p rovided the earth or rock has been carefully trimmed, is uniform and s table, and meets the compaction requirements of Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK. Place the concrete without becoming contaminated by loose material, and outlined within the specified tolerances.

C. Previously Placed Concrete

1. Preparation of Prev iously Placed Concr eteAbrade concrete surfaces to which o ther concrete is to be bonded in an approved manner that exposes sound aggregate uniformly without damaging the concrete. Remove laitance and loose particles. Thoroughly wash surfaces, leaving them moist but without free water when concrete is placed.

D. Waste Disposal

1. Dispose of waste water employed in cutting, washing, and rinsing of concrete surfaces in a manner that the waste water does not stain, discolor, or affect exposed surfaces of the structures, or damage the environment of the Project area. The method of disposal is subject to approval.

3.2 CONCRETE PRODUCTION
A. Use batch -type equipment for producing concrete. Batch, mix, and transport ready -mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 , except as otherwise specified. Use truc k mixers, agitators, and nonagitating transporting units in compliance with NRMCA TMMB 100. Ready- mix plant equipment and facilities must be certified in accordance with NRMCA QC 3. Furnish approved batch tickets for each load of ready -mixed concrete. Produce site-mixed concrete in accordance with ACI 301, with plant conforming to NRMCA CPMB 100.

3.3 TRANSPORTING CONCRETE TO PROJECT SITE
A. Transport concrete to the placing site in truck mixers.

3.4 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Discharge mixed concrete within 1.5 hours or before the mixer drum has revolved 300 revolutions, whichever comes first after the introduction of the mixing water to the cement and aggregates. When the concrete temperature exceeds 85 degrees F, reduce the time to 45 minutes. Place concrete with in 15 min utes after it has been discharged from the transporting unit. Handle concrete from mixer or transporting unit to forms in a continuous manner until the approved unit of operation is completed. Provide adequate scaffolding, ramps, and walkways so that personnel and equipment are not supported by in- place reinforcement. Placing will not be permitted when the sun, heat, wind, or limitations of facilities prevent proper consolidati on, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 11
finishing, and curing. Provide sufficient placing capacity so tha t concrete can be kept free of cold joints.

B. Depositing Concrete

1. Deposit concrete in accordance with ACI 301 Section 5 and ACI 304.2R.

C. Consolidation

1. Immediately after placing, consolidate each layer of concrete in accordance with ACI 301 Section 5 and ACI 309R.

D. Cold Weather Requirements

1. Perform cold weather concreting in accordance with ACI 306.1. Use special protection measures, approved by the Owner, if freezing temperatures are anticipated before the expiration of the specified curing period. The ambient tempera ture of the air where concrete is to be placed and the temperature of surfaces to receive concrete must be not less than 40degrees F. The temperature of the concrete when place d must be not less than 50 degrees F nor more than 75 degrees F. Hea t the mixing water or aggregates to regulate the concrete placing temperature. Ma terials entering the mixer must be free from ice, snow, or frozen lumps. Do not incorporate salt, chemicals or other materials in the concrete to prevent freezing. Upon wri tten approval, an accelerating admixtur e conforming to ASTM C494, Type C or E may be used, provided it contains no calcium chloride. Do not use calcium chloride.

E. Hot Weather Requirements

1. When job-site conditions are present or anticipated that accelerate the rate of moisture loss or rate of ce ment hydration of freshly mixed concrete, including an ambient temperature of 80 degrees F or higher, and an evaporation rate that exceeds 0.2 lb/ft 2/h, conform concrete work to all requirements of ACI 305.1.

F. Prevention of Plastic Shrinkage Cracking

1. During hot weather with low humidity, and particularly with appreciable wind, as well as interior placements when space heaters produce low humidity, be alert to the tendency for plastic shrinkage cracks to develop and institute measures to prevent this. Take particular care if plastic shrinkage c racking is potentially imminent and especially if it has developed during a previous placement. Conform with the requirement of ACI 305.1. In addition further protect the concrete placement by erecting shades and windbreaks and by applying fog sprays of water, sprinkling, ponding or wet covering. Fill plastic shrinkage cracks that occur by injection of epoxy res in as directed, after the concrete hardens.

Never trowel over plastic shrinkage cracks or fill with slurry.

3.5 JOINTS
A. Locate and construct joints a s indicated or approved. Locate and construct joints not indicated to minimize the impact on the strength of the structure. In general, locate such joints near the middle of the spans of supported slabs, beams, and gi rders unless a beam intersects a girder at this point, in which case offset joint in the girder a distance equal to twice the width of the beam. Locate joints in walls and columns at the underside of floors, slabs, beams, or g irders and at the tops of footings or floor slabs, unless otherwis e appr oved. Construct joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement. Continue and develop all reinforcement across joints; except that reinforcement or other fixed metal items must not be continuous through expansion CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 12
joints, or through construction or contraction joints in slabs on grade. Reinforcement must be 2 inches clear from each joint. Except where otherwise indicated, construction joints between interior slabs on grade and vertica l surfaces consist of preform ed expansion joint filler extending for the full depth of the slab. The perimeters of the slabs must be free of fins, rough edges, spalling, or other unsightly appearance. Form reservoir for sealant for construction and contraction joints in slabs to the dimensions indicated by removing sna p-out joint-forming inserts, by sawing sawable inserts, or by sawing to widen the top portion of sawed joints. Clean joints to be sealed and seal as indicated.

B. Construction Joints

1. For concrete other than slabs on grade , locate construction joints so that the unit of operation does not exceed 10 feet. Place concrete continuously so that each unit is monolithic in construction. Do not place fresh concrete against adjacent hardened concrete u ntil it is at least 24 hours old. Locate construction joints as i ndicated or approved. Where concrete work is interrupted by weather, end of work shift or other similar type of delay, location and type of construction joint is subject to approval of the Owner. Unless otherwise indi cated and except for slabs on grade, extend reinforcing steel through construction joints. Key or dowel construction joints in slabs on grade as indicated. Concrete columns, walls, or piers must be in place at least 2 hours, or until the concrete begins to lose its plasticity, before placin g concrete for beams, girders, or slabs thereon. In walls having door or window openings, terminate lifts at the top and bottom of the opening. Terminate other lifts at such levels to conform to structural requirements or architectural details. Where ho rizontal construction joints in walls or columns are required, tack a strip of 1 inch square- edge lumber, bevel ed and oiled to facilitate removal, to the inside of the forms at the construction joint. Place concrete to a point 1 inch above the underside of the strip. Remove the strip 1 hour after the concrete has been placed, level off any irregularities in the j oint line with a wood float, and remove all laitance. Prior to plac ing additional concrete, prepare horizontal construction joints as specified in paragraph PREVIOUSLY PLACED CONCRETE.

C. Waterstops

1. Install waterstops in conformance with the locations and de tails indicated using materials and procedures specified.

D. Dowels and Tie Bars

1. Install dowels and tie bars at the locations shown on the drawings and t o the details shown, using materials and procedures specified in Section 03 20 00.00 10 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT and herein. Install conventional smooth "paving" dowels in sla bs using approved methods to hold the dowel in place during concreting within a maximum alignment tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 inches. Install "structural" type deformed bar dowels, or tie bars, to meet the specified tolerances. Take care during placing adjacent to and around dowels and tie bar s to ensure there is no displacement of the dowel or tie bar and that the concrete completely embeds the dowel or tie bar and is thoroughly consolidated.

3.6 Nonshrink Grout
A. Ready-mixed material requiring only the a ddition of water . Water content must be the minimum that will provide a flowable mixture and completely fill the space to be grouted without segregation, bleeding, or reduction of strength.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 13
B. Mixing and Placing of Nonshrink Grout

1. Mix and place in conformance wit h the material manufacturer's instructio ns and as specified therein. Thoroughly dry -mix ingredients before adding water. After adding water, mix the batch for 3 minutes. Size batches to allow continuous placement of freshly mixed grout. Discard grout not used within 30 minutes after mixing. Fill the space between the top of th e concrete or machinery -bearing surface and the plate solid with the grout. Use wood forms or other equally su itable material for completely retain the grout on all sides and on top, remove forms after the grout has se t. Carefully work the placed grout by rodding or other means to eliminate voids; however, avoid overworking and breakdown of the initial set. Do not subject grout to retempering or to vibration from any source. Where clearan ces are unusually small, plac e under pressure with a grout pump. Maintain the temperature of the grout, and of surfaces receiving the grout, at 65 to 85 degrees F until after setting.

C. Treatment of Exposed Surfaces

1. For metal-oxidizing nonshrink grout, cut back exposed surfaces 1 inch and immediately cover with a parge coat of m ortar consisting of 1 part portland cement and 2- 1/2 parts fine aggregate by weight, with sufficient water to make a plastic mixture. Smooth finish the parge coat. For ot her mortars or grouts, exposed surfaces must have a smooth-dense finish and be left untreated. Unless otherwise specified, cure in compliance with ACI 308.1.

3.7 TESTING AND INSPECTION FOR CQC
A. Perform the inspection and tests described below and, based upon t he results of these inspections and tests, take the action required. Submit certified copies of laboratory test reports, including mill tests and all other test data, for portland cement, aggregate, admixtures, and curing compound proposed for use on this project.

1. When, in the opinion of the Owner, the concreting operation is out of control, cease concrete placement and correct the operation.

2. The laboratory performing the tests must be onsite and conform with ASTM C1077.

Materials may be subjected to check testing by the Owner from samples obtained at the manufacturer, at transfer points, or at the project site.

3. The Owner will inspect the laboratory, equipment, and test procedures prior to start of concreting operations and at least once thereafter for conformance with ASTM C1077.

4. Concrete shall be sampled and tested for qual ity control by the Contractor during the placement of the concrete as follows:

Requirement Test Method Testing Frequency
Fine Aggregate ASTM C136 and
COE CRD-C 104
At least o ne sieve analysis is to be performed per shift for each size or classification of aggregate.

Coarse Aggregate ASTM C136 At least one sieve analysis is to be performed per shift for each size of course aggregate.

Quality of Aggregate ASTM C33 Perform all tests thirty d ays prior to the start of concrete placement. All tests are to be performed at
least once every three months after placement or when
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 14
the source or quality of aggregate changes.

Scales Test the accuracy of scales by test weights prior to the start of conc rete operations, and at least once every three months.

Air Content ASTM C231 Perform all tests when test specimens are fabricated.

Two air content tests shall be performed during each 8- hour period of concrete production. Additional tests
shall be perform ed if variation in workabilit y is
reported by the placing foreman or Owner Inspector.

Slump ASTM C143 Perform all tests when test specimens are fabricated.

Four slump tests sha ll be performed on each separate
concrete mixture produced during each 8 -hour p eriod
of concrete production. Additional tests shall be
performed if variation in workability is reported by the placing foreman or Owner Inspector.

Temperature ASTM C1064 Perform all tests when test specimens are fabricated Strength ASTM C31 and
ASTM C39
Perform all tests on at least one set of test specimens on each mixture placed during the day for each fifty cubic yards placed or portion thereof of that concrete mixture placed each day. Perform additional tests on a set of
test specimens as directed b y the Owner when mixture
proportions are changed or when low stren gths have
been detected. A set of test specimens consist of six
specimens, two to be tested at 7 days, two at 28 days,
and two cylinders held in reserve
B. Grading and Corrective Action

1. Fine Aggregate
a. At least once during each shift when the concrete plant i s operating, there must be one sieve analysis and fineness modulus determination in accordance with ASTM C136 and COE CRD-C 104 for the fine aggregate or for each fine aggregate if it is batched in more than one size or classification. Select the location at which samples are taken as the most advantageous for control. However, the Contractor is responsible for delivering fine aggregate to the mixer within specification limits.

When the am ount passing on any sieve is outside the specification limits, immediately resample and retest the fine aggregate. If there is another failure on any sieve, immediately report the failure to the Owner, stop concreting , and take immediate steps to correct the grading.

2. Coarse Aggregate
a. At least once during each shift in which the concrete plant is operating, there must be a sieve analysis in accordance with ASTM C136 for each si ze of coarse aggregate. Select the location at which samples are taken as the most advantageous for control. However, the Contractor is respons ible for delivering the aggregate to the mixer within specific ation limits. A test record of samples of aggregate taken at the same locations must show the results of the current test as well as the average results of the five most recent tests including the current test.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 15
Limits may be adopted for control coarser than the specification limits for samples taken other than as delivered to the mixer to allow for degradation during handling.

When the amount passing any sieve is outside the specification limits, immediately resample and retest the coarse aggregate. If the second sample fails on any sieve, report that failure to the Owner. Where two consecutive averages of 5 tests are outside specification limits, the operation is be considered out of control and must be reported to the Owner. Stop concreting and take immediate steps to correct the grading.

C. Quality of Aggregates

1. Thirty days prior to the start of concrete placement, perform all tests for aggregate quality required by ASTM C33. In addition, af ter the start of concrete placement, perform tests for aggregate quality at least every three months, and when the source of aggregate or aggregate quality changes. Take samples for testing after the start of concrete placement immediately prior to entering the concrete mixer.

D. Scales, Batching and Recording

1. Check the accuracy of the scales by test weights prior to start of concrete operations and at least once every three months. Also conduct such tests as directed whenever there are variations in properties of the fresh concrete that could result from batching errors. Once a week check the accuracy of each batch ing and recording device during a weighing operation by not ing and recording the required weight, recorded w eight, and the actual weight batched. At the same time, test and ensure that the devices for dispensing admixtures are operating properly and accurately. When either the weighing accuracy or batching accuracy does not comply with specification requiremen ts, do not operate the plant until ne cessary adjustments or repairs have been made. Immediately correct discrepancies in recording accuracies.

E. Batch-Plant Control

1. Continuously control the measureme nt of conc rete materials, incl uding cementitious materials, each size of aggregate, water, and admixtures. Adjust the aggregate weights and amount of added water as necessary to compensate for free moisture in the aggregates. Adjust the amount of air-entraining agent to control air c ontent within specified limits. Prepare a report indicating type and source of cement used, type and source of pozzolan or slag used, amount and source of admixtures used, aggregate source, the required aggregate and water weights per cubic yard amount of water as free moisture in each size of aggregate, and the batch aggregate and water weights per cubic yard for each class of concrete batched during each day's plant operation.

F. Concrete Mixture

1. Air Content Testing
a. Perform air content tests when test specimens are fabricated. In addition, make at least two tests for air content on randomly selected batches of each sep arate concrete mixture produced during each 8-hour period of c oncrete production.

Perform additional tests when excessive variation in workability is reported by the placing foreman or Owner inspector. Conduct tests in accordance with ASTM C231 for normal weight concrete.

2. Air Content Corrective Action
a. Whenever points on the control chart for percent air reach either warni ng limit, immediately make an adjustment in the am ount of air -entraining admixture batched. As soon as practical after each adjustment, make another test to verify the CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 16
result of the adjustment. Wh enever a point on the secondary control chart for range reaches the warning lim it, recalibrate the admixture dispenser to ensure that it is opera ting accurately and with good reproducibility. Whenever a point on either control chart reaches an action limit line, the air content is considered out of control and the concreting operati on immediately halted until the air content is under control. Make additional air content tests when concreting is restarted.

3. Slump Testing
a. In addition to slump tests which are made when test specimens are fabricated during concrete placement/discharge, m ake at least four slump tests on randomly selected batches in acco rdance with ASTM C143 for each separate concrete mixture produced during each 8- hour or less period of concrete production each day. Also, make additional tests when excessive variation in workability is reported by the placing foreman or Owner inspector.

4. Slump Corrective Action
a. Whenever points on the control charts for slump reach the upper warning limit, make an adjustment immediately in the batch weights of water and fine aggregate.

The adjustments are to be made so that the total water content does not exceed that amount allowed by the maximum w/c ratio specified, based on aggregates which are in a saturated surface dry condition. When a single slump reaches the up per or lower action limit, deliver no further concrete to the placing site until proper adjustments have been made. Immediately after each adjustment, make another test to verify the correctness of the adjustment. Whenever two consecutive individual slump tests, made during a period when there was no adj ustment of batch weights, produce a point on the control chart for range at or above the upper action limit, halt the concre ting operation immediately, and take appropriate steps to bring the slump under control. Make additional slump tests as directed.

5. Temperature
a. Measure the temperature of the concrete when compressive strength specimens are fabricated in accordance with ASTM C1064. Report the temperature along with the compressive strength data.

6. Strength Specimens
a. Perform o n at least one set of test sp ecimens, for compressive strength as appropriate, on each different concrete mixture placed during the day for each 50 cubic yards or portion thereof of that concrete mixture placed each day for each individual structure. Perform on additional sets of test specimens, as directed by the Owner, when the mixture proportions are changed or when low strengths have been detected. Develop a truly random (not haphazard) sampling plan for approval by the Owner prior to the start of con struction. Show in the plan that sampling is done in a completely random and unbiased manner.
1) A set of test specimens for concrete with a 28 -day specified strength in accordance with paragraph STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS in PART 2 consists of six specimens, two to be tested at 7 days, two at 28 days, and two cylinders held in reserve.
2) A strength test is the average of the strengths of at least two 6 inch by 12 inch cylinders.
3) Mold and cure test specimens in accordance with ASTM C 31, and test in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M for test cyl inders. Immediately report results of all strength tests to the Owner.
4) Maintain quality control charts for individual strength "tests", ("test" a s defined in paragraph STRENGTH REQUI REMENTS in PART 1 ) moving average of last 3 "tests" for strength, and m oving average for range for the CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 17
last 3 "tests" for each mixture. Provide charts similar to those found in ACI 214R.

G. Inspection Before Placing

1. Inspect foundations, constructi on joints, forms, and embedd ed items in sufficient ti me prior to each concrete placement in order to certify to the Owner that they are ready to receive concrete. Report the results of each inspection in writing.

H. Placing

1. The placing foreman must supervise placing operations, determine that the correct quality of concrete or grout is placed in each location as specified and as directed by the Owner, and be responsible for measuring and recording concrete temperatures and ambient temperature hourly during placing operations, weather conditions, time of placeme nt, volume placed, and method of placement. The placing foreman must not permit batching and placing to begin until it has been verified that an adequate number of vibrators in working order and with competent operators are available. Do not continue pla cing if any pile of concrete is inadequately consolidated. If any batch of concrete fails to meet the temperature requirements, take immediate steps to improve temperature controls.

I. Cold-Weather Protection

1. At least once each shi ft and once per day on non- work days, inspect all areas subject to cold-weather protection. Note any deficiencies, correct, and report.

J. Mixer Uniformity

1. Stationary Mixers
a. Prior to the start of concrete p lacing and once every 6 months when concrete is being placed, or once for every 75,000 cubic yards of concre te placed, whichever results in the shortest time interv al, determine uniformity of concrete mixing in accordance with ASTM C94.

2. Truck Mixers
a. Prior to the start of concrete placing and at least once every 6 months when concrete is being placed, determine uniformity of concrete mixing in accordance with ASTM C94. Select the truck mixers randomly for testing. When satisfactory performance is found in one truck mixer, the performance of mixers of substantially the same design and condition of the blades may be regarded as satisfactory.

3. Mixer Uniformity Corrective Action
a. When a mixer fails to meet mixer uniformity requirements, either increase the mixing time, change the batching sequence, redu ce the batc h size, or adjust the mixer until compliance is achieved.

4. Reports
a. Report all results of tests or inspections conducted, informally as they are completed and in writing daily. Prepare a weekly report for the updating of control charts covering the entire p eriod from the start of the construction season through the current week. During periods of cold-weather protection, prepare daily reports of pertinent temperatures. These requirements do not relieve th e Contractor of the obligation to report certain fai lures immediately as requir ed in preceding paragraphs. Confirm such reports of failures and the action taken in writing in the routine reports. The Owner has the right to examine all contractor quality control records.

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 18

3.8 REPAIR, REHABILITATION AND REMOVAL
A. Before the Owner accepts the structure and fin al payment is made, inspect the structure for cracks, damage and substandard concrete placements that may adversely affect the service life of the structure. Submit a report documenting these defects, which includes recommendations for repair, removal and/or remediation to the Owner for approval before any corrective work is accomplished.

B. Crack Repair

1. Prior to final acceptance, document and repair all cracks in excess of 0.02 inches wide.

Submit the proposed method and materials to repair the cracks to the Owner for approval.

Address the amount of mo vement expected in the crack due to temperature changes and loading.

C. Repair of Weak Surfaces

1. Weak surfaces are defined as mortar-rich, rain-damaged, uncured, or containing exposed voids or deleterious materials. Diamond grind concrete surfaces with weak surfaces less than 1/4 inch thick to remove the weak surface. Remove and replace surfaces containing weak surfaces greater than 1/4 inch thick, or mitigate in a manner acceptable to the Owner.

D. Failure of Quality Assurance Test Results

1. Do not proceed with proposed mitigation efforts to restore the service life until approved by the Owner.

END OF SECTION 033000
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 1
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Anchor Bolts

2. Vault Hatches and Covers

3. Miscellaneous Plates and Shapes

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Aluminum Association:

1. AA DAF-45 - Designation System for Aluminum Finishes.

B. American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE/SAFE)

1. ASSE/SAFE A10.3 – Operations - Safety Requirements for Powder Actuated Fastening Systems
C. American Welding Society:

1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.

D. ASTM International:

1. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.

2. ASTM A47 - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings

3. ASTM A53- Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.

4. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.

5. ASTM A153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.

6. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength.

7. ASTM A500 - Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.

8. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

9. ASTM A780 - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings.

10. ASTM A786 - Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled Carbon, Low-Alloy,

11. High-Strength Low-Alloy, and Alloy Steel Floor Plates.

12. ASTM A924 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process
METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 2

13. ASTM B26 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings.

14. ASTM B108 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Permanent Mold Castings.

15. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate.

16. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.

17. ASTM C1513 - Standard Specification for Steel Tapping Screws for Cold -Formed Steel Framing Connections.

18. ASTM D1187 - Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal.

E. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings:

1. SSPC SP 3 – Power Tool Cleaning

6. 3 – Commercial Blast Cleaning

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Vault hatches and covers.

1. Shop Drawings.

2. Product data.

C. Ladders.

1. Shop Drawings.

2. Product data.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Qualify welders in accordance with AWS D1.1. Use procedures, materials, and equipment of the type required for the Work.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect from corrosion, deformation, and other types of damage. Store items in an enclosed area free from contact with soil and weather. Remove and replace damaged items with new items.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Anchor Bolts

1. ASTM A307. Where exposed, shall be of the same material, color, and finish as the metal to which applied.

2. Lag Screws and Bolts
a. ASME B18.2.1, type and grade best suited for the purpose.

METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 3

3. Toggle Bolts
a. ASME B18.2.1.

4. Bolts, Nuts, Studs and Rivets
a. ASME B18.2.2 or ASTM A307.

5. Powder Actuated Fasteners
a. Follow safety provisions of ASSE/SAFE A10.3.

6. Screws
a. ASME B18.2.1, ASME B18.6.2, ASME B18.6.3 and ASTM C1513.

7. Washers
a. Provide plain washers to conform to ASME B18.21.1. Provide beveled washers for American Standard beams and channels, square or rectangular, tapered in thickness, and smooth. Provide lock washers to conform to ASME B18.21.1.

2.2 FABRICATION FINISHES
A. Galvanizing

1. Hot-dip galvanize items specified to be zinc -coated, after fabrication where practicable.

Galvanizing: ASTM A123, ASTM A153, ASTM A653 or ASTM A924, G90, as applicable.

B. Galvanize

1. Anchor bolts, grating fasteners, washers, and parts or devices necessary for proper installation, unless indicated otherwise.

C. Repair of Zinc-Coated Surfaces

1. Repair damaged surfaces with galvanizing repair method and paint conforming to ASTM A780 or by application of stick or thick paste material specifically designed for repair of galvanizing, as approved by the Owner. Clean areas to be repaired and remove slag from welds. Heat surfaces to which stick or paste material is applied, with a torch to a temperature sufficient to melt the metallics in stick or paste; spread molten material uniformly over surfaces to be coated and wipe off excess material.

D. Shop Cleaning and Painting

1. Surface Preparation
a. Blast clean surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP 6/NACE No.3. Surfaces that will be exposed in spaces above ceiling or in attic spaces, crawl spaces, furred spaces, and chases may be cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP 3 in lieu of being blast cleaned. Wash cleaned surfaces which become contaminated with rust, dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants with solvents until thoroughly clean. Steel to be embedded in concrete shall be free of dirt and grease. Do not paint or galvanize bearing surfaces, including contact surfaces within slip critical joints, but coat with rust preventative applied in the shop.

2. Pretreatment, Priming and Painting
a. Apply pretreatment, primer, and paint in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. On surfaces concealed in the finished construction or not accessible for finish painting, apply an additional prime coat to a minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 mil. Tint additional prime coat with a small amount of tinting pigment.

E. Nonferrous Metal Surfaces

1. Protect by plating, anodic, or organic coatings.

METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 4
F. Aluminum Surfaces

1. Surface Condition
a. Before finishes are applied, remove roll marks, scratches, rolled -in scratches, kinks, stains, pits, orange peel, die marks, structural streaks, and other defects which will affect uniform appearance of finished surfaces.

2. Aluminum Finishes
a. Unexposed sheet, plate, and extrusions may have mill finish as fabricated.

Sandblast castings' finish, medium, AA DAF45. Unless otherwise specified, provide all other aluminum items with a hand sanded or machine finish to a 240 grit. Provide a coating thickness not less than that specified for protective and decorative type finishes for items used in interior locations or architectural Class I type finish for items used in exterior locations in AA DAF45. Provide a polished satin finish on items to be anodized.

2.3 VAULT HATCHES AND COVERS
A. Covers shall be prefabricated aluminum grating units with a minimum 10 year warranty and designed to support a load of 300 pounds per square foot. Hardware shall be stainless steel.

Design calculations shall be performed by a qualified engineer registered in California.

Submittal shall include dimensions, installation instructions, warranty, bearing details, and weight. Submit design calculations and shop drawings to the Owner.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS PLATES AND SHAPES
A. Provide for items that do not form a part of the structural steel framework, such as lintels, sill angles, miscellaneous mountings and frames. Provide lintels fabricated from structural steel shapes over openings in masonry walls and partitions as required to support wall loads over openings. Provide with connections and fasteners. Construct to have at least 8 inches bearing on masonry at each end.

B. Provide angles and plates, ASTM A36, for embedment as indicated. Galvanize embedded items exposed to the elements according to ASTM A123.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install items at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's instructions. Verify all measurements and take all field measurements necessary before fabrication. Exposed fastenings shall be compatible materials, shall generally match in color and finish, and harmonize with the material to which fastenings are applied. Include materials and parts necessary to complete each item, even though such work is not definitely shown or specified.

Poor matching of holes for fasteners shall be cause for rejecti on. Conceal fastenings where practicable. Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports shall provide strength and METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 5
stiffness. Form joints exposed to the weather shall be formed to exclude water. Items listed below require additional procedures.

3.2 WORKMANSHIP
A. Provide miscellaneous metalwork that is well formed to shape and size, with sharp lines and angles and true curves. Drilling and punching shall produce clean true lines and surfaces.

Provide continuous welding along the entire area of contact except where tack welding is permitted. Do not tack weld exposed connections of work in place and ground smooth. Provide a smooth finish on exposed surfaces of work in place and unless otherwise approved, flush exposed riveting. Mill joints where tight fits are required. Corner joints shall be coped or mitered, well formed, and in true alignment. Accurately set work to established lines and elevations and securely fastened in place. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved drawings, cuts, and details.

3.3 ANCHORAGE, FASTENINGS, AND CONNECTIONS
A. Provide anchorage where necessary for fastening miscellaneous metal items securely in place.

Include for anchorage not otherwise specified or indicated slotted inserts, expansion shields, and powder-driven fasteners, when approved for concrete; toggle bolts and through bolts for masonry; machine and carriage bolts for steel; through bolts, lag bolts, and screws for wood.

Do not use wood plugs in any material. Provide non -ferrous attachments for non-ferrous metal.

Make exposed fastenings of compatible materials, generally matching in color and finish, to which fastenings are applied. Conceal fastenings where practicable.

3.4 BUILT-IN WORK
A. Form for anchorage metal work built -in with concrete or masonry, or provide with suitable anchoring devices as indicated or as required. Furnish metal work in ample time for securing in place as the work progresses.

3.5 WELDING
A. Perform welding, welding inspection, and corrective welding, in accordance with AWS D1.1.

Use continuous welds on all exposed connections. Grind visible welds smooth in the finished installation.

3.6 FINISHES
A. Dissimilar Materials

1. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, protect surfaces with a coat conforming to MPI 79 to prevent galvanic or corrosive action. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete, plaster, mortar, masonry, wood, or absorptive materials subject to wetting, protect with ASTM D1187, asphalt-base emulsion.

METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 6

3.7 Vault Hatches
A. Install in accordance with details on Plans and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

END OF SECTION 055000
EARTHWORK 310000 - 1
SECTION 310000 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM International

1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates

2. ASTM D1140 - Standard Test Methods for Determining the Amount of Material Finer than 75-µm (No. 200) Sieve in Soils by Washing

3. ASTM D1556 - Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method

4. ASTM D2216 - Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass

5. ASTM D2487 - Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)

6. ASTM D3740 - Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction

7. ASTM D4318 - Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils

8. ASTM D4643 - Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil by the Microwave Oven Method

9. ASTM D5080 - Standard Test Method for Rapid Determination of Percent Compaction

10. ASTM D6913 - Standard Test Methods for Particle-Size Distribution (Gradation) of Soils Using Sieve Analysis

11. ASTM D6938 - Standard Test Method for In -Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)

12. ASTM D698 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/cu. ft.)
B. STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CALTRANS)

1. Caltrans - Standard Specifications
C. U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)

1. EM 385-1-1 - Safety and Health Requirements Manual

2. ER 1110-1-261 - Quality Assurance of Laboratory Testing Procedures

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Suitable Materials

1. Suitable materials shall consist of soils classified in accordance with ASTM D2487 as

CL, CL-ML, CH, MH, ML, SC, SM, GP, GW, GM, GC, GC -GM, GP-GM, GW -GM, GP-GC, GW-GC, SP, SW, SP -SM, SW -SM, SP -SC, SW -SC, and SC -SM meeting the additional requirements of Paragraph 2.2 TYPES OF FILL MATERIALS. Suitable materials are free from debris and organic material as defined herein. Materials shall not be classified as unsuitable based solely on moisture content.

B. Unsuitable Materials

1. Unsuitable materials include all other materials that are not defined as suitable materials in Paragraph A Suitable Materials. Materials are not classified as unsuitable based solely EARTHWORK 310000 - 2
on moisture content. Material containing roots greater than 1/2 -inch in diameter, debris, rubble, trash or other deleterious items shall be classified as unsuitable materials.

Unsuitable materials shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 02 41 00 DEMOLITION AND DECONSTRUCTION.

2. Soils containing visible concentrations of organics or classified as organic clay or organic silt (OH or OL) are unsuitable, except for strippings.

C. Fill Material

1. The terms "embankment" or "fill" or "backfill" as used in these specifications are defined as the earth fill portions of the levee embankment structure, other fills related to the levee, or other fills within the limits of the project.

2. Levee Fill
a. Earthen fill to be placed on or within the levee embankment. Levee Fill shall consist of suitable materials meeting the additional requirements of Paragraph 2.2 TYPES OF FILL MATERIALS.

3. Random Fill
a. Earthen fill to be placed outside of the levee embankment. Random Fill shall consist of suitable materials meeting the additional requirements of Paragraph 2.2 TYPES OF FILL MATERIALS.

D. Structural Backfill

1. Earthen fill to be placed within 4-feet of completed or partially completed structures.

E. Degree of Compaction

1. Degree of compaction shall be expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D698, abbreviated hereinafter as percent of laboratory maximum density.

F. Engineer

1. Owner design engineer hereafter referred to as Engineer.

1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Contractor's Project Manager and Site Superintendent shall each have a minimum of three (3) years’ experience in their respective roles on projects of similar nature, magnitude, and complexity.

B. Earthwork Contractor

1. The earthwork contractor performing levee construction and reconstruction shall have experience in projects of similar size and scope completed in the last 10 years. The project experience must have been performed by the entity proposing to perform the work as defined below. An individual's experience from former companies shall qualify as contractor experience provided that the individual is the Contractor's designated Project Manager or Site Superintendent. Qualifying experience in levee construction and reconstruction shall consist of the following:
a. Satisfactorily performed the work and completed the construction of at least three earthwork projects under State or Federal jurisdiction including either, (1) levee construction, or ( 2) earthwork construction for water containment structures or dams of equal or greater size and complexity. The projects must have been EARTHWORK 310000 - 3
completed within the last 10 years and must have included a minimum quantity of 75,000 cubic yards.

1.4 1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:

1. Excavation Plan

2. Pre-Construction Condition Survey

3. Shoring and Sheeting Plan

4. Plan of Operations

5. Flood Stage Contingency Plan

6. Rock Slope Protection Work Plan

7. Embankment and Backfill Materials product data

8. Rock Slope Protection product data

9. Test Data Summaries

10. Construction Verification Survey Report

1.5 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. Lines and Grades

1. The Contractor shall submit pre -construction condition survey documentation and video tape of the levee crown roadway gravel, paving, floodwalls, and levee slope area showing adequate detail.

2. Unless otherwise noted on the Plans, the embankment shall be restored to pre - construction lines and grades. Submit copies of survey data in the form of cross sections of the levee prior to construction. Submit written certification that the data is accurate and surveying was performed by a surveyor authorized to practice land surveying in the State of California. Submit all data within 24 hours of performing field surveys.

3. Where variations are noted on the Plans, the embankments and backfills shall be constructed to the lines, grades, and cross sections indicated on the Plans, unless otherwise directed by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to increase or decrease the foundation widths and embankment slopes or to make such other changes in the embankment or backfill sections as may be deemed necessary to produce a safe structure.

Changes in quantities resulting from such revisions will not constitute justification for change in contract unit prices, except as provided for in the General Specifications.

B. Conduct of the Work

1. Twenty days prior to commencement of placing embankment and backfill the Contractor shall submit for review a Plan of Operations for accomplishing all embankment and backfill construction. The plan shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to the start of Work.

This plan shall include, but not be limited to, the Contractor's proposed sequence of construction for embankment and backfill items, and methods and types of equipment to be utilized for all embankment and backfill operations, including transporting, pla cing, and compaction and a material distribution and stockpile plan that describes where material will be obtained, placed, stockpiled and blended for usage or for temporary disposal. Equipment data shall include weights, size and contact pressures. This plan shall also include the names and addresses of the commercial testing labs which will EARTHWORK 310000 - 4
perform the soil testing and inspection and describe how all required soils testing will be performed and reported.

2. The Contractor shall maintain and protect the embankment, backfill, and any identified existing structures, utilities, and trees in a satisfactory condition at all times until final completion and acceptance of all work under the Contract. If the hauling equipment causes horizontal shear planes or slicken sides, rutting, quaking, heaving, cracking, or excessive deformation of the embankment or backfill, the Contractor shall limit the type, load, or travel speed of the hauling equipment on the embankment or backfill. The Contractor may be required to remove, at his own expense, any embankment material placed outside of prescribed slope lines. Any approved embankment or backfill material which is lost in transit or rendered unsuitable after being placed in the embankment or backfill and before final acceptance of the work shall be replaced by the Contractor in a satisfactory manner and no additional payment will be made. The Contractor shall excavate and remove from the embankment or backfill any material which is unsatisfactory and shall also dispose of such material and refill the excavated area as directed, all at no cost to the Owner.

C. Fill Materials

1. Materials for embankment construction shall be suitable materials obtained from the project excavations or import material . The Contractor shall blend and reuse project excavations to the maximum extent possible. Materials shall be tested for suitability prior to placement. Material not meeting the specified requirements shall be hauled off site and disposed of in a legal manner.

D. Slides and Foundation Failures

1. The Contractor shall repair any sliding that occurs in any part of the embankment, channel slopes and backfills prescribed in this section prior to final acceptance of the work. When the slide is caused through the fault of the Contractor, the repair shall be made at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall submit a plan detailing how the repair will be completed. The plan shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to the start of repair work. When the slide is not the fault of the Contractor, an extension of the unit prices for excavation and embankment shall be made to cover the cost of the repairs.

E. Drainage Requirements

1. The Contractor shall not block or restrict the flow in a natural drain, existing culvert, ditch or channel at any time without obtaining prior written approval. This approval shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any damage caused by his operation.

The Contractor shall monitor the channel flow and provide sufficient free discharge areas so that conditions are not worsened upstream or downstream by possible floods during construction. Surface water shall be directed away from excavations and construction sites so as to prevent erosion and undermining of foundations. Diversion ditches, dikes, and grading shall be provided and maintained as necessary during construction.

Excavated slopes and backfill surfaces shall be protected to prevent erosion and sloughing. Excavation shall be performed so that the site and the area immediately surrounding the site and affecting operations at the site shall be continually and effectively drained. If private property is to be used for drainage, the Contractor shall submit written evidence that the right has been obtained from the property owner for drainage on his property.

F. Utilities
EARTHWORK 310000 - 5

1. Movement of construction machinery and equipment over underground utilities and near overhead utilities during construction shall be at the Contractor's risk. Utility lines damaged during construction shall be immediately reported to the Owner and repaired at the Contractor's expense.

G. Protection of Existing Man-Made Facilities and Natural Features

1. Embankment excavation shall be conducted in such a manner as to avoid damage to trees left standing and trees outside the excavation areas, existing buildings, man -made facilities and natural features, with due regard to the safety of employees and others.

1.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. For measurement and payment refer to Section 01 22 00.00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Fill Materials

1. Project fills shall be constructed of suitable earth materials as defined in Paragraph 1.2 DEFINITIONS and as required in Paragraph 2.2 TYPES OF FILL MATERIALS. The Contractor shall blend and reuse project excavations to the maximum extent possible.

Materials shall be screened of oversize material and blended as needed to obtain a blended material suitable for construction meeting the fill requirements outlined in these Specifications. Soil classification tests shall be completed for all blended material in accordance with ASTM D2487.

B. Aggregate Surface

1. Refer to section 321500.

2.2 TYPES OF FILL MATERIALS
A. Levee Fill

1. Levee fill material shall be obtained from project excavations or import material and shall be used as outlined below and as shown on the Plans.

2. Levee Fill for use as embankment fill, and backfill of abandoned utility excavations shall meet the following requirements:

GRADATION ASTM TEST PROCEDURE
Sieve Size Percent Passing
2-inch 100 ASTM D6913
No. 200 >= 30 ASTM C1140
EARTHWORK 310000 - 6
Liquid Limit running 10-test average <= 45 with
no tests > 50.

ASTM D4318 (wet preparation
method)
Plasticity Index running 10-test average >= 10 with
no tests < 8.

ASTM D4318 (wet preparation
method)
B. Random Fill

1. Random Fill consists of material obtained from project excavations that does not meet or cannot be blended to meet Levee Fill requirements. Random Fill may be used for construction ramps, as non-structural fill along the landside levee toe, mixing with rock slope protection (RSP) as shown on the Plans. Random Fill shall consist of suitable material with a maximum particle size less than 2 inches. Generally material meeting the requirements of Levee Fill shall be reserved for use as embankment fill. Any oversize material that is encountered shall be stockpiled and evaluated by the Contractor for reuse.

If the oversize material cannot be reused, it shall be disposed of off-site in a legal manner.

2.3 BEDDING MATERIAL
A. Bedding Material

1. Bedding material shall be a blend of small cobbles and gravels that is clean, hard, dense, durable, uncoated rock fragments free from injurious amounts of organic matter and other deleterious substances. Two gradations of bedding material are used is the design as shown on the Drawings: Filter Layer and Bedding Layer. Bedding material as placed in any portion of the completed work must meet the following gradations when determined in accordance with ASTM C33/C33M:

Filter Layer Gradation
Sieve Size (in) Percent Passing by Weight

1.5 100
3/8 80 – 95
No. 4 70 – 85
No. 20 15 – 50
No. 40 10 – 15
No. 200 0 – 15

Bedding Layer Gradation
Sieve Size (in) Percent Passing by Weight
6 100
EARTHWORK 310000 - 7
4 85 – 100

2.5 60 – 85
5/8 15 – 60
1/4 5 – 15
No. 8 0 – 5

Establish of subgrade for placement of Rock Toe Protection will require excavation into the channel bank and channel bed as shown on the Plans. Native material generated from the establishment of this subgrade may be used as Bedding Material provided it meets gradation requirement for the Filter Layer or the Bedding Layer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TOLERANCES
A. All embankments (prior to placement of aggregate surfacing) and backfills shall be constructed to the grades, lines, and cross -sections shown on the Plans and as determined by Contractors Owner-reviewed pre-construction surveys. The levee side slopes shall have a tolerance of 0 to plus 0.4 feet for final dressing (measured perpendicular to the slope). The levee crown shall have a tolerance of 0 to plus 0.1 feet above and 0 feet below. These tolerances will be allowed provided that any excess material is so distributed that the crown and slopes of the levee drain and that there are no abrupt humps or depressions in any surfaces.

B. A tolerance of 0.2 feet above or below the prescribed grade will be allowed for finished surfaces outside the levee embankment provided that the surface drains away from the levee in the direction as indicated on the Plans with no abrupt humps or depressions.

3.2 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION, PARTIAL FILL SURFACES AND EMBANKMENTS A. Foundation Preparation

1. After excavation, grubbing and stripping (as described in Section 31 11 00 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING) of the embankment and foundation area to the extent indicated on the Plans or otherwise required, the sides of stump holes, test pits, and other similar cavities or depressions shall be broken down so as to flatten out the slopes to no steeper than 1H:1V, and the sides of the cut or hole shall be scarified to provide bond between the foundation material and the fill. Unless otherwise directed, each depression shall be filled with the same material type that is to be placed immediately above the foundation. The fill shall be benched or keyed, placed in layers, moisture conditioned, and compacted in accordance with the applicable provisions of these Specifications for the specific material type. Materials which cannot be compacted by roller equipment because of inadequate clearances shall be compacted with power tampers in accordance with Paragraph 3.6 COMPACTION for the specific material type.

EARTHWORK 310000 - 8
B. Prior to placement of compacted fill in any section of the embankment, the foundation of such section shall be observed by the Engineer before the surface is loosened thoroughly by scarifying, plowing, discing or harrowing to a minimum depth of 6 inches, and moisture conditioned to the amount specified in Paragraph 3.5 MOISTURE CONTROL for the appropriate type of material. After removal of roots or other debris turned up in the process of loosening, the entire surface of the foundation area shall be compacted to the minimum specified percentage of the maximum dry density. Immediately prior to placement of compacted fill on or against the surfaces of any partially filled section, all soft or loose material, all material containing cracks or gullies, and all material that does not conform with the specified embankment materials shall be removed. The remaining surface of the partially filled section shall be loosened by scarifying, plowing, discing or harrowing to a minimum depth of 6 inches, and the moisture content shall be adjusted as specified in Paragraph 3.5 MOISTURE CONTROL for the appropriate type of material. The surface of the partially filled section upon which fill is to be placed shall then be compacted as hereinafter specified for the appropriate type of fill. No separate payment will be made for loosening and rolling the foundation area or the surfaces of partially filled sections, but the entire cost thereof shall be included in the applicable contract price for Levee Fill.

C. Benching

1. Benching into the existing levee embankment or existing side slopes is required in order to place and compact the material in horizontal layers. The vertical face cut into the existing surface resulting from the benching operation shall be a minimum of 6 inches in height but shall not exceed 12 inches in height.

D. Stability of Excavations into Levee Embankment

1. Shoring and Sheeting
a. Stability of temporary embankment excavations required for utility removal and replacement shall be maintained and monitored by the Contractor. b. In addition to EM 385 -1-1 and other requirements set forth in this contract, the Contractor shall submit a Shoring and Sheeting Plan that includes drawings and calculations, certified by a registered civil engineer authorized to practice in the State of California, and describes the methods for shoring and sheeting of excavations if required. Drawings shall include material sizes and types, arrangement of members, and the sequence and method of installation and removal. Calculations shall include data and references used and include provisions in the shoring and sheeting plan that will accomplish the following:
1) Prevent undermining of embankments, roads, or structures. 2) Prevent slippage or movement in embankments adjacent to the excavation. 3) Prevent slippage or movement in embankments during utility replacement.

3.3 EXCAVATION
A. Excavation shall consist of the excavation as necessary to key and bench fills, removal of objectionable and unsuitable materials, and excavation for utility modifications.

B. The Contractor shall submit an Excavation Plan a minimum of 20 days prior to the beginning of any excavation. Review of the detailed plan shall be obtained from the Owner prior to starting the work. If necessary, the plan shall be modified as required to meet field conditions, and the modifications shall be reviewed prior to use. At a minimum, the plan shall contain the following:

EARTHWORK 310000 - 9

1. Proposed methods for preventing interference with, or damage to, existing underground or overhead utility lines, trees designated to remain, and other man -made facilities or natural features designated to remain within or adjacent to the construction right-of-way.

2. The proposed methods for controlling surface and ground water in the required excavations.

3. Stockpiling and blending plan for embankment material showing locations, stockpile heights, slopes, limits, and drainage around the stockpile areas.

4. A complete listing of equipment used for excavation and transport of the excavated material.

5. The Contractor's proposed sequence of work for excavating with plan and cross sectional views showing starting and final work locations and clearing, grubbing and stripping limits.

6. The Contractor's proposed road pattern and plan for implementing dust control measures.

C. Utilities

1. Excavations for utility modification and removal shall be as specified on the Plans and in these Specifications. Excavate to the dimensions indicated or to safe limits if dimensions are not provided. Rock, where encountered, shall be removed below the bottom of the pipe or structure.

D. Slopes and Surcharges

1. Temporary excavation slopes shall not be steeper than the specified finished slope or the specified construction slope, as shown on the Plans. This shall be accomplished by benching the temporary slope so that the average slope is not steeper than the specified slope.

2. No temporary, permanent, or construction slope shall be surcharged with excavated or stockpiled material or with heavy construction equipment. The toe of stockpiled material or routing of construction equipment shall be maintained a minimum distance back from the top of the finished excavation equal to the depth of the excavation. Any slide or other adverse conditions caused by failure of the Contractor to maintain these conditions shall be considered the responsibility of the Contractor and remedial measures shall be at the Contractor's expense.

3.4 PLACEMENT AND SPREADING
A. General

1. No fill shall be placed on any part of the embankment foundation until such areas have been inspected by the Owner.

2. Gradation and Distribution
a. The gradation and distribution of materials shall be such that the levee embankment will be free from lenses, pockets, streaks, and layers of material differing substantially in texture or gradation from surrounding material of the same class. If lenses, pockets, or layers of materials differing substantially in texture or gradation from surrounding material occur in the spread material, the layer shall be removed, blended, and tested for suitability prior to replacement.

Screening and blending of materials shall occur in approved stockpile areas, and shall be performed under the observation of the Engineer. During the placement and spreading process, the Contractor shall maintain at all times a force of workers and appropriate equipment adequate to remove oversized particles, oversized roots, debris, rubble, trash, deleterious items, concentrations of organic material, and all EARTHWORK 310000 - 10
oversized rock fragments from all levee embankment materials. The maximum allowed particle size for the appropriate fill material type shall be as indicated in Paragraph 2.2 TYPES OF FILL MATERIALS.

3. Foundations and Partial Embankment Fills
a. The foundations and all partial embankments receiving fill shall be kept thoroughly drained. Placement operations will be such as to avoid mixing of materials from adjacent sections as much as practicable.

4. Equipment Traffic
a. Equipment traffic on any embankment zone shall be routed to minimize rutting of placed fill and to distribute the compactive effort as much as practicable. Ruts formed in the surface of any layer of spread material shall be filled before that material is compacted. If the compacted surface of any layer of material is too smooth to bond properly with the succeeding layer, the surface shall be loosened by scarifying or other reviewed methods before material for the succeeding layer is placed.

B. Placement of Embankment and Structural Backfill

1. No embankment or backfill shall be placed on or against concrete less than 7 days after placement or 70 percent of the design strength is achieved, without prior review by the Owner. Crawler -type tractors, vibratory equipment and other similar compaction equipment shall not be used within 4 feet of any completed or partially completed structure. Compaction within 4 feet of completed or partially completed structures shall be accomplished by the use of mechanical hand tampers, vibrating plates, or other approved methods and equipment. The Contractor shall ensure that compaction operations do not damage any existing utilities. Any damage caused by the Contractor's operation shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense.

C. Fill Materials

1. Levee Fill and Random Fill shall be placed and spread in layers not more than 6 inches in uncompacted thickness, except within 4 feet of structure, the uncompacted layer thickness shall be reduced to 4 inches unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. Where fill narrows near the crown, levee embankments shall be overbuilt to equipment width and trimmed to the design slopes as shown on the Plans.

D. Erosion Control Seeding

1. Erosion control of the completed levee slopes shall be performed in accordance with Section 32 92 19 EROSION CONTROL SEEDING.

3.5 MOISTURE CONTROL
A. General

1. The materials in each layer of the fill shall contain the specified amount of moisture within the limits specified below. Material that is not within the specified moisture content limits outlined below after compaction shall be reworked to obtain the specified moisture content, regardless of density.

2. Insufficient Moisture for Suitable Bond
a. If the top or contact surfaces of partially filled sections do not meet the specified moisture range, the Contractor shall loosen the dried materials by scarifying or disking to a minimum depth of six inches, shall dampen the loosened material and EARTHWORK 310000 - 11
shall compact this layer in accordance with the applicable requirements of Paragraph 3.6 COMPACTION.

3. Excessive Moisture for Suitable Bond
a. If the top or contact surfaces of partially filled sections do not meet the specified moisture range, the wet material shall be scarified and permitted to dry, assisted by disking or harrowing if necessary, to a minimum depth of six inches. The material shall be dried to an acceptable moisture range, and shall be compacted in accordance with the applicable requirements of Paragraph 3.6 COMPACTION.

4. Drying Wet Material

5. Material that is too wet shall be substantially dried in the stockpile area prior to bringing to the levee embankment. Drying shall be assisted by disking or harrowing, if necessary, until the moisture content is reduced to an amount that will require minimal processing once the material is placed.

6. Increasing Moisture in Dry Material
a. The moisture content of material that is too dry shall be adjusted in the stockpile area prior to bringing to the levee embankment. The Contractor shall add water to the fill material and by harrowing, or other approved methods, work the moisture into the material until a uniform distribution of moisture is obtained that will require minimal processing once the material is placed. Water applied on a layer of fill shall be accurately controlled in amount so that free water will not appear on the surface during or subsequent to rolling. Should too much water be added to any part of the embankment, the rolling on that section of the embankment shall be delayed until the moisture content of the materials is reduced to an amount within the specified limits.

B. Moisture Content Requirements

1. The moisture content of Levee Fill and Random Fill after compaction shall be within the limits of 3 percentage points above optimum to 1 percentage point below optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698. These moisture requirements shall also apply for subgrade to receive Levee Fill, Random Fill, ramps and roadways, structural backfill, and utility backfill.

3.6 COMPACTION
A. Compaction Equipment

1. Compaction equipment shall conform to the following requirements and shall be used as prescribed in subsequent paragraphs.

2. Tamping Rollers
a. Tamping rollers shall be as follows:
1) Towed -Tamping rollers shall consist of a heavy-duty double drum unit, with a drum diameter not less than 60 inches, and an individual drum length of not less than 60 inches. The drums shall be capable of being ballasted with water or a combination of sand and water. Each drum shall have staggered feet uniformly spaced over the cylindrical surface such as to provide approximately three tamping feet for each 2 square feet of drum surface. The tamping feet shall be 7 to 9 inches in clear projection from the cylindrical surface of the roller and shall have a face area of not less than 5 square inches nor more than 7 square inches. The roller shall be equipped with cleaning fingers, so designed and attached as to prevent the accumulation of material between the tamping feet, and these cleaning EARTHWORK 310000 - 12
fingers shall be maintained at their full length throughout the periods of use of the roller. The weight of the roller shall not be less than 3500 psf of linear drum length weighted, and shall not be more than 2000 psf of drum length empty. The two drums comprising one roller unit shall be yoked such that they will oscillate when traversing uneven surfaces. The design and operation of the tamping roller shall be subject to the review by the Owner who shall have the right at any time during the prosecution of the work to direct such repairs to the tamping feet, minor alterations in the roller and variations in the weight as may be found necessary to secure optimum compaction of the earth fill materials. The Contractor may be required to add ballast to the roller to the maximum capacity specified by the manufacturer of the roller. The roller shall be drawn by a crawler -type or a rubber-tired tractor at a speed not to exceed 5 miles per hour. The use of the rubber-tired tractor shall be discontinued if the tires leave ruts that prevent uniform compaction by the tamping roller. If tamping rollers are used in tandem, not more than two rollers in tandem will be permitted and in such case, one trip of the tandem rollers over any surface will be considered as two passes. When tamping rollers are used in tandem, the tamper foot spacing shall be offset so that the circumferential rows on the rear drums are in line with the mid-point of the circumferential rows on the forward drums. 2) Self-propelled - Self-propelled tamping rollers may be used in lieu of tractor drawn tamping rollers provided the foot pressure on the tamping feet of the self-propelled roller are approximately the same as the foot pressure on the towed roller. For self -propelled rollers steered with rubber -tired wheels, the tire pressure shall not exceed 40 psi. Self -propelled rollers shall be operated at speeds not exceeding 5 miles per hour. The Owner has the authority to limit or eliminate the use of self -propelled rollers if they are found to cause shearing or laminations of the compacted fill.

3. Vibratory Rollers
a. Vibratory rollers for compacting pervious sand and gravel fills, or filter and transition drainage layers, shall be equipped with a smooth steel compaction drum and shall be operated at a frequency of vibration during compaction operations between 1100 and 1500 vpm. Vibratory rollers may be either towed or self - propelled and shall have an unsprung drum weight that is a minimum of 60 percent of the rollers' static weight. Towed rollers shall have at least 90 percent of their weight transmitted to the ground through the compaction drum when the roller is standing in a level position hitched to the towing vehicle. Rollers for compacting rockfill, sand and gravel fills, or filter and drainage layers shall have a minimum static weight of 20,000 pounds, a minimum dynamic force of 40,000 pounds when operating at 1400 vpm, and an applied force not less than 9,000 pounds per foot of compaction drum length. Rollers for compacting sand and gravel fills or filter and drainage layers shall have a minimum static weight of 8,000 pounds, a minimum dynamic force of 16,000 pounds when operating at 1400 vpm, and an applied force not less than 5,000 pounds nor greater than 9,000 pounds per foot of compaction drum length. The level of amplitude and vibration frequency during compaction will be maintained uniform throughout the fill zone within which it is operating.

Rollers shall be operated at speeds not to exceed 1.5 mph. The equipment manufacturer shall furnish sufficient data, Plans, and computation for verification of the above specifications, and the character and efficiency of this equipment shall be subject to review.

4. Rubber-Tired Rollers
EARTHWORK 310000 - 13
a. Rubber-tired rollers shall have a minimum of four wheels equipped with pneumatic tires. The tires shall be of such size and ply as to be capable of being operated at tire pressures between 80 and 100 psi at an 25,000 pound wheel load.

The roller wheels shall be located abreast and so designed that each wheel will carry approximately equal load in traversing uneven ground. The spacing of the wheels shall be such that the distance between the nearest edges of adjacent tires will not be greater than 50 percent of the rated tire width of a single tire at the operating pressure for an 25,000 pound wheel load. The roller shall be provided with a body suitable for ballast loading such that the load per wheel may be varied, as directed by the Owner, from 18,000 to 25,000 pounds. The roller shall be towed at a speed not to exceed 5 miles per hour. The character and efficiency of this equipment shall be subject to review by the Owner.

5. Hand Operated Compactors
a. Compaction of material in areas where it is impracticable to use a roller or tractor compaction shall be performed by the use of approved hand operated power compactors.
1) Power Tampers: Power tampers shall be hand operated equipment capable of compacting material in confined areas. The compactors shall be either an internal combustion or pneumatic activated tamper. Tampers shall have sufficient weight and striking power to produce the specified compaction.

The character and efficiency of this equipment shall be subject to the review by the Owner.
2) Vibratory Plate Compactor: Vibratory compactors operated by hand in confined areas shall utilize the oscillating cam principle and shall deliver an impact of not less than 2000 lbf at a rate of approximately 2000 impulses per minute. The character and efficiency of this equipment shall be subject to the review by the Owner.

6. Crawler-Type Tractors
a. Crawler-type tractors used for spreading or compaction shall weigh not less than 20,000 pounds, shall exert a unit tread pressure of not less than 6 psi, and shall be operated at a speed not to exceed 3.5 miles per hour.

7. Miscellaneous Equipment
a. Scarifiers, disks, spring -tooth or spike -tooth harrows, spreaders, and other equipment shall be suitable for use in embankment construction. Equipment used for processing fill material shall be capable of penetrating the full loose lift thickness of the specific material type.

B. Compaction of Fill

1. After a layer of material has been placed and spread, it shall be harrowed to break up the fill materials to eliminate all clods and to obtain uniform moisture distribution.

Harrowing shall be performed with a heavy disk plow, or other approved harrow, to the full depth of the layer. If one pass of the harrow does not accomplish the breaking up of the materials, additional passes of the harrow shall be required, but in no case will more than three passes of the harrow on any one layer be required for this purpose.

2. Fill compaction shall comply with the following minimum requirements (maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D698:

LOCATION PERCENT OF THE

MAXIMUM DENSITY
EARTHWORK 310000 - 14
Subgrade to Receive Levee Fill 95 Percent
Levee Embankment, Ramps and Roadways 97 Percent
Structural Backfill and Utility Trench Backfill 97 Percent 12 Inches Beneath Aggregate Base or Aggregate
Surfacing
97 Percent
Random, Non-Structural Fill within the Project 90 Percent

3. In areas which are not accessible by roller, the fill shall be compacted with an approved hand operated compactor to a density equal to that obtained in other areas which are accessible to rollers. Dumping, spreading, sprinkling, and compacting may be performed at the same time at different points along a section when there is sufficient area to permit these operations to proceed simultaneously. Compaction equipment shall be operated such that the strip being traversed by the roller shall overlap the rolled adjacent strip by not less than 3 feet.

3.7 STOCKPILES
A. Weeds growing on stockpiled material shall be controlled with a non -residual herbicide such as Glyphosate. Herbicides and methods of application shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to application.

3.8 ROCK SLOPE PROTECTION PLACEMENT
A. Rock Slope Protection

1. Place Rock Slope Protection to the slope lines and grades indicated on the Plans. Place rock directly on the bedding material without further movement except to adjust for tolerance of the finished grade. Dumping of rock is not allowed.

Place rock in such a manner as to avoid displacing underlying material. The entire mass of rocks in final position will conform to the gradation specified in paragraph RSP GRADATIONS. The finished rock placement will be free from pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones. Placing rock by methods likely to cause segregation of the various sizes is not acceptable. The desired distribution of the various sizes of rock throughout the mass will be obtained by selective loading of the material at the quarry or other source, by controlled placement of successive loads during final placing, or by other methods of placement which will produce the specified results. Placed rock exhibiting segregation will be removed and redistributed at no additional cost to the Owner. Rearranging of individual rocks by mechanical equipment or by hand will be required to the extent necessary to obtain a non -segregated distribution of sizes as specified above. All rock should have a three-point contact with adjacent rock. Do not use dozers or other equipment which would cause degradation or displacement of rock on the slopes.

B. Rock Toe Protection
EARTHWORK 310000 - 15

1. Rock toe protection placement includes in -water work, which is subject to the schedule restrictions and requirements defined in paragraph section 015000. Prior to conducting in-water work, isolate the work area with turbidity curtain.

Underwater placement of rock for construction of Rock Toe Protection may be initially dumped at the water surface and reworked by equipment. Underwater, a tolerance of zero to plus 0.5 feet horizontal and vertical deviation from the cross sections shown on the Drawings is acceptable. Finish grade above water shall meet the tolerances specified in paragraph TOLERANCES for stone protection.

The desired distribution of the various sizes of rock throughout the mass will be obtained prior to placement below the water surface by selective loading of the material in the container, bucket, end dump, or other vessel that releases the rock into the water. The Contracting Officer may inspect and reject the distribution of rock prior to underwater placement and require the Contractor to unload, mix, and reload the rock to achieve the desired distribution.

3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. General

1. The Contractor shall establish and maintain field quality control for foundation preparation, embankment and backfill operations to assure compliance with contract requirements and maintain detailed records of field quality control for all operations.

Approximately 20 percent of tested locations will be selected for quality assurance by the Owner.

2. Submit all quality control testing results in accordance with Paragraph 3.9. C REPORTING. Testing laboratories shall meet the requirement of ASTM D3740 and ER 1110-1-261. Supervision of tests and report preparation shall be by a professional civil or geotechnical engineer licensed in the State of California. All reports shall bear said professional engineer's signature and stamp. Distribution of the copies to the Owner shall be within 24 hours after sampling or initiating the test, except for test requirements that exceed 24 hours. For tests exceeding 24 hours, distribution shall be with 24 hours after completion of the test.

B. Embankment and Fill Testing

1. The Contractor shall perform sufficient inspection and testing to ensure that the embankment is being constructed as specified. The testing program specified below shall be considered the minimum acceptable frequency of testing. This does not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of performing additional testing if required to ensure compliance with these Specifications.
a. Fill Material Testing
1) Moisture Density Relationships. The moisture -density relations for soils shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D698, Method A (a minimum of five (5) five -point compaction tests). The moisture -density curves will be compiled to form a family of curves representing the range of materials available for use which will be utilized to estimate optimum properties (maximum dry density and optimum moisture content) to be used with field density tests.

TEST METHOD FREQUENCY
EARTHWORK 310000 - 16
Moisture Density Relationship
(ASTM D698)
Minimum of five (5) point
compaction test on representative
samples of each type of fill material
used.One test for every 5,000 cubic
yards fill placed with a minimum of
one test per shift.

Soil Gradation (ASTM D6913),
Percent Fines (ASTM D1140),
Atterberg Limits (ASTM D4318) by
wet preparation method, and Soil
Classification (ASTM D2487)
One test for each moisture density
relationship.
2) Water (Moisture) Content Tests. Determination of water content shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D2216. ASTM D4643 may be used when rapid moisture content results are needed. If ASTM D4643 test method is used, a correlation between this method and D2216 test method shall be established and reviewed by the Owner. One water content test will be performed for each in -place density test at the location of the in -place density test. Backfill and fills not meeting the required specifications for water content shall be retested after corrective measures have been applied. 3) In-place Density Testing. The minimum in -place density testing is shown in the table below. The horizontal locations of tests shall be randomly staggered in the fill. At each field density test location, soil samples shall be obtained for three -point compaction test, moisture content, grain size analysis, percent fines, and Atterberg limits testing. For three -point compaction tests, one moisture content shall be at the in situ moisture content and the other two moisture contents shall be above and below the in situ moisture content, in accordance with ASTM D698. Fill not meeting the required specifications for in -place density shall be retested after additional compaction has been completed.

TEST METHOD FREQUENCY
Nuclear Method (ASTM D6938)
or Sand Cone (ASTM D1556)
One (1) In -Place Density Test for every
600 cubic yards of completed fill unless
otherwise specified. Additionally, at least
one (1) test for
each lift of fill placed and material type.

Sand Cone (ASTM D1556) One test for every ten (10) nuclear method tests and a minimum of one (1)
test per shift and material type.

Three-Point Compaction Tests
(ASTM D5080)
Soil Gradation (ASTM D6913),
Percent Fines (ASTM D1140),
Atterberg Limits (ASTM D4318)
by wet preparation method, and
Soil Classification (ASTM D2487
At the location of each In -Place Density
Test.

4) When the nuclear method is used for in -place density testing, according to ASTM D6938, the first test and every tenth test thereafter for each material EARTHWORK 310000 - 17
type shall include a sand cone correlation test in accordance with ASTM D1556.
5) Sand cone tests shall be performed adjacent to the location of the nuclear test, shall include a nominal 6 inch diameter sand cone, and shall include a minimum wet soil weight of 6 pounds extracted from the hole. Nuclear density testing equipment shall not be used during rain. The density correlations shall be submitted with test results within 24 hours after completing the test. Each transmittal including density test data shall include a summary of all density correlations for the job neatly prepared on a summary sheet including at a minimum:
a) Meter serial number and operators initials.
b) Standard count for each test.
c) Material type.
d) Probe depth.
e) Moisture content by each test method and the deviation. f) Wet density by each test method and the deviation.
g) Density sand calibration
6) If soil appears to contain organics based on color or smell, the Owner will require the Contractor to test the material in accordance with ASTM D2487 to classify organic clay or organic silt (OH or OL).

C. Reporting

1. On a daily basis, the Contractor shall furnish the inspection records and all material testing results, the quantity of fill placed, as well as the records of corrective action taken.

2. Test data summaries comparing test results with specified requirements shall be provided in electronic format (excel spreadsheets) and hard copy, demonstrate contract compliance, and be submitted with all requests for progress payments.

3. The Contractor shall complete post -construction verification surveys and submit a Construction Verification Survey Report that includes a description of equipment used, a description of methodology used, copies of the field notes, and the final data submitted.

This report shall contain the certificate below, and be stamped and signed by the Professional Land Surveyor (or Civil Engineer, if legally allowed to practice surveying in the State of California) responsible for the survey work performed.

Surveyor's Levee Elevation Certificate:

I, the undersigned, do hereby state that I am licensed to perform surveying in the State of California, and I do hereby certify that the pre-construction and post-construction surveys for measuring the levee(s) and related berm(s) were performed by me or by qualified staff under my supervision. I further certify that the technologies and methods used for these surveys are in compliance with the specifications for this project and that the data from said surveys comply with tolerances specified for this project. ________________________________ __________________________ Surveyor's Name Date
CA PLS/CE No.:__________________________
D. Rock Slope Protection
EARTHWORK 310000 - 18

1. Periodic visual inspections will be made by the Owner. Checks will include, but are not limited to, trenching material, overlap, rips, substandard material, and improper installation. Items not in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved test section shall be reworked or repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.

END OF SECTION 310000
SITE CLEARING 311000 - 1
SECTION 311000 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Clearing.

2. Grubbing.

3. Stripping.

4. Existing Pavement Removal and Saw Cutting.

5. Disposal Requirements.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Levee Stripping

1. Stripping shall consist of the removal of weeds, grass, and other vegetative materials to the ground surface and the removal of surface soil to the depth shown on the Plans. Refer to Paragraph 3.4 STRIPPING for additional restrictions and requirements.

B. Clearing

1. The clearing operations shall consist of the complete removal of all obstructions above the ground surface. Refer to Paragraph CLEARING for additional restrictions and requirements
C. Grubbing

1. Grubbing shall consist of the removal of all roots, buried logs, old piling, old paving, and other objectionable material as defined in these Specifications and to the limits shown on the Plans, excluding restri cted habitat areas. Refer to Paragraph GRUBBING for additional restrictions and requirements
D. Unsuitable Material

1. Materials containing roots greater than ½ inches in diameter, debris, rubble, trash or other deleterious items shall be classified as unsuitable material.

1.4 SURVEYS
A. Surveys shall be performed immediately after clearing, grubbing, and stripping is complete to determine the acreage of site preparation. The Contractor shall perform survey cross sections on 100 foot intervals minimum and at break points for all prepared areas.

SITE CLEARING 311000 - 2

1.5 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to perform the clear ing and grubbing, stripping, asphalt and concrete roadway removal, aggregate surface rem oval and disposal, the removal and disposal of all cleared and grubbed materials, the hauling of stripped materials to the 2k borrow site, the removal and disposal of all asphalt and concrete, and the filling of all grubbing holes, as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, or as otherwise directed by the Owner.

1.6 ORDER OF WORK
A. Work shall be carried out within the project footprint identified in the Plans. Clearing and grubbing within temporary construction access areas is not required unless it is necessar y to allow for access.

B. All clearing and grubbing work shall be completed at least 300 feet in advance of levee embankment construction. In locations where work on util ities is performed prior to levee or roadway construction, all clearing and grubbing shall be completed in advance for at least 100 feet in both directions from the structure, measured along the levee center line.

C. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Special Provisions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS – Not used
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SITE PREPARATION WORK PLAN
A. The Contractor shall submit a Site Pre paration Work Plan within 15 calendar days after notice to proceed. No work at the site, with the exception of site inspections and surveys, shall be performed until the plan is approved. The Contractor shall allow 10 calendar days in the schedule for the Owner's review. No adjustment for time or money will be made if resubmittal of the plan is require d due to deficiencies in the plan. At a minimum, the Work Plan shall include:

1. Schedule of activities.

2. Method of clearing, grubbing and stripping and equipment to be used.

3. Method of aggregate surface stripping and stockpiling and equipment to be used.

4. Method of concrete and pipe removal and equipment to be used.

3.2 CLEARING
A. Levees, Access Roads, and Ramps

1. All trees less than 4 inches in diameter at standard height, down timber, snags, brush, vegetation, old piling, rock, stone, concrete rubble, abandoned structur es, and similar debris shall be cleared within the limits of work shown on the Plans, excluding restricted habitat areas.

2. Vegetation
SITE CLEARING 311000 - 3
a. Vegetation to be removed shall consist of all heavy growth of brush and woody vegetation.

3. Tree Removal
a. Tree removal shall consist of removing the canopy and tree trunk for all trees greater than 4 inches in diameter at standard height to a height of three feet above grade, as shown on the Plans.

4. Miscellaneous Structures and debris
a. The Contractor shall remove abandoned founda tions, debris, concrete rubble, and other materials in degrade areas or in areas which w ill be covered with embankment, and as shown on the Plans.

5. Pavement Removal
a. Existing pavement, sidewalks, curb and gutter shall be removed as shown on the Plans, includ ing aggregate base. Sawcuts sh all be provided along all edges of pavement to be removed as indicated on the Plans.

B. Roadwork, Structures, and Ditches

1. Clearing requirements for roadwork, above ground structures, channels, and ditches shall be as specified in paragraph CLEARING.

C. Debris Removal

1. Remove and dispose of any debris within the construction limit shown on the Plans, or as designated for removal on the Plans or as directed by the Owner.

3.3 GRUBBING
A. Levees, Access Roads, and Structures

1. The entire area wit hin t he limits of work as shown on the Plans (except in restricted habitat areas), exist ing le vees to be degraded, ponding areas, ditches, structures, traverses, channels, ramps, and the areas within the limits of all structures shall be thoroughly grubbed. All tree roots, tap roots, and lateral roots 1/2 inches in diameter or larger, or othe r projections, encountered during levee and levee foundation excavation shall be removed. Tree root removal shall extend for a minimum distance of 3 feet outside the perimeter of the trunk and to a minimum depth of 3 feet below grade.

B. Stump Removal

1. Stump removal shall consist of removing all stumps greater than 4 inches in diamater, including all roots, tap roots, and lateral roots 1/2 inches in diameter or lar ger to a distance of three feet from the tree trunk.

C. Filling of Holes

1. All holes caused by grubbing operations, except in borrow areas, shall be excavated with 1 to 1 (horizontal to vertical) side slopes. The excavations shall then be backfilled with the soil type to be placed above the material removed in conformance with Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK. The backfill shall be keyed into adjacent ground and placed in layers to the level of adjacent stripping operations.

3.4 STRIPPING
A. General
SITE CLEARING 311000 - 4

1. After inspection and review of cleared and grubbed areas, stripping may proceed.

B. Description of Work

1. Strip surfaces of excavations and fill foundations of heavy growth of crops, grass, weeds and other vegetation to the limits and depth as specified below. Greater depths of stripping may be necessary as specified below and as determined by the Owner. a. Except as noted below, the entire area within the limits of work identified on the Plans shall be stripped to remove crops, weeds, grass, and other vegetative materials. Stripping shall be to the minimum depth shown on the Plans(measured perpendicular to the levee slope or ground su rface). Deeper stripping may be required in areas where concentrations of organic soils or tree roots are encountered.
b. All stockpile areas shall be stripped to a minimu m de pth of 4 inches before material is stockpiled.
c. No stripped material shall be stockpiled on existing levee slopes.

2. Stripped materials shall be hauled to an approved waste disposal facility.

C. Aggregate Surfacing Removal

1. The existing aggregate surfacin g on the crown of the levee shall be removed from the levee as shown on the Plans. Removed material shall be used for surfacing of temporary ramps during construction. Upon completion of construction, the material shall be disposed of at an approved waste or recycling facility.

3.5 EXISTING PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND SAW CUTTING
A. Existing pavement, sidewalk, curb and gutter shall be removed to the limits shown on the Plans to construct the cutoff wall. The existing pavement section is shown on the Plans.

B. The existing pavement and sidewalk shall be sawcut at the limits or removal shown on the Plans along neat straight lines to the depth required for pavement removal.

3.6 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Cleared and Grubbed Material

1. All logs, limbs, slash, and other unsuitable material which are the products of the clearing and grubbing operations shall be disposed of offsite at an approved waste facility.

B. Stripped Materials

1. Stripped materials shall be placed along S orento Road as shown on the Plans. Materials shall be placed and compacted per Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK.

C. Pavement Removal

1. Materials resulting from the remova l of p avement, sidewalks, curbs and gutter shall be disposed of off site in a legal manner at an approved waste or recycling facility.

SITE CLEARING 311000 - 5

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Contract or s hall establish and maintain quality control for site preparation operations to assure compliance with contract requirements, and maintain records of the quality control for all construction operations including but not limited to the items indicated below. These records, as well as the records of corrective actions taken, shall be furnished to the Owner.

B. Quality Control Documentation shall include station to station limits, transverse clearing, and grubbing limits from applicable centerline; percentage of area complete; type of material; depth of stripping; segregation of materials; dispo sal and/or stockpiling of materials; and, unsuitable materials.

END OF SECTION 311000
FLOWABLE FILL 312323.33 - 1
SECTION 312323.33 - FLOWABLE FILL
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Flowable fill, ready-mix Controlled Low Strength Material for the following applications:
a. Encasement of pipe crossings through the levee embankment. b. CLSM provided under this specification shall be low permeability CLSM.

1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Ready-mix Controlled Low Strength Material is used for utility pipe back fill, and is also known as controlled density fill or flowable fill. Controlled Low Strength Material diff ers from Portland cement concrete as it contai ns a low cementitious content to reduce strength development for possible future removal. Chemical admixtures may also be used in Controlled Low Strength Material to modify performance properties of strength, f low, set, and permeability. Pumpable mixes are available.

B. Controlled Low Strength Material shall be either machine tool or hand tool excavatable at minimum compressive strength of 50 psi and maximum compressive strength of 150 psi maximum at 28 days.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

2. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.

3. ASTM C143 – Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.

4. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.

5. ASTM C172 – Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.

6. ASTM C231 – Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method

7. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.

8. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.

9. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete.

10. ASTM C940 – Expansion and Bleeding of Freshly Mixed Grouts for Preplaced- Aggregate Concrete in the Laboratory.

11. ASTM C1064 – Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic- Cement Concrete.

12. ASTM D4832 - Standard Test Method for Preparation and Testing of Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) Test Cylinders.

FLOWABLE FILL 312323.33 - 2

13. ASTM D5084 – Measurement of Hydraulic Conductivity of Saturated Porous Materials Using a Flexible Wall Permeameter.

14. ASTM D5971 – Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Controlled Low-Strength Material.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Field Quality-Control Submittals:

1. Mix Design:
a. Furnish flowable fill mix design for each specified strength. b. Furnish separate mix designs when admixtures are required for the following:
1) Flowable fill Work during hot and cold weather.
2) Air entrained flowable fill Work.
c. Identify design mix ingredients, proportions, properties, admixtures, and tests.

2. Furnish test results to certify flowable fill mix design properties meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Supplier:

1. Controlled Low Strength Material shall be manufactured by a ready- mix concrete producer (manufacturer) with a minimum of 3 years’ experience in the design and control of flowable, low permeability mixtures.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperatures, and construction operations.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Perform work only when existing and forecasted weat her conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials and products used.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURE

1. Controlled Low Strength Material
FLOWABLE FILL 312323.33 - 3
a. Manufacturer shall provide Mix Design meeting performance properties specified herein.

B. Stable-Air Generator Admixture

1. Provide Stab le-Air Generator admixture DaraFill by Grace Construction Products, or Owner reviewed equal, for Controlled Low Strength Mater ial meeting specified requirements.

2.3 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement

1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150.

B. Aggregate

1. Provide material meeting the requirements of ASTM C33.

C. Other Admixtures

1. Provide material meeting the requirements of ASTM C494.

D. Pozzolanic Materials

1. Fly ash meeting ASTM C618 requirements.

2.4 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL MIXTURE
A. Mix Design

1. Mix design shall produc e a consistency tha t will result in a flowable product at the time of placement which does not require manual means to move it into place.

B. Mix Compressive Strength

1. Provide mix with compressive strength of minimum 50 psi and maximum of 150 psi according to ASTM D4832 at 28 days after placement.

C. Mix Permeability

1. Provide mix with maximum permeability of 1x10-6 cm/sec at 28 days after placement.

D. Final Bleeding

1. Controlled Low Strength Material s hall have minimal subsidence and bleed water which is measured as a Final Bleeding of l ess than 2.0 percent (retains 98.0 percent of original height after placement, approximately 1/4 inch per foot of depth) per ASTM C940.

E. Fresh Unit Weight

1. The fresh unit weight shall be 90 - 110 lbs/ft3, except where specified.

F. Control Density Fill

1. Control Density Fill shall have an in-place yield of 98% of design yield.

G. CLSM Consistency (Slump)

1. The consistency of the CLSM slurry shall be such that the material flows easily into all openings between the pipe and the lower portion of the trench. When trenches are on a steep slope, a stiffer mix of slurry may be required to prevent CLSM from flowing down FLOWABLE FILL 312323.33 - 4
the trench. When a stiffer mix is used, vibration shall be performed to ensure that the CLSM slurry completely fills all spaces between th e pipe and the lower portion of the trench.

2.5 PIPE BRACING
A. Provide design of proposed pipe bracing system to prevent pipe floatation during installation of Controlled Low Strength Material. Pr ovide buoyancy calculations and bracing requirements of the resisting members.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which work is to be performed and notify Owner, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the Work.

Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.

3.2 APPLICATION OF CONTROL DENSITY FILL
A. Secure pipe to be encased in Controlled Low Strength Material to prevent displacement during placement. The percentage reduction in hydrostatic pressure achieved with the use of a Stable Air Generator may be used to calculate anchorage requirements.

B. The pipe shall be braced as recommended by the pipe manufacturer to prevent floatation when placing the Controlled Low Strength Material.

C. Place Controlled Low Strength Ma terial in separate li fts as recommended by the pipe manufacturer to prevent the pipe from floating during installation.

3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect Controlled Low Strength Material from traffic until sufficient strength has been achieved for further construction or traffic operations.

3.4 QUALITY-CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Controlled Low Strengt h Material shall be sampled and tested for quality control by the Contractor during the placement of the concrete as follows:

REQUIREMENT TEST METHOD NUMBER OF TESTS
Sampling fresh concrete ASTM C172 except modified
for slump per ASTM C94
As required for each test
FLOWABLE FILL 312323.33 - 5
Slump Test ASTM C143 One for ea ch concrete load at
point of discharge and one for
each set of compressive strength
tests
Air Content by pressure method ASTM C231 One for each set of compressive strength tests
Compression test specimens ASTM D5971 One set of six standard cylinders for each compressive
strength test
Concrete temperature ASTM C1064 Hourly wh en air temperature is 40 degrees F or below and 80
degrees F or above; each time a
set of compression test
specimens is made
Compressive strength test ASTM D4832 One set for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof of placed in
any one day; two specimens
tested at 7 days, three specimens
tested at 28 days and one
specimen retained in reserve for
testing if required
Permeability test ASTM D5084 One set of four samples for each 50 cubic yards or fraction
thereof of placed in any one
day; two specimens tested at 28
days
and two specimens
retained in reserve for testing if
required (Effective Confining
Stress = 500 psf)
B. Submit Quality Control Testing in accordance with Section 01 33 00 Test reports for concrete for Chemical Composition, Mechanical Usability and Soundness shall be submitte d by the Contractor meeting all design Specifications as required by referenced standards w ithin this section.

C. Submit Test Reports in accordance with Section 01 33 00.

END OF SECTION 312323.33
AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE AND AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 321500 - 1 SECTION 321500 - AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE AND AGGREGATE BASE COURSE PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Aggregates.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Me thods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3).

2. ASTM D3740 - Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction

3. ASTM D6938 - Standard Test Method for In- Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
B. STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (CALTRANS)

1. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS - State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications

1.3 DEGREE OF COMPACTION
A. Degree of compaction is a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D1557 abbreviated herein as percent laboratory maximum density.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Submit the following:

1. Aggregate source.

2. Density tests.

1.5 EQUIPMENT
A. The Contractor shall submit a Work Plan including a description of all plant, equipment, and tools used in the performance of the work covered by this section. The plan will be sub ject to review by the Owner before the work is started. All plant, equipment and tools sha ll be maintained in satisfactory working condition at all times. The equipment shall be adequate and shall have the capability of producing the required compaction, and meeting the grade controls, thickness controls, and smoothness requirements set forth herein.

AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE AND AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 321500 - 2

1.6 SAMPLING AND TESTING
A. Sampling and testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Sampling and testing shall be performed by an approved commercial testing laboratory or by the Contractor, subject to review by the Owner. Provide a list of pro posed equipment to be used in performance of construction work, including descriptive data. If the Contractor elects to establish its own testing facilities, approval of such facilities will be based on compliance with ASTM D3740. No work requiring testing will be permitted until the Contractor's facilities have been inspected and reviewed.

1.7 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS
A. The source of the material to be used for producing aggregates shall be selected 14 calendar days prior to the time the material will be required in the Work. Review of sources not already reviewed will be based o n an inspection by the Owner. Provide documentation that the proposed Aggregate Source conforms to these Specifications.

1.8 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect, by reviewed method or methods, all areas of surfacing that have not been accepted by the Owner. Surfaces damaged by rainfall or other weather conditions shall be brought to a satisfactory condition by the Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 AGGREGATES
A. Provide aggregate surface course and aggregate base course in compliance with STATE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, Class 2 Aggregate Base (3/4 inch maximum).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 STOCKPILING MATERIALS
A. All materials shall be stockpiled in the manner and at the locations designated. Aggregates shall be stockpiled in such a manne r that will prevent segregation. Aggregates and binders obtained from different sources shall be stockpiled separately.

3.2 GRADE CONTROL
A. During construction, the lines and grades including crown and cross slope i ndicated for the aggregate surface course shall be maintained by means of line and grade stakes placed by the Contractor in accordance with the GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS.

AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE AND AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 321500 - 3

3.3 MIXING AND PLACING MATERIALS
A. The materials shall be mixed and placed t o obtain u niformity of the material and a uniform water content for compaction. The Contractor shall make adjustments in mixing, placing procedures, or in equipment to obtain the true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation, to obtain the desired water content, and to ensure a satisfactory surface course.

3.4 LAYER THICKNESS
A. The aggregate material shall be placed on the underlying course in layers of uniform thickness.

When a compacted layer of 6 inches or less is specified, the material may be placed in a single layer; when a compacted thickness of more than 6 inches is required, no single layer shall exceed 6 inches when compacted.

3.5 COMPACTION
A. Each layer o f the aggregate surface course shall be compacted with approved compaction equipment. The water content during the compaction procedure shall be maintained at optimum or at the percentage specified by the Owner. In locations not accessible to the rolle rs, the mixture shall be compacted with mechanical tampers. Compaction shall continue unti l each layer through the full depth is compacted to at least 95 percent of laboratory maximum density in accordance with ASTM D1557. Any materials that are found to be unsatisfactory shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory material or reworked to produce a satisfactory material.

3.6 SMOOTHNESS TEST
A. The surface of each layer shall not show any deviations in excess of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge applied both parallel with and at right angles to the centerline of the area.

Deviations exceeding this amount shall be corrected by removing material, re placing with new material, or reworking existing material and compacting.

3.7 THICKNESS CONTROL
A. The completed thickness of the aggregate surface course shall be within 1/2 inch, plus or minus, of the th ickness indicated on Plans. The thickness of the aggregate surface course shall be measured at intervals in such manner that there will be a thickness measurement for at least each 500 square yards of the aggregate surface course. The thickness measurement shall be made by test holes at least 3 inches in diameter through the aggregate surface course. When the measured thickness of the aggregate surface course is more than 1/2 inch deficient, the Contractor, at no additional expense to the Owner, shall correct such areas by scarifying, adding mixture of proper gradation, reblading, and recompacting. Where the measured thickness of the aggregate surface course is more than 1/2 inch thicker than that indicated, it shall be considered as conforming w ith th e specified thickness requi rements plus 1/2 inch. The average j ob thickness shall be the average of the job measurements determined as specified above, but shall be within 1/4 inch of the thickness indicated. When the average job thickness fails to m eet this criterion, the Contrac tor, at no additional expense to the Owner, shall make corrections by scarifying, adding or removing mixture of proper gradation, and reblading and recompacting.

AGGREGATE SURFACE COURSE AND AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 321500 - 4

3.8 DENSITY TESTS
A. Density shall be measured in the field in accorda nce with ASTM D6938. Density tests shall be performed on every lift of material placed at a frequency of one test for every 500 square yards, or portion thereof, of completed area. The Owner shall perform Quality Assurance tests as needed to confirm the m aterial placed me ets the project criteria. The Contractor shall al low access to the completed aggregate course for Owner testing as needed.

B. The calibration curves furnished with the moisture gauges shall also be checked along with density calibration chec ks as described in ASTM D6938. The calibration checks of both the density and moisture gauges shall be made by the prepared containers of material method, as described in ASTM D6938, on each different type of material being tested at the beginning of a job and at intervals, as directed.

C. The Contractor shall provide the following:

1. Calibration curves and related test results prior to using the device or equipment being calibrated.

2. Copies of field test results within 24 hours after the tests are performed.

3. c. Test results from samples, not less than 30 days before material is required for the work.

4. Results of laboratory tests for quality control purposes, for review, prior to using the material.

3.9 MAINTENANCE
A. The aggregate surface course shall be maintained in a condition that willmeet all specification requirements until accepted by the Owner.

3.10 TESTING BY THE OWNER
A. During the life of this contract, the Owner may perform quality assurance tests at its discretion.

END OF SECTION 321500
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 1
SECTION 323113 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Fence framework, fabric, and accessories.

2. Excavation for post bases.

3. Concrete foundation for posts.

4. Manual gates and related hardware.

5. Privacy slats.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 033000 Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM A121 - Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire.

2. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.

3. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.

4. ASTM A392 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric.

5. ASTM A491 - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Coated Steel C hain-Link Fence Fabric.

6. ASTM A817 - Standard Specification for Metallic -Coated Steel Wire for Chain -Link Fence Fabric and Marcelled Tension Wire.

7. A1011/A1011M-07 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength

8. ASTM B429/B429M - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube.

9. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.

10. ASTM F552 - Standard Terminology relating to Chain Link Fencing.

11. ASTM F567 - Standard Practice for Installation of Chain-Link Fence.

12. ASTM F626 - Standard Specification for Fence Fittings.

13. ASTM F668 - Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Other O rganic Polymer-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric.

14. ASTM F900 - Standard Specification for Industrial and Commercial Swing Gates.

15. ASTM F934 - Standard Specification for Standard Colors for Polymer -Coated Chain Link Fence Materials.

CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 2

16. ASTM F1043 - Standard S pecification for Strength and Protec tive Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework.

17. ASTM F1083 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures.

18. ASTM F1183 - Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy Chain Link Fence Fabric.

19. ASTM F1184 - Standard Specification for Industrial and Commercial Horizontal Slide Gates.

20. ASTM F1345 - Standard Specification for Zinc - 5% Aluminum -Mischmetal Alloy - Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric.

B. Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute:

1. CLFMI - Product Manual.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Fence Height: 8 feet as indicated on Drawings.

B. Line Post Spacing: At intervals not exceeding 10 feet .

C. Fence Post and Rail Strength: Conform to ASTM F1043

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate fence installation, installation drawings, location of gate, corner, end and pull out posts, gate assembly, hardwater and accessories.

C. Product Data: Submit data on fence installation, gate assembly, gate hardware and accessories.

D. Samples: Submit one size Fabric, Posts, Post Caps, Braces, Line Posts, Top Rail, Bottom Rail, Tension Wire, Barbed Wir e, Outrigger, Stretcher Bars, Gate Posts, Gate Hardware and Accessories and Wire Ties illustrating construction and finish.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation requirements, fence insta llation, gate assembly, hardware assembly, and accessories.

F. Test reports: PVC coating, Zinc coating
G. Certificates:

1. Chan Link F ence: P VC coating, Zinc coating, fabric, barbed wire, stretcher bars, gate hardware and accessories, gate operator

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.

CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 3
B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of property perimeter posts relative to property lines.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Procedures for submittals.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Supply material according to CLFMI - Product Manual.

B. Perform installation according to ASTM F567.

C. Perform Work according to manufacturer and State standards.

D. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.8 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in t his section with minimum three years experience.

B. Installer: Company spec ializing in performing work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements f or transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.

B. Deliver fence fabric and accessories in packed cartons or firmly tied rolls.

C. Identify each package with manufacturer's name.

D. Store fence fabric and accessories above ground in secure and dry place.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. FENCE FABRIC

1. General: Fabricate fence fabric of 9 gauge wire woven i n maximum 1 inch mesh.

Polyvinyl chloride coating for fabric and all other fence components shall be manufacturer's standard black in color. Set fabric height at 8 feet as shown. Secure fabric to posts using ties spaced 12” i nches on center. Install fabric on opposite side of posts from area being secured.

2. Approval of Polyvinyl Chloride -Coated Fence Materials : The Engineer will thoroughly inspect polyvinyl chloride-coated fence materials for cracking, peeling, and conformance with the specifications prior to installation. Any fence materials rejected by the Engineer CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 4
shall be replaced by the Contractor with approved materia ls at no additional cost to the Agency.

B. POSTS

1. Metal Posts for Chain Link Fence:
a. Line posts and corner posts shall be ASTM F1083 pipe, 2-1/2" OD, galvanized per ASTM A653 as indicated on the Plans.

2. Accessories:
a. Provide accessories conforming to ASTM F626. Ferrous accessories shall also be polyvinyl chloride-coated, minimum thickness of 0.006 inch, maximum thickness of 0.015 inch. Match color coating of fittings to color coating of the fabric. b. Furnish truss rods for each terminal post. Provide truss rods wi th turnbuckles or other equivalent provisions for adjustment.\
c. Provide Barbed wire supporting arms (outrigger) of the 45 degree outward angle 3- strand arm type and of the design required for the post furnished. Secure arms by top rail.
d. Furnish post caps in accordance with manufacturer's standard accessories. e. Provide 9 gauge steel tie wire for attaching fabric to rails, braces, and posts and match the coating of the fence fabric. Tie wires for attaching fabric to tension wire on high security fences shall be 16 gage stainless steel. Provide double loop tie wires 6 .5 inches in length. Miscellaneous hardware coatings shall conform to ASTM A153/A153M unless modified.

C. BRACES AND RAILS

1. ASTM F1083 pipe, 1- 5/8" OD steel tubing, 1.40lb/ft galvanized per AST M A653.

Furnish top rail. Furnish horizontal braces at corners and gates per Contract Drawings.

D. WIRE

1. Wire Ties
Submit samples as specified. FS RR-F-191/4. Provide wire ties constructed of the same material as the fencing fabric. Provide accessories with polyvinyl (P VC) coatings similar to that specified for chain-link fabric or framework.

2. Barbed Wire
Provide barbed wire conforming to ASTM A121 zinc -coated, Class 2, 4-point barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart.

3. Tension Wire
Provide Type I or Type II tension wire, Class 4 coating, in accordance with ASTM A824.

Provide 7 gauge coil spring wire for bottom wire.

E. GATES

1. Gate Assembly
Provide gate assembly con forming to ASTM F900 and/or ASTM F1184 of the type and swing shown. Provide gate frames conforming to strength and coating requirements of ASTM F1083 for nominal pipe size (NPS) 2-1/2, galvanized per ASTM A526. Gate frames shall be polyvinyl chloride-coated steel pip e with external coating Type A, a nominal pipe size (NPS) 2 -1/2, conforming to ASTM F1043. Gate fabric shall be as specified for chain link fabric.

2. Gate Leaves
For gate leaves, more than 8 feet wide, provide either intermediate members and diagonal truss rods or tubular members as necessary to provide rigi d construction, free from sag or twist. Gate leaves less than 8 feet wide shall have truss rods or intermediate braces. Attach fabric to the gate frame by method standard with the manufacturer except that welding will not be permitted.

CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 5

3. Gate Hardware and Accessories
Submit manufacturer's catalog data. Furnis h and install latches, hinges, stops, keepers, rollers, and other hardware items as required for the operation of the gate. Arrange latches fo r padlocking so that the padloc k will be accessible from both sides of the gate. Provide stops for holding the gat es in the open position. Each end member of gate frames shall be extended sufficiently above the top member to carry three strands of barbed wire in horizontal alignment with barbed wire strands on the fence.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FENCE INSTALLATION: Install framework, fabric, accessories and gated according to ASTM F567

1. Line and Grade : Install fence to the lines and grades ind icated. Clear the area on either side of the fence line to the extent indicated. Space line posts equidistant at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. Terminal (corner, gate, and pull) posts shall be set at abrupt changes in vertical and horizontal alignment. Provide fabric continuous between terminal posts; however, runs between terminal posts shall not exceed 500 feet. Repair any damage t o galvanized s urfaces, including welding, with paint containing zinc dust i n accordance with ASTM A780/A780M.

B. POST INSTALLATION

1. Concrete slabs: Install per Contract Drawings.

C. RAILS

1. Bolt bottom rail to double rail ends and securely fasten double rail ends to the posts. Peen bolts to prevent eas y removal. Install bottom rail before chain link fabric. Provide 3/8" diameter eye hook anchored into existing concrete at midpoint.

D. FABRIC INSTALLATION

1. Install chain link fabric on the side of the post indicated. Attach fabric to terminal posts with stretcher bars and tension bands. Space bands at approximately 15 inch intervals.

Install fabric and pull taut to provide a smooth and uniform appearance free from sag, without permanently distorting the fabric diamond or reducing the f abric height. Fasten fabric to line posts at approximately 12 inch intervals and fastened to all rails and tension wires at approximately 12 inch intervals.

2. Cut fabric by untwisting and removing pickets. Accomplish splicing by weaving a single picket into the ends of the rolls to be joined. The bottom of the installed fabric shall be 1 inch plus or minus 1/2 inch above the ground.

3. After the fabric installation is complete, exercise the fabric by applying a 50 pound push- pull force at the center of the fabri c between posts; the use of a 30 pound pull at the center of the panel shall cause fabric deflection of not more than 2.5 inches when pulling fabric from the post side of the fence; every second fence panel shall meet this requirement; resecure and retest all failed panels at the Contractor's expense.

E. OUTRIGGERS: Install barbed wire supporting arms and barbed wire as indicated on the drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. Anchor supporting arms to the posts in a manner to prevent easy removal with hand tools. Pull barbed wire taut and attach to the arms with clips or other means that will prevent easy removal.

CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 6
F. GATE INSTALLATION

1. Install gates at the locations shown. Mount gates to swing as indicated. Install latches, stops, and keepers as required. Install Lift gates as recommended by the manufacturer.

2. Attach padlocks to gates or gate posts with chains. Wel d or otherwise secure hinge pins, and hardware assembly to prevent removal.

G. SECURITY: Install new security fencing, remove existing security fencing, and perform related work to provide continuous security for facility. Schedule and fully coordinate work w ith the City’s Security division.

H. CLEANUP: Remove waste fencing materials and other debris from the work site each workday.

END OF SECTION 323113
SEEDING 329219 - 1
SECTION 329219 - SEEDING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Perform erosion control seeding on reconstructed levee side slopes and restored access and haul roads and staging areas as specified herein, as shown on the Plans, or as otherwise indicated on the storm water pollution prevention plan.

B. Section Includes:

1. Seed.

2. Seed Samples.

3. Fiber Mulch.

4. Straw Mulch.

5. Stabilizing Emulsion (Tackifier).

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.

B. Submit the following:

1. Seed materials.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. There shall be no substitutions of seed species or variety as shown in seed mix tables unless authorized by the Owner.

B. Seed materials, including the seed mix and mulch, shall be delivered by the Co ntractor to the job site with durable, waterproof labels indicating the correct species, variety, percent live seed (PLS) and other certifications, and the supplier's name, in conformance to these Specifications.

The Owner will observe the seed mix and mu lch material as it is being delive red to the site for conformity to these Specifications. Such reviews shall not impair the right of additional observations during further progress of the work.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for storing and maintaining the seed mix and mulch as delivered throughout the Construction Period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Seed
SEEDING 329219 - 2